This file is indexed.

/usr/share/doc/vim/html/options.html is in vim-doc 2:8.0.1453-1ubuntu1.

This file is owned by root:root, with mode 0o644.

The actual contents of the file can be viewed below.

   1
   2
   3
   4
   5
   6
   7
   8
   9
  10
  11
  12
  13
  14
  15
  16
  17
  18
  19
  20
  21
  22
  23
  24
  25
  26
  27
  28
  29
  30
  31
  32
  33
  34
  35
  36
  37
  38
  39
  40
  41
  42
  43
  44
  45
  46
  47
  48
  49
  50
  51
  52
  53
  54
  55
  56
  57
  58
  59
  60
  61
  62
  63
  64
  65
  66
  67
  68
  69
  70
  71
  72
  73
  74
  75
  76
  77
  78
  79
  80
  81
  82
  83
  84
  85
  86
  87
  88
  89
  90
  91
  92
  93
  94
  95
  96
  97
  98
  99
 100
 101
 102
 103
 104
 105
 106
 107
 108
 109
 110
 111
 112
 113
 114
 115
 116
 117
 118
 119
 120
 121
 122
 123
 124
 125
 126
 127
 128
 129
 130
 131
 132
 133
 134
 135
 136
 137
 138
 139
 140
 141
 142
 143
 144
 145
 146
 147
 148
 149
 150
 151
 152
 153
 154
 155
 156
 157
 158
 159
 160
 161
 162
 163
 164
 165
 166
 167
 168
 169
 170
 171
 172
 173
 174
 175
 176
 177
 178
 179
 180
 181
 182
 183
 184
 185
 186
 187
 188
 189
 190
 191
 192
 193
 194
 195
 196
 197
 198
 199
 200
 201
 202
 203
 204
 205
 206
 207
 208
 209
 210
 211
 212
 213
 214
 215
 216
 217
 218
 219
 220
 221
 222
 223
 224
 225
 226
 227
 228
 229
 230
 231
 232
 233
 234
 235
 236
 237
 238
 239
 240
 241
 242
 243
 244
 245
 246
 247
 248
 249
 250
 251
 252
 253
 254
 255
 256
 257
 258
 259
 260
 261
 262
 263
 264
 265
 266
 267
 268
 269
 270
 271
 272
 273
 274
 275
 276
 277
 278
 279
 280
 281
 282
 283
 284
 285
 286
 287
 288
 289
 290
 291
 292
 293
 294
 295
 296
 297
 298
 299
 300
 301
 302
 303
 304
 305
 306
 307
 308
 309
 310
 311
 312
 313
 314
 315
 316
 317
 318
 319
 320
 321
 322
 323
 324
 325
 326
 327
 328
 329
 330
 331
 332
 333
 334
 335
 336
 337
 338
 339
 340
 341
 342
 343
 344
 345
 346
 347
 348
 349
 350
 351
 352
 353
 354
 355
 356
 357
 358
 359
 360
 361
 362
 363
 364
 365
 366
 367
 368
 369
 370
 371
 372
 373
 374
 375
 376
 377
 378
 379
 380
 381
 382
 383
 384
 385
 386
 387
 388
 389
 390
 391
 392
 393
 394
 395
 396
 397
 398
 399
 400
 401
 402
 403
 404
 405
 406
 407
 408
 409
 410
 411
 412
 413
 414
 415
 416
 417
 418
 419
 420
 421
 422
 423
 424
 425
 426
 427
 428
 429
 430
 431
 432
 433
 434
 435
 436
 437
 438
 439
 440
 441
 442
 443
 444
 445
 446
 447
 448
 449
 450
 451
 452
 453
 454
 455
 456
 457
 458
 459
 460
 461
 462
 463
 464
 465
 466
 467
 468
 469
 470
 471
 472
 473
 474
 475
 476
 477
 478
 479
 480
 481
 482
 483
 484
 485
 486
 487
 488
 489
 490
 491
 492
 493
 494
 495
 496
 497
 498
 499
 500
 501
 502
 503
 504
 505
 506
 507
 508
 509
 510
 511
 512
 513
 514
 515
 516
 517
 518
 519
 520
 521
 522
 523
 524
 525
 526
 527
 528
 529
 530
 531
 532
 533
 534
 535
 536
 537
 538
 539
 540
 541
 542
 543
 544
 545
 546
 547
 548
 549
 550
 551
 552
 553
 554
 555
 556
 557
 558
 559
 560
 561
 562
 563
 564
 565
 566
 567
 568
 569
 570
 571
 572
 573
 574
 575
 576
 577
 578
 579
 580
 581
 582
 583
 584
 585
 586
 587
 588
 589
 590
 591
 592
 593
 594
 595
 596
 597
 598
 599
 600
 601
 602
 603
 604
 605
 606
 607
 608
 609
 610
 611
 612
 613
 614
 615
 616
 617
 618
 619
 620
 621
 622
 623
 624
 625
 626
 627
 628
 629
 630
 631
 632
 633
 634
 635
 636
 637
 638
 639
 640
 641
 642
 643
 644
 645
 646
 647
 648
 649
 650
 651
 652
 653
 654
 655
 656
 657
 658
 659
 660
 661
 662
 663
 664
 665
 666
 667
 668
 669
 670
 671
 672
 673
 674
 675
 676
 677
 678
 679
 680
 681
 682
 683
 684
 685
 686
 687
 688
 689
 690
 691
 692
 693
 694
 695
 696
 697
 698
 699
 700
 701
 702
 703
 704
 705
 706
 707
 708
 709
 710
 711
 712
 713
 714
 715
 716
 717
 718
 719
 720
 721
 722
 723
 724
 725
 726
 727
 728
 729
 730
 731
 732
 733
 734
 735
 736
 737
 738
 739
 740
 741
 742
 743
 744
 745
 746
 747
 748
 749
 750
 751
 752
 753
 754
 755
 756
 757
 758
 759
 760
 761
 762
 763
 764
 765
 766
 767
 768
 769
 770
 771
 772
 773
 774
 775
 776
 777
 778
 779
 780
 781
 782
 783
 784
 785
 786
 787
 788
 789
 790
 791
 792
 793
 794
 795
 796
 797
 798
 799
 800
 801
 802
 803
 804
 805
 806
 807
 808
 809
 810
 811
 812
 813
 814
 815
 816
 817
 818
 819
 820
 821
 822
 823
 824
 825
 826
 827
 828
 829
 830
 831
 832
 833
 834
 835
 836
 837
 838
 839
 840
 841
 842
 843
 844
 845
 846
 847
 848
 849
 850
 851
 852
 853
 854
 855
 856
 857
 858
 859
 860
 861
 862
 863
 864
 865
 866
 867
 868
 869
 870
 871
 872
 873
 874
 875
 876
 877
 878
 879
 880
 881
 882
 883
 884
 885
 886
 887
 888
 889
 890
 891
 892
 893
 894
 895
 896
 897
 898
 899
 900
 901
 902
 903
 904
 905
 906
 907
 908
 909
 910
 911
 912
 913
 914
 915
 916
 917
 918
 919
 920
 921
 922
 923
 924
 925
 926
 927
 928
 929
 930
 931
 932
 933
 934
 935
 936
 937
 938
 939
 940
 941
 942
 943
 944
 945
 946
 947
 948
 949
 950
 951
 952
 953
 954
 955
 956
 957
 958
 959
 960
 961
 962
 963
 964
 965
 966
 967
 968
 969
 970
 971
 972
 973
 974
 975
 976
 977
 978
 979
 980
 981
 982
 983
 984
 985
 986
 987
 988
 989
 990
 991
 992
 993
 994
 995
 996
 997
 998
 999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181
9182
9183
9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
9192
9193
9194
9195
9196
9197
9198
9199
9200
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9256
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9270
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9281
9282
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291
9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310
9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408
9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
9442
9443
9444
9445
9446
9447
9448
9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
9492
9493
9494
9495
9496
9497
9498
9499
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9515
9516
9517
9518
9519
9520
9521
9522
9523
9524
9525
9526
9527
9528
9529
9530
9531
9532
9533
9534
9535
9536
9537
9538
9539
9540
9541
9542
9543
9544
9545
9546
9547
9548
9549
9550
9551
9552
9553
9554
9555
9556
9557
9558
9559
9560
9561
9562
9563
9564
9565
9566
9567
9568
9569
9570
9571
9572
9573
9574
9575
9576
9577
9578
9579
9580
9581
9582
9583
9584
9585
9586
9587
9588
9589
9590
9591
9592
9593
9594
9595
9596
9597
9598
9599
9600
9601
9602
9603
9604
9605
9606
9607
9608
9609
9610
9611
9612
9613
9614
9615
9616
9617
9618
9619
9620
9621
9622
9623
9624
9625
9626
9627
9628
9629
9630
9631
9632
9633
9634
9635
9636
9637
9638
9639
9640
9641
9642
9643
9644
9645
9646
9647
9648
9649
9650
9651
9652
9653
9654
9655
9656
9657
9658
9659
9660
9661
9662
9663
9664
9665
9666
9667
9668
9669
9670
9671
9672
9673
9674
9675
9676
9677
9678
9679
9680
9681
9682
9683
9684
9685
9686
9687
9688
9689
9690
9691
9692
9693
9694
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
<TITLE>Vim documentation: options</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff">
<H1>Vim documentation: options</H1>
<A NAME="top"></A>
<A HREF="index.html">main help file</A>

<HR>
<PRE>

*<A NAME="options.txt"></A><B>options.txt</B>*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Dec 21


		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by <A HREF="intro.html#Bram">Bram</A> <A HREF="intro.html#Moolenaar">Moolenaar</A>



Options							*<A NAME="options"></A><B>options</B>*

1. Setting <A HREF="#options">options</A>			|<A HREF="#set-option">set-option</A>|
2. Automatically setting <A HREF="#options">options</A>	|<A HREF="#auto-setting">auto-setting</A>|
3. Options summary			|<A HREF="#option-summary">option-summary</A>|

For an overview of <A HREF="#options">options</A> see <A HREF="quickref.html#quickref.txt">quickref.txt</A> |<A HREF="quickref.html#option-list">option-list</A>|.

Vim has a number of internal <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> and switches which can be set to
achieve special effects.  These <A HREF="#options">options</A> come in three forms:

	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>		can only be on or off		*<A NAME="boolean"></A><B>boolean</B>* *<A NAME="toggle"></A><B>toggle</B>*
	number		has a numeric value
	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>		has a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> value

==============================================================================

1. Setting <A HREF="#options">options</A>					*<A NAME="set-option"></A><B>set-option</B>* *<A NAME="E764"></A><B>E764</B>*


							*<A NAME=":se"></A><B>:se</B>* *<A NAME=":set"></A><B>:set</B>*
:se[t]			Show all <A HREF="#options">options</A> that differ from their default value.

:se[t] all		Show all but <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A>.

:se[t] <A HREF="term.html#termcap">termcap</A>		Show all <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A>.  Note that in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> the
			key codes are not shown, because they are generated
			internally and can't be changed.  Changing the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>
			codes in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> is not useful either...


								*<A NAME="E518"></A><B>E518</B>* *<A NAME="E519"></A><B>E519</B>*
:se[t] {option}?	Show value of {option}.

:se[t] {option}		Toggle option: set, switch <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> on.
			<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> option: show value.
			<A HREF="eval.html#String">String</A> option: show value.

:se[t] no{option}	Toggle option: Reset, switch <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> off.


							   *<A NAME=":set-!"></A><B>:set-!</B>* *<A NAME=":set-inv"></A><B>:set-inv</B>*
:se[t] {option}!   or
:se[t] inv{option}	Toggle option: Invert value. {not in Vi}


				*<A NAME=":set-default"></A><B>:set-default</B>* *<A NAME=":set-&amp;"></A><B>:set-&amp;</B>* *<A NAME=":set-&amp;vi"></A><B>:set-&amp;vi</B>* *<A NAME=":set-&amp;vim"></A><B>:set-&amp;vim</B>*
:se[t] {option}&amp;	Reset option to its default value.  May depend on the
			current value of <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A>. {not in Vi}
:se[t] {option}&amp;vi	Reset option to its <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value. {not in Vi}
:se[t] {option}&amp;vim	Reset option to its Vim default value. {not in Vi}

:se[t] all&amp;		Set all <A HREF="#options">options</A> to their default value.  The values of 
			these <A HREF="#options">options</A> are not changed:
			  all <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A>, starting with t_
			  <A HREF="#'columns'">'columns'</A>
			  <A HREF="#'cryptmethod'">'cryptmethod'</A>
			  <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>
			  <A HREF="#'key'">'key'</A>
			  <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A>
			  <A HREF="#'term'">'term'</A>
			  <A HREF="#'ttymouse'">'ttymouse'</A>
			  <A HREF="#'ttytype'">'ttytype'</A>
			Warning: This may have a lot of side effects.
			{not in Vi}


						*<A NAME=":set-args"></A><B>:set-args</B>* *<A NAME="E487"></A><B>E487</B>* *<A NAME="E521"></A><B>E521</B>*
:se[t] {option}={value}		or
:se[t] {option}:{value}
			Set <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> or number option to {value}.
			For numeric <A HREF="#options">options</A> the value can be given in decimal,
			hex (preceded with 0x) or <A HREF="eval.html#octal">octal</A> (preceded with '0').
			The old value can be inserted by typing <A HREF="#'wildchar'">'wildchar'</A> (by
			default this is a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> or <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-E">CTRL-E</A> if <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
			set).  See |<A HREF="cmdline.html#cmdline-completion">cmdline-completion</A>|.
			White space between {option} and '<A HREF="change.html#=">=</A>' is allowed and
			will be ignored.  White space between '<A HREF="change.html#=">=</A>' and {value}
			is not allowed.
			See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| for using white space and
			backslashes in {value}.


:se[t] {option}+={value}				*<A NAME=":set+="></A><B>:set+=</B>*
			Add the {value} to a number option, or append the
			{value} to a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> option.  When the option is a
			comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>, a comma is added, unless the
			value was empty.
			If the option is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of flags, superfluous flags
			are removed.  When adding a flag that was already
			present the option value doesn't change.
			Also see |<A HREF="#:set-args">:set-args</A>| above.
			{not in Vi}


:se[t] {option}^={value}				*<A NAME=":set^="></A><B>:set^=</B>*
			Multiply the {value} to a number option, or prepend
			the {value} to a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> option.  When the option is a
			comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>, a comma is added, unless the
			value was empty.
			Also see |<A HREF="#:set-args">:set-args</A>| above.
			{not in Vi}


:se[t] {option}-={value}				*<A NAME=":set-="></A><B>:set-=</B>*
			Subtract the {value} from a number option, or remove
			the {value} from a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> option, if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is there.
			If the {value} is not found in a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> option, there
			is no error or warning.  When the option is a comma
			separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>, a comma is deleted, unless the option
			becomes empty.
			When the option is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of flags, {value} must be
			exactly <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> they appear in the option.  Remove flags
			one by one to avoid problems.
			Also see |<A HREF="#:set-args">:set-args</A>| above.
			{not in Vi}

The {option} arguments to &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; may be repeated.  For example:
<B>	:set ai nosi sw=3 ts=3</B>
If you make an error in one of the arguments, an error message will be given
and the following arguments will be ignored.


							*<A NAME=":set-verbose"></A><B>:set-verbose</B>*
When <A HREF="#'verbose'">'verbose'</A> is non-zero, displaying an option value will also tell where <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
was last set.  Example:
<B>	:verbose set shiftwidth cindent?</B>
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE"> 	  shiftwidth=4 </FONT></B>
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		  Last set from modeline </FONT></B>
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	  cindent </FONT></B>
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		  Last set from /usr/local/share/vim/vim60/ftplugin/c.vim </FONT></B>
This is only done when specific option values are requested, not for &quot;<A HREF="various.html#:verbose">:verbose</A>
set all&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="various.html#:verbose">:verbose</A> set&quot; without an argument.
When the option was set by hand there is no &quot;Last set&quot; message.
When the option was set while executing a function, user command or
<A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A>, the <A HREF="usr_41.html#script">script</A> in which <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was defined is reported.
Note that an option may also have been set <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a side effect of setting
<A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A>.
A few special texts:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	Last set from modeline </FONT></B>
		Option was set in a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>|.
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	Last set from --cmd argument </FONT></B>
		Option was set with command line argument |<A HREF="starting.html#--cmd">--cmd</A>| or +.
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	Last set from -c argument </FONT></B>
		Option was set with command line argument |<A HREF="starting.html#-c">-c</A>|, +, |<A HREF="starting.html#-S">-S</A>| or
		|<A HREF="starting.html#-q">-q</A>|.
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	Last set from environment variable </FONT></B>
		Option was set from an environment variable, $VIMINIT,
		$GVIMINIT or $EXINIT.
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	Last set from error handler </FONT></B>
		Option was cleared when evaluating <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> resulted in an error.

{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>| feature}


							*<A NAME=":set-termcap"></A><B>:set-termcap</B>* *<A NAME="E522"></A><B>E522</B>*
For {option} the form &quot;t_xx&quot; may be used to set a <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> option.  This will
override the value from the <A HREF="term.html#termcap">termcap</A>.  You can then use <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> in a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>.  If
the &quot;xx&quot; part contains special characters, use the &lt;t_xx&gt; form:
<B>	:set &lt;t_#4&gt;=^[Ot</B>
This can also be used to translate a special code for a normal key.  For
example, if Alt-b produces &lt;Esc&gt;b, use this:
<B>	:set &lt;M-b&gt;=^[b</B>
(the ^[ is a real <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> here, use <A HREF="visual.html#CTRL-V">CTRL-V</A> <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> to enter <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>)
The advantage over a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> is that <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> works in all situations.

You can define any key codes, e.g.:
<B>	:set t_xy=^[foo;</B>
There is no warning for using a name that isn't recognized.  You can map these
codes <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> you like:
<B>	:map &lt;t_xy&gt; something</B>

 								*<A NAME="E846"></A><B>E846</B>*
When a key code is not set, it's like <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> does not exist.  Trying to get its
value will result in an error:
<B>	:set t_kb=</B>
<B>	:set t_kb</B>
<B>	E846: Key code not set: t_kb</B>

The t_xx <A HREF="#options">options</A> cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
security reasons.

The listing from &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; looks different from <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A>.  Long <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A> are put
at the end of the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  The number of <A HREF="#options">options</A> is quite large.  The output of
&quot;set all&quot; probably does not fit on the screen, causing Vim to give the
|<A HREF="message.html#more-prompt">more-prompt</A>|.


							*<A NAME="option-backslash"></A><B>option-backslash</B>*
To include white space in a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> option value <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> has to be preceded with a
<A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.  To include a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> you have to use two.  Effectively this
means that the number of backslashes in an option value is halved (rounded
down).
A few examples:
<B>   :set tags=tags\ /usr/tags	    results in "tags /usr/tags"</B>
<B>   :set tags=tags\\,file	    results in "tags\,file"</B>
<B>   :set tags=tags\\\ file	    results in "tags\ file"</B>

The &quot;|&quot; character separates a &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; command from a following command.  To
include the &quot;|&quot; in the option value, use &quot;\|&quot; instead.  This example sets the
<A HREF="#'titlestring'">'titlestring'</A> option to &quot;hi|there&quot;:
<B>   :set titlestring=hi\|there</B>
This sets the <A HREF="#'titlestring'">'titlestring'</A> option to &quot;hi&quot; and <A HREF="#'iconstring'">'iconstring'</A> to &quot;there&quot;:
<B>   :set titlestring=hi|set iconstring=there</B>

Similarly, the double <A HREF="change.html#quote">quote</A> character starts a comment.  To include the &#39;&#34;'' in
the option value, use '\&quot;' instead.  This example sets the <A HREF="#'titlestring'">'titlestring'</A>
option to 'hi &quot;there&quot;':
<B>   :set titlestring=hi\ \"there\"</B>

For <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and WIN32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More
precise: For <A HREF="#options">options</A> that expect a file name (those where environment
<A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded) a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> before a normal file name character is not
removed.  But a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> before a special character (space, <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>, comma,
etc.) is used like explained above.
There is one special situation, when the value starts with &quot;\\&quot;:
<B>   :set dir=\\machine\path	    results in "\\machine\path"</B>
<B>   :set dir=\\\\machine\\path	    results in "\\machine\path"</B>
<B>   :set dir=\\path\\file	    results in "\\path\file" (wrong!)</B>
For the first one the start is kept, but for the second one the backslashes
are halved.  This makes sure <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> works both when you expect backslashes to be
halved and when you expect the backslashes to be kept.  The third gives a
result which is probably not what you want.  Avoid <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.


				*<A NAME="add-option-flags"></A><B>add-option-flags</B>* *<A NAME="remove-option-flags"></A><B>remove-option-flags</B>*

				*<A NAME="E539"></A><B>E539</B>* *<A NAME="E550"></A><B>E550</B>* *<A NAME="E551"></A><B>E551</B>* *<A NAME="E552"></A><B>E552</B>*
Some <A HREF="#options">options</A> are a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of flags.  When you want to add a flag to such an
option, without <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the existing ones, you can <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> like this:
<B>   :set guioptions+=a</B>
Remove a flag from an option like this:
<B>   :set guioptions-=a</B>
This removes the '<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>' flag from <A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A>.
Note that you should add or remove one flag at a time.  If <A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A> has
the value &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#ab">ab</A>&quot;, using &quot;set guioptions-=ba&quot; won't work, because the <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> &quot;ba&quot;
doesn't appear.


			   *<A NAME=":set_env"></A><B>:set_env</B>* *<A NAME="expand-env"></A><B>expand-env</B>* *<A NAME="expand-environment-var"></A><B>expand-environment-var</B>*
Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> in specific <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A> will be expanded.  If the
environment variable exists the '<A HREF="motion.html#$">$</A>' and the following environment variable
name is replaced with its value.  If <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> does not exist the '<A HREF="motion.html#$">$</A>' and the name
are not modified.  Any non-id character (not a <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A>, digit or '<A HREF="motion.html#_">_</A>') may
follow the environment variable name.  That character and what follows is
appended to the value of the environment variable.  Examples:
<B>   :set term=$TERM.new</B>
<B>   :set path=/usr/$INCLUDE,$HOME/include,.</B>
When adding or removing a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> from an option with &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> opt-=val&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>
opt+=val&quot; the expansion is done before the adding or removing.



Handling of local <A HREF="#options">options</A>			*<A NAME="local-options"></A><B>local-options</B>*

Some of the <A HREF="#options">options</A> only apply to a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> or buffer.  Each <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> or buffer
has its own copy of this option, thus each can have its own value.  This
allows you to set <A HREF="#'list'">'list'</A> in one <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> but not in another.  And set
<A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> to 3 in one buffer and 4 in another.

The following explains what happens to these local <A HREF="#options">options</A> in specific
situations.  You don't really need to know all of this, since Vim mostly uses
the option values you would expect.  Unfortunately, doing what the user
expects is a bit complicated...

When splitting a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, the local <A HREF="#options">options</A> are copied to the new <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Thus
right after the split the contents of the two <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> look the same.

When editing a new buffer, its local option values must be initialized.  Since
the local <A HREF="#options">options</A> of the current buffer might be specifically for that buffer,
these are not used.  Instead, for each buffer-local option there also is a
global value, which is used for new <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>.  With &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; both the local and
global value is changed.  With &quot;setlocal&quot; only the local value is changed,
thus this value is not used when editing a new buffer.

When editing a buffer that has been edited before, the <A HREF="#options">options</A> from the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
that was last closed are used again.  If this buffer has been edited in this
<A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, the values from back then are used.  Otherwise the values from the
last closed <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> where the buffer was edited last are used.

It's possible to set a local <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> option specifically for a type of buffer.
When you edit another buffer in the same <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, you don't want to keep
using these local <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A>.  Therefore Vim keeps a global value of the
local <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A>, which is used when editing another buffer.  Each <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
has its own copy of these values.  Thus these are local to the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, but
global to all <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> in the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  With this you can <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A>:
<B>	:e one</B>
<B>	:set list</B>
<B>	:e two</B>
Now the <A HREF="#'list'">'list'</A> option will also be set in &quot;two&quot;, since with the &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'list'">list</A>&quot;
command you have also set the global value.
<B>	:set nolist</B>
<B>	:e one</B>
<B>	:setlocal list</B>
<B>	:e two</B>
Now the <A HREF="#'list'">'list'</A> option is not set, because &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'nolist'">nolist</A>&quot; resets the global
value, &quot;<A HREF="#:setlocal">:setlocal</A> list&quot; only changes the local value and &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:e">:e</A> two&quot; gets the
global value.  Note that if you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> this next:
<B>	:e one</B>
You will get back the <A HREF="#'list'">'list'</A> value <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was the last time you edited &quot;one&quot;.
The <A HREF="#options">options</A> local to a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> are remembered for each buffer.  This also
happens when the buffer is not loaded, but they are lost when the buffer is
wiped out |<A HREF="windows.html#:bwipe">:bwipe</A>|.


							*<A NAME=":setl"></A><B>:setl</B>* *<A NAME=":setlocal"></A><B>:setlocal</B>*
:setl[ocal] <A HREF="eval.html#...">...</A>		Like &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; but set only the value local to the
			current buffer or <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Not all <A HREF="#options">options</A> have a
			local value.  If the option does not have a local
			value the global value is set.
			With the &quot;all&quot; argument: display local values for all
			local <A HREF="#options">options</A>.
			Without argument: Display local values for all local
			<A HREF="#options">options</A> which are different from the default.
			When displaying a specific local option, show the
			local value.  For a global/local <A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> option, when
			the global value is being used, &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#--">--</A>&quot; is displayed
			before the option name.
			For a global option the global value is
			shown (but that might change in the future).
			{not in Vi}

:setl[ocal] {option}&lt;	Set the local value of {option} to its global value by
			<A HREF="uganda.html#copying">copying</A> the value.
			{not in Vi}

:se[t] {option}&lt;	For |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>| <A HREF="#options">options</A>: Remove the local value of
			{option}, so that the global value will be used.
			{not in Vi}


							*<A NAME=":setg"></A><B>:setg</B>* *<A NAME=":setglobal"></A><B>:setglobal</B>*
:setg[lobal] <A HREF="eval.html#...">...</A>	Like &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; but set only the global value for a local
			option without <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the local value.
			When displaying an option, the global value is shown.
			With the &quot;all&quot; argument: display global values for all
			local <A HREF="#options">options</A>.
			Without argument: display global values for all local
			<A HREF="#options">options</A> which are different from the default.
			{not in Vi}

For buffer-local and window-local <A HREF="#options">options</A>:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	Command		 global value	    local value </FONT></B>
      <A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="intro.html#'option'">option</A>=value	     set		set
 <A HREF="#:setlocal">:setlocal</A> option=value	      -			set
<A HREF="#:setglobal">:setglobal</A> option=value	     set		 -
      <A HREF="#:set">:set</A> option?	      -		       display
 <A HREF="#:setlocal">:setlocal</A> option?	      -		       display
<A HREF="#:setglobal">:setglobal</A> option?	    display		 -



Global <A HREF="#options">options</A> with a local value			*<A NAME="global-local"></A><B>global-local</B>*

Options are global when you mostly use one value for all <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> and <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.
For some global <A HREF="#options">options</A> it's useful to sometimes have a different local value.
You can set the local value with &quot;<A HREF="#:setlocal">:setlocal</A>&quot;.  That buffer or <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will then
use the local value, while other <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> and <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> continue using the global
value.

For example, you have two <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>, both on C source code.  They use the global
<A HREF="#'makeprg'">'makeprg'</A> option.  If you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> this in one of the two <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>:
<B>	:set makeprg=gmake</B>
then the other <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will switch to the same value.  There is no need to set
the <A HREF="#'makeprg'">'makeprg'</A> option in the other C source <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> too.
However, if you start editing a <A HREF="if_perl.html#Perl">Perl</A> file in a new <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, you want to use
another <A HREF="#'makeprg'">'makeprg'</A> for <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>, without <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the value used for the C source
files.  You use this command:
<B>	:setlocal makeprg=perlmake</B>
You can switch back to using the global value by making the local value empty:
<B>	:setlocal makeprg=</B>
This only works for a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> option.  For a <A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> option you need to use the
&quot;<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>&quot; flag, like this:
<B>	:setlocal autoread&lt;</B>
Note that for non-boolean <A HREF="#options">options</A> using &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>&quot; copies the global value to the
local value, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> doesn't switch back to using the global value (that matters
when the global value changes later).  You can also use:
<B>	:set path&lt;</B>
This will make the local value of <A HREF="#'path'">'path'</A> empty, so that the global value is
used.  Thus <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> does the same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>:
<B>	:setlocal path=</B>
Note: In the future more global <A HREF="#options">options</A> can be made <A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>.  Using
&quot;<A HREF="#:setlocal">:setlocal</A>&quot; on a global option might work differently then.


Setting the <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A>


:setf[iletype] [FALLBACK] {filetype}			*<A NAME=":setf"></A><B>:setf</B>* *<A NAME=":setfiletype"></A><B>:setfiletype</B>*
			Set the <A HREF="#'filetype'">'filetype'</A> option to {filetype}, but only if
			not done yet in a sequence of (nested) autocommands.
			This is short for:
<B>				:if !did_filetype()</B>
<B>				:  setlocal filetype={filetype}</B>
<B>				:endif</B>
 			This command is used in a filetype.vim file to avoid
			setting the <A HREF="#'filetype'">'filetype'</A> option <A HREF="if_cscop.html#twice">twice</A>, causing different
			settings and <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> files to be loaded.

			When the optional FALLBACK argument is present, a
			later <A HREF="#:setfiletype">:setfiletype</A> command will override the
			<A HREF="#'filetype'">'filetype'</A>.  This is to used for <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A> detections
			that are just a guess.  |<A HREF="eval.html#did_filetype()">did_filetype()</A>| will return
			false after this command.

			{not in Vi}


				*<A NAME="option-window"></A><B>option-window</B>* *<A NAME="optwin"></A><B>optwin</B>*

:bro[wse] se[t]			*<A NAME=":set-browse"></A><B>:set-browse</B>* *<A NAME=":browse-set"></A><B>:browse-set</B>* *<A NAME=":opt"></A><B>:opt</B>* *<A NAME=":options"></A><B>:options</B>*
:opt[ions]		Open a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> for viewing and setting all <A HREF="#options">options</A>.
			Options are grouped by function.
			Offers short help for each option.  Hit <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A> on the
			short help to open a help <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> with more help for
			the option.
			Modify the value of the option and hit <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A> on the
			&quot;set&quot; line to set the new value.  For <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> and
			buffer specific <A HREF="#options">options</A>, the last accessed <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> is
			used to set the option value in, unless this is a help
			<A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, in which <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> below help <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> is
			used (skipping the <A HREF="#option-window">option-window</A>).
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>| or
			|<A HREF="various.html#+autocmd">+autocmd</A>| features}


								*<A NAME="$HOME"></A><B>$HOME</B>*
Using &quot;<A HREF="change.html#~">~</A>&quot; is like using &quot;<A HREF="#$HOME">$HOME</A>&quot;, but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is only recognized at the start of an
option and after a space or comma.

On <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> systems &quot;~user&quot; can be used too.  It is replaced by the home directory
of user &quot;user&quot;.  Example:
<B>    :set path=~mool/include,/usr/include,.</B>

On <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> systems the form &quot;${HOME}&quot; can be used too.  The name between <A HREF="intro.html#{}">{}</A> can
contain non-id characters then.  Note that if you want to use this for the
&quot;<A HREF="editing.html#gf">gf</A>&quot; command, you need to add the '<A HREF="motion.html#{">{</A>' and '<A HREF="motion.html#}">}</A>' characters to <A HREF="#'isfname'">'isfname'</A>.

NOTE: expanding environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> and &quot;~/&quot; is only done with the &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot;
command, not when assigning a value to an option with &quot;<A HREF="eval.html#:let">:let</A>&quot;.


							*<A NAME="$HOME-windows"></A><B>$HOME-windows</B>*
On <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A>, if <A HREF="#$HOME">$HOME</A> is not defined <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> an environment variable, then
at runtime Vim will set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to the expansion of $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH.
If $HOMEDRIVE is not set then $USERPROFILE is used.

This expanded value is not exported to the environment, this matters when
running an external command:
<B>	:echo system('set | findstr ^HOME=')</B>
and
<B>	:echo luaeval('os.getenv("HOME")')</B>
should echo nothing (an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>) despite exists('$HOME') being true.
When setting <A HREF="#$HOME">$HOME</A> to a non-empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be exported to the
subprocesses.


Note the maximum length of an expanded option is limited.  How much depends on
the system, mostly <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is something like 256 or 1024 characters.


							*<A NAME=":fix"></A><B>:fix</B>* *<A NAME=":fixdel"></A><B>:fixdel</B>*
:fix[del]		Set the value of <A HREF="term.html#'t_kD'">'t_kD'</A>:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">				't_kb' is     't_kD' becomes	</FONT></B>
				  CTRL-?	<A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-H">CTRL-H</A>
				not CTRL-?	CTRL-?

			(CTRL-? is 0177 <A HREF="eval.html#octal">octal</A>, 0x7f hex) {not in Vi}

			If your delete key <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> code is wrong, but the
			code for backspace is alright, you can put this in
			your <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A>:
<B>				:fixdel</B>
 			This works no matter what the actual code for
			backspace is.

			If the backspace key <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> code is wrong you can
			use this:
<B>				:if &amp;term == "termname"</B>
<B>				:  set t_kb=^V&lt;BS&gt;</B>
<B>				:  fixdel</B>
<B>				:endif</B>
 			Where &quot;^V&quot; is <A HREF="visual.html#CTRL-V">CTRL-V</A> and &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A>&quot; is the backspace key
			(don't type four characters!).  <A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A> &quot;termname&quot;
			with your <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> name.

			If your &lt;Delete&gt; key sends a strange key sequence (not
			CTRL-? or <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-H">CTRL-H</A>) you cannot use &quot;<A HREF="#:fixdel">:fixdel</A>&quot;.  Then use:
<B>				:if &amp;term == "termname"</B>
<B>				:  set t_kD=^V&lt;Delete&gt;</B>
<B>				:endif</B>
 			Where &quot;^V&quot; is <A HREF="visual.html#CTRL-V">CTRL-V</A> and &quot;&lt;Delete&gt;&quot; is the delete key
			(don't type eight characters!).  <A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A> &quot;termname&quot;
			with your <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> name.


							*<A NAME="Linux-backspace"></A><B>Linux-backspace</B>*
			Note about Linux: By default the backspace key
			produces CTRL-?, which is wrong.  You can fix <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> by
			putting this line in your rc.local:
<B>				echo "keycode 14 = BackSpace" | loadkeys</B>
 

							*<A NAME="NetBSD-backspace"></A><B>NetBSD-backspace</B>*
			Note about NetBSD: If your backspace doesn't produce
			the right code, try this:
<B>				xmodmap -e "keycode 22 = BackSpace"</B>
 			If this works, add this in your .Xmodmap file:
<B>				keysym 22 = BackSpace</B>
 			You need to restart for this to take effect.

==============================================================================

2. Automatically setting <A HREF="#options">options</A>			*<A NAME="auto-setting"></A><B>auto-setting</B>*

Besides <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A> with the &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; command, there are three alternatives
to set <A HREF="#options">options</A> automatically for one or more files:

1. When starting Vim initializations are read from various places.  See
   |<A HREF="starting.html#initialization">initialization</A>|.  Most of them are performed for all editing sessions,
   and some of them depend on the directory where Vim is started.
   You can create an <A HREF="starting.html#initialization">initialization</A> file with |<A HREF="starting.html#:mkvimrc">:mkvimrc</A>|, |<A HREF="starting.html#:mkview">:mkview</A>| and
   |<A HREF="starting.html#:mksession">:mksession</A>|.
2. If you start editing a new file, the automatic commands are executed.
   This can be used to set <A HREF="#options">options</A> for files matching a particular <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> and
   many other things.  See |<A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A>|.
3. If you start editing a new file, and the <A HREF="#'modeline'">'modeline'</A> option is on, a
   number of lines at the beginning and end of the file are checked for
   modelines.  This is explained here.


					*<A NAME="modeline"></A><B>modeline</B>* *<A NAME="vim:"></A><B>vim:</B>* *<A NAME="vi:"></A><B>vi:</B>* *<A NAME="ex:"></A><B>ex:</B>* *<A NAME="E520"></A><B>E520</B>*
There are two forms of modelines.  The first form:
	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}

[text]			any text or empty
{white}			at least one blank character (&lt;Space&gt; or <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>)
{vi:|vim:|ex:}		the <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> &quot;<A HREF="#vi:">vi:</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="#vim:">vim:</A>&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="#ex:">ex:</A>&quot;
[white]			optional white space
{options}		a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of option settings, separated with white space
			or '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>', where each part between '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' is the argument
			for a &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; command (can be empty)

Examples:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">   vi:noai:sw=3 ts=6 </FONT></B>
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">   vim: tw=77 </FONT></B>

The second form (this is compatible with some versions of Vi):

	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]

[text]			any text or empty
{white}			at least one blank character (&lt;Space&gt; or <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>)
{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}	the <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> &quot;<A HREF="#vi:">vi:</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="#vim:">vim:</A>&quot;, &quot;Vim:&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="#ex:">ex:</A>&quot;
[white]			optional white space
se[t]			the <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> &quot;set &quot; or &quot;se &quot; (note the space); When
			&quot;Vim&quot; is used <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> must be &quot;set&quot;.
{options}		a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of <A HREF="#options">options</A>, separated with white space, which
			is the argument for a &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; command
:			a colon
[text]			any text or empty

Examples:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">   /* vim: set ai tw=75: */ </FONT></B>
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">   /* Vim: set ai tw=75: */ </FONT></B>

The white space before {vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:} is required.  This minimizes the
chance that a normal <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> like &quot;lex:&quot; is caught.  There is one exception:
&quot;<A HREF="#vi:">vi:</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="#vim:">vim:</A>&quot; can also be at the start of the line (for compatibility with
version 3.0).  Using &quot;<A HREF="#ex:">ex:</A>&quot; at the start of the line will be ignored (this
could be short for &quot;example:&quot;).


							*<A NAME="modeline-local"></A><B>modeline-local</B>*
The <A HREF="#options">options</A> are set like with &quot;<A HREF="#:setlocal">:setlocal</A>&quot;: The new value only applies to the
buffer and <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> that contain the file.  Although it's possible to set global
<A HREF="#options">options</A> from a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, this is unusual.  If you have two <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> open and
the files in <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> set the same global option to a different value, the result
depends on which one was opened last.

When editing a file that was already loaded, only the window-local <A HREF="#options">options</A>
from the <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A> are used.  Thus if you manually changed a buffer-local
option after opening the file, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> won't be changed if you edit the same buffer
in another <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  But window-local <A HREF="#options">options</A> will be set.


							*<A NAME="modeline-version"></A><B>modeline-version</B>*
If the <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A> is only to be used for some versions of Vim, the version
number can be specified where &quot;<A HREF="#vim:">vim:</A>&quot; or &quot;Vim:&quot; is used:
	vim{vers}:	version {vers} or later
	vim&lt;{vers}:	version before {vers}
	vim={vers}:	version {vers}
	vim&gt;{vers}:	version after {vers}
{vers} is 700 for Vim 7.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
For example, to use a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A> only for Vim 7.0:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	/* vim700: set foldmethod=marker */ </FONT></B>
To use a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A> for Vim after version 7.2:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	/* vim&gt;702: set cole=2: */ </FONT></B>
There can be no blanks between &quot;vim&quot; and the &quot;<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>&quot;.


The number of lines that are checked can be set with the <A HREF="#'modelines'">'modelines'</A> option.
If <A HREF="#'modeline'">'modeline'</A> is off or <A HREF="#'modelines'">'modelines'</A> is 0 no lines are checked.

Note that for the first form all of the rest of the line is used, thus a line
like:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">   /* vi:ts=4: */ </FONT></B>
will give an error message for the trailing &quot;*/&quot;.  This line is OK:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">   /* vi:set ts=4: */ </FONT></B>

If an error is detected the rest of the line is skipped.

If you want to include a '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' in a set command precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a '\'.  The
<A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> in front of the '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' will be removed.  Example:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">   /* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */ </FONT></B>
This sets the <A HREF="#'dir'">'dir'</A> option to &quot;c:\tmp&quot;.  Only a single <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> before the
'<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' is removed.  Thus to include &quot;\:&quot; you have to specify &quot;\\:&quot;.

No other commands than &quot;set&quot; are supported, for security reasons (somebody
might create a Trojan horse text file with modelines).  And not all <A HREF="#options">options</A>
can be set.  For some <A HREF="#options">options</A> a flag is set, so that when it's used the
|<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>| is effective.  Still, there is always a small risk that a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>
causes trouble.  E.g., when some joker sets <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> to 5 all your lines
are wrapped unexpectedly.  So disable modelines before editing untrusted text.
The mail <A HREF="usr_41.html#ftplugin">ftplugin</A> does this, for example.

Hint: If you would like to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> something else than setting an option, you could
define an <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A> that checks the file for a specific <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>.  For
example:
<B>	au BufReadPost * if getline(1) =~ "VAR" | call SetVar() | endif</B>
And define a function SetVar() that does something with the line containing
&quot;VAR&quot;.

==============================================================================

3. Options summary					*<A NAME="option-summary"></A><B>option-summary</B>*

In the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> below all the <A HREF="#options">options</A> are mentioned with their full name and with
an abbreviation if there is one.  Both forms may be used.

In this document when a <A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> option is &quot;set&quot; that means that &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="intro.html#'option'">option</A>&quot;
is entered.  When an option is &quot;reset&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> nooption&quot; is used.

For some <A HREF="#options">options</A> there are two default values: The &quot;Vim default&quot;, which is
used when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is not set, and the &quot;<A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default&quot;, which is used when
<A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.

Most <A HREF="#options">options</A> are the same in all <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> and <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>.  There are a few that
are specific to how the text is presented in a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  These can be set to a
different value in each <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  For example the <A HREF="#'list'">'list'</A> option can be set in
one <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> and reset in another for the same text, giving both types of <A HREF="starting.html#view">view</A>
at the same time.  There are a few <A HREF="#options">options</A> that are specific to a certain
file.  These can have a different value for each file or buffer.  For example
the <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> option can be 78 for a normal text file and 0 for a C
program.

	global			one option for all <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> and <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>		each <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> has its own copy of this option
	local to buffer		each buffer has its own copy of this option

When creating a new <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> the option values from the currently active <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
are used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a default value for the window-specific <A HREF="#options">options</A>.  For the
buffer-specific <A HREF="#options">options</A> this depends on the '<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>' and '<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>' flags in the
<A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> option.  If '<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>' is included (which is the default) the values for
buffer <A HREF="#options">options</A> are copied from the currently active buffer when a buffer is
first entered.  If '<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>' is present the <A HREF="#options">options</A> are copied each time the buffer
is entered, this is almost like having global <A HREF="#options">options</A>.  If '<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>' and '<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>' are not
present, the <A HREF="#options">options</A> are copied from the currently active buffer when the
buffer is created.


Hidden <A HREF="#options">options</A>						*<A NAME="hidden-options"></A><B>hidden-options</B>*

Not all <A HREF="#options">options</A> are supported in all versions.  This depends on the supported
features and sometimes on the system.  A remark about this is in curly braces
below.  When an option is not supported <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> may still be set without getting an
error, this is called a hidden option.  You can't get the value of a hidden
option though, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not stored.

To test if option &quot;foo&quot; can be used with &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; use something like this:
<B>	if exists('&amp;foo')</B>
This also returns true for a hidden option.  To test if option &quot;foo&quot; is really
supported use something like this:
<B>	if exists('+foo')</B>
 

							*<A NAME="E355"></A><B>E355</B>*
A jump table for the <A HREF="#options">options</A> with a short description can be found at |<A HREF="quickref.html#Q_op">Q_op</A>|.


					*<A NAME="'aleph'"></A><B>'aleph'</B>* *<A NAME="'al'"></A><B>'al'</B>* *<A NAME="aleph"></A><B>aleph</B>* *<A NAME="Aleph"></A><B>Aleph</B>*
<A HREF="#'aleph'">'aleph'</A> <A HREF="#'al'">'al'</A>		number	(default 128 for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, 224 otherwise)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+rightleft">+rightleft</A>|
			feature}
	The ASCII code for the first <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A> of the Hebrew alphabet.  The
	routine that maps the keyboard in Hebrew mode, both in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
	(when hkmap is set) and on the command-line (when hitting CTRL-_)
	outputs the Hebrew characters in the range [aleph..aleph+26].
	aleph=128 applies to PC code, and aleph=224 applies to ISO 8859-8.
	See |<A HREF="rileft.html">rileft.txt</A>|.


			*<A NAME="'allowrevins'"></A><B>'allowrevins'</B>* *<A NAME="'ari'"></A><B>'ari'</B>* *<A NAME="'noallowrevins'"></A><B>'noallowrevins'</B>* *<A NAME="'noari'"></A><B>'noari'</B>*
<A HREF="#'allowrevins'">'allowrevins'</A> <A HREF="#'ari'">'ari'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+rightleft">+rightleft</A>|
			feature}
	Allow CTRL-_ in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> and <A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> mode.  This is default off, to
	avoid that users that accidentally type CTRL-_ instead of SHIFT-_ get
	into reverse <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode, and don't know how to get out.  See
	<A HREF="#'revins'">'revins'</A>.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


			 *<A NAME="'altkeymap'"></A><B>'altkeymap'</B>* *<A NAME="'akm'"></A><B>'akm'</B>* *<A NAME="'noaltkeymap'"></A><B>'noaltkeymap'</B>* *<A NAME="'noakm'"></A><B>'noakm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'altkeymap'">'altkeymap'</A> <A HREF="#'akm'">'akm'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+farsi">+farsi</A>|
			feature}
	When on, the second language is <A HREF="farsi.html#Farsi">Farsi</A>.  In editing mode CTRL-_ toggles
	the keyboard map between <A HREF="farsi.html#Farsi">Farsi</A> and English, when <A HREF="#'allowrevins'">'allowrevins'</A> set.

	When off, the keyboard map toggles between Hebrew and English.  This
	is useful to start the Vim in native mode i.e. English (left-to-right
	mode) and have default second language <A HREF="farsi.html#Farsi">Farsi</A> or Hebrew (right-to-left
	mode).  See |<A HREF="farsi.html">farsi.txt</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'ambiwidth'"></A><B>'ambiwidth'</B>* *<A NAME="'ambw'"></A><B>'ambw'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ambiwidth'">'ambiwidth'</A> <A HREF="#'ambw'">'ambw'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;single&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
	Only effective when <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; or another <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> encoding.
	Tells Vim what to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> with characters with East Asian Width Class
	Ambiguous (such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> Euro, Registered Sign, Copyright Sign, Greek
	letters, Cyrillic letters).

	There are currently two possible values:
	&quot;single&quot;:	Use the same width <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> characters in US-ASCII.  This is
			expected by most users.
	&quot;double&quot;:	Use <A HREF="if_cscop.html#twice">twice</A> the width of ASCII characters.

							*<A NAME="E834"></A><B>E834</B>* *<A NAME="E835"></A><B>E835</B>*
	The value &quot;double&quot; cannot be used if <A HREF="#'listchars'">'listchars'</A> or <A HREF="#'fillchars'">'fillchars'</A>
	contains a character that would be double width.

	There are a number of CJK fonts for which the width of glyphs for
	those characters are solely based on how many octets they take in
	legacy/traditional CJK encodings.  In those encodings, Euro,
	Registered sign, Greek/Cyrillic letters are represented by two octets,
	therefore those fonts have &quot;wide&quot; glyphs for them.  This is also
	true of some line drawing characters used to make tables in text
	file.  Therefore, when a CJK font is used for <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> Vim or
	Vim is running inside a <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> (emulators) that uses a CJK font
	(or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with &quot;-cjkwidth&quot; option.),
	this option should be set to &quot;double&quot; to match the width perceived
	by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font.  Perhaps <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> also has
	to be set to &quot;double&quot; under CJK Windows 9x/ME or Windows 2k/XP
	when the system <A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A> is set to one of CJK locales.  See <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A>
 Standard Annex #11	<A HREF="http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11">http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11</A>.

	Vim may set this option automatically at <A HREF="starting.html#startup">startup</A> time when Vim is
	compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+termresponse">+termresponse</A>| feature and if |<A HREF="term.html#t_u7">t_u7</A>| is set to the
	<A HREF="intro.html#escape">escape</A> sequence to request cursor position report.  The response can
	be found in |<A HREF="eval.html#v:termu7resp">v:termu7resp</A>|.


			*<A NAME="'antialias'"></A><B>'antialias'</B>* *<A NAME="'anti'"></A><B>'anti'</B>* *<A NAME="'noantialias'"></A><B>'noantialias'</B>* *<A NAME="'noanti'"></A><B>'noanti'</B>*
<A HREF="#'antialias'">'antialias'</A> <A HREF="#'anti'">'anti'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default: off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> enabled
			on <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A> OS X}
	This option only has an effect in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> version of Vim on <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A> OS X
	v10.2 or later.  When on, Vim will use smooth (&quot;antialiased&quot;) fonts,
	which can be easier to read at certain sizes on certain displays.
	Setting this option can sometimes cause problems if <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A> is set
	to its default (empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>).
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


			*<A NAME="'autochdir'"></A><B>'autochdir'</B>* *<A NAME="'acd'"></A><B>'acd'</B>* *<A NAME="'noautochdir'"></A><B>'noautochdir'</B>* *<A NAME="'noacd'"></A><B>'noacd'</B>*
<A HREF="#'autochdir'">'autochdir'</A> <A HREF="#'acd'">'acd'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>, use
			exists(&quot;+autochdir&quot;) to check}
	When on, Vim will change the current working directory whenever you
	open a file, switch <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>, delete a buffer or open/close a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	It will change to the directory containing the file which was opened
	or selected.
	Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work.


				*<A NAME="'arabic'"></A><B>'arabic'</B>* *<A NAME="'arab'"></A><B>'arab'</B>* *<A NAME="'noarabic'"></A><B>'noarabic'</B>* *<A NAME="'noarab'"></A><B>'noarab'</B>*
<A HREF="#'arabic'">'arabic'</A> <A HREF="#'arab'">'arab'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+arabic">+arabic</A>|
			feature}
	This option can be set to start editing <A HREF="arabic.html#Arabic">Arabic</A> text.
	Setting this option will:
	- Set the <A HREF="#'rightleft'">'rightleft'</A> option, unless <A HREF="#'termbidi'">'termbidi'</A> is set.
	- Set the <A HREF="#'arabicshape'">'arabicshape'</A> option, unless <A HREF="#'termbidi'">'termbidi'</A> is set.
	- Set the <A HREF="#'keymap'">'keymap'</A> option to &quot;arabic&quot;; in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode <A HREF="editing.html#CTRL-^">CTRL-^</A> toggles
	  between typing English and <A HREF="arabic.html#Arabic">Arabic</A> key <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>.
	- Set the <A HREF="#'delcombine'">'delcombine'</A> option
	Note that <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> must be &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; for working with <A HREF="arabic.html#Arabic">Arabic</A> text.

	Resetting this option will:
	- Reset the <A HREF="#'rightleft'">'rightleft'</A> option.
	- Disable the use of <A HREF="#'keymap'">'keymap'</A> (without <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> its value).
	Note that <A HREF="#'arabicshape'">'arabicshape'</A> and <A HREF="#'delcombine'">'delcombine'</A> are not reset (it is a global
	option).
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.
	Also see |<A HREF="arabic.html">arabic.txt</A>|.


					*<A NAME="'arabicshape'"></A><B>'arabicshape'</B>* *<A NAME="'arshape'"></A><B>'arshape'</B>*

					*<A NAME="'noarabicshape'"></A><B>'noarabicshape'</B>* *<A NAME="'noarshape'"></A><B>'noarshape'</B>*
<A HREF="#'arabicshape'">'arabicshape'</A> <A HREF="#'arshape'">'arshape'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+arabic">+arabic</A>|
			feature}
	When on and <A HREF="#'termbidi'">'termbidi'</A> is off, the required visual character
	corrections that need to take place for displaying the <A HREF="arabic.html#Arabic">Arabic</A> language
	take effect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
	one which encompasses:
	  <A HREF="motion.html#a)">a)</A> the changing/morphing of characters based on their location
	     within a <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> (initial, medial, final and stand-alone).
	  <A HREF="motion.html#b">b</A>) the enabling of the ability to compose characters
	  <A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>) the enabling of the required combining of some characters
	When disabled the display shows each character's true stand-alone
	form.
	<A HREF="arabic.html#Arabic">Arabic</A> is a complex language which requires other settings, for
	further details see |<A HREF="arabic.html">arabic.txt</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is set when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


			*<A NAME="'autoindent'"></A><B>'autoindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'ai'"></A><B>'ai'</B>* *<A NAME="'noautoindent'"></A><B>'noautoindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'noai'"></A><B>'noai'</B>*
<A HREF="#'autoindent'">'autoindent'</A> <A HREF="#'ai'">'ai'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
	Copy indent from current line when starting a new line (typing <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A>
	in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode or when using the &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A>&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#O">O</A>&quot; command).  If you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not
	type anything on the new line except <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A> or <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-D">CTRL-D</A> and then type
	<A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-O">CTRL-O</A> or <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A>, the indent is deleted again.  Moving the cursor
	to another line has the same effect, unless the '<A HREF="insert.html#I">I</A>' flag is included
	in <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A>.
	When autoindent is on, <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A> (with the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#gq">gq</A>&quot; command or when you
	reach <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode) uses the indentation of the first
	line.
	When <A HREF="#'smartindent'">'smartindent'</A> or <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> is on the indent is changed in
	a different way.
	The <A HREF="#'autoindent'">'autoindent'</A> option is reset when the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option is set and
	restored when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is reset.
	{small difference from <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A>: After the indent is deleted when typing
	<A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> or <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A>, the cursor position when moving up or down is after the
	deleted indent; <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> puts the cursor somewhere in the deleted indent}.


				 *<A NAME="'autoread'"></A><B>'autoread'</B>* *<A NAME="'ar'"></A><B>'ar'</B>* *<A NAME="'noautoread'"></A><B>'noautoread'</B>* *<A NAME="'noar'"></A><B>'noar'</B>*
<A HREF="#'autoread'">'autoread'</A> <A HREF="#'ar'">'ar'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	When a file has been detected to have been changed outside of Vim and
	<A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> has not been changed inside of Vim, automatically read <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> again.
	When the file has been deleted this is not done.  |<A HREF="editing.html#timestamp">timestamp</A>|
	If this option has a local value, use this command to switch back to
	using the global value:
<B>		:set autoread&lt;</B>
 

				 *<A NAME="'autowrite'"></A><B>'autowrite'</B>* *<A NAME="'aw'"></A><B>'aw'</B>* *<A NAME="'noautowrite'"></A><B>'noautowrite'</B>* *<A NAME="'noaw'"></A><B>'noaw'</B>*
<A HREF="#'autowrite'">'autowrite'</A> <A HREF="#'aw'">'aw'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
	Write the contents of the file, if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> has been modified, on each
	<A HREF="editing.html#:next">:next</A>, <A HREF="editing.html#:rewind">:rewind</A>, <A HREF="editing.html#:last">:last</A>, <A HREF="editing.html#:first">:first</A>, <A HREF="editing.html#:previous">:previous</A>, <A HREF="starting.html#:stop">:stop</A>, <A HREF="starting.html#:suspend">:suspend</A>, <A HREF="tagsrch.html#:tag">:tag</A>, <A HREF="various.html#:!">:!</A>,
	<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make">:make</A>, <A HREF="tagsrch.html#CTRL-]">CTRL-]</A> and <A HREF="editing.html#CTRL-^">CTRL-^</A> command; and when a <A HREF="windows.html#:buffer">:buffer</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-O">CTRL-O</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-I">CTRL-I</A>,
	'{A-Z0-9}, or `{A-Z0-9} command takes one to another file.
	Note that for some commands the <A HREF="#'autowrite'">'autowrite'</A> option is not used, see
	<A HREF="#'autowriteall'">'autowriteall'</A> for that.


			 *<A NAME="'autowriteall'"></A><B>'autowriteall'</B>* *<A NAME="'awa'"></A><B>'awa'</B>* *<A NAME="'noautowriteall'"></A><B>'noautowriteall'</B>* *<A NAME="'noawa'"></A><B>'noawa'</B>*
<A HREF="#'autowriteall'">'autowriteall'</A> <A HREF="#'awa'">'awa'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Like <A HREF="#'autowrite'">'autowrite'</A>, but also used for commands &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:edit">:edit</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:enew">:enew</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:quit">:quit</A>&quot;,
	&quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:qall">:qall</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:exit">:exit</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:xit">:xit</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="recover.html#:recover">:recover</A>&quot; and closing the Vim <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	Setting this option also implies that Vim behaves like <A HREF="#'autowrite'">'autowrite'</A> has
	been set.


							*<A NAME="'background'"></A><B>'background'</B>* *<A NAME="'bg'"></A><B>'bg'</B>*
<A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> <A HREF="#'bg'">'bg'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;dark&quot; or &quot;light&quot;, see below)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When set to &quot;dark&quot;, Vim will try to use colors that look good on a
	dark background.  When set to &quot;light&quot;, Vim will try to use colors that
	look good on a light background.  Any other value is illegal.
	Vim tries to set the default value according to the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> used.
	This will not always be correct.
	Setting this option does not change the background color, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> tells Vim
	what the background color looks like.  For <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the background
	color, see |<A HREF="syntax.html#:hi-normal">:hi-normal</A>|.

	When <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> is set Vim will adjust the default color groups for
	the new value.  But the colors used for <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> highlighting will not

	change.					*<A NAME="g:colors_name"></A><B>g:colors_name</B>*
	When a color scheme is loaded (the &quot;<A HREF="#g:colors_name">g:colors_name</A>&quot; variable is set)
	setting <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> will cause the color scheme to be reloaded.  If
	the color scheme adjusts to the value of <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> this will work.
	However, if the color scheme sets <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> itself the effect may
	be undone.  First delete the &quot;<A HREF="#g:colors_name">g:colors_name</A>&quot; variable when needed.

	When setting <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> to the default value with:
<B>		:set background&amp;</B>
 	Vim will guess the value.  In the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> this should work correctly,
	in other cases Vim might not be able to guess the right value.

	When the |<A HREF="term.html#t_RB">t_RB</A>| option is set, Vim will use <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to request the background
	color from the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>.  If the returned RGB value is dark/light and
	<A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> is not dark/light, <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> will be set and the
	screen is redrawn.  This may have side effects, make t_BG empty in
	your <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A> if you suspect this problem.  The response to |<A HREF="term.html#t_RB">t_RB</A>| can
	be found in |<A HREF="eval.html#v:termrbgresp">v:termrbgresp</A>|.

	When starting the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>, the default value for <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> will be
	&quot;light&quot;.  When the value is not set in the <A HREF="gui.html#.gvimrc">.gvimrc</A>, and Vim detects
	that the background is actually quite dark, <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> is set to
	&quot;dark&quot;.  But this happens only AFTER the <A HREF="gui.html#.gvimrc">.gvimrc</A> file has been read
	(because the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> needs to be opened to find the actual background
	color).  To get around this, force the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> to be opened by
	putting a &quot;<A HREF="gui_x11.html#:gui">:gui</A>&quot; command in the <A HREF="gui.html#.gvimrc">.gvimrc</A> file, before where the value
	of <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> is used (e.g., before &quot;<A HREF="syntax.html#:syntax">:syntax</A> on&quot;).

	For <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, Windows and <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A> the default is &quot;dark&quot;.
	For other systems &quot;dark&quot; is used when <A HREF="#'term'">'term'</A> is &quot;linux&quot;,
	&quot;screen.linux&quot;, &quot;cygwin&quot; or &quot;putty&quot;, or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
	background.  Otherwise the default is &quot;light&quot;.

	The |<A HREF="terminal.html#:terminal">:terminal</A>| command and the |<A HREF="eval.html#term_start()">term_start()</A>| function use the
	<A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> value to decide whether the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will start
	with a white or black background.

	Normally this option would be set in the <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A> file.  Possibly
	depending on the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> name.  Example:
<B>		:if &amp;term == "pcterm"</B>
<B>		:  set background=dark</B>
<B>		:endif</B>
 	When this option is set, the default settings for the highlight groups
	will change.  To use other settings, place &quot;<A HREF="syntax.html#:highlight">:highlight</A>&quot; commands AFTER
	the setting of the <A HREF="#'background'">'background'</A> option.
	This option is also used in the &quot;$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim&quot; file
	to select the colors for <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> highlighting.  After <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> this
	option, you must load syntax.vim again to see the result.  This can be
	done with &quot;<A HREF="syntax.html#:syntax">:syntax</A> on&quot;.


							*<A NAME="'backspace'"></A><B>'backspace'</B>* *<A NAME="'bs'"></A><B>'bs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'backspace'">'backspace'</A> <A HREF="#'bs'">'bs'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;, set to &quot;indent,eol,start&quot;
							    in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Influences the working of <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A>, <A HREF="change.html#&lt;Del&gt;">&lt;Del&gt;</A>, <A HREF="index.html#CTRL-W">CTRL-W</A> and <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-U">CTRL-U</A> in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A>
	mode.  This is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of items, separated by commas.  Each item allows
	a way to backspace over something:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	value	effect	</FONT></B>
	indent	allow backspacing over autoindent
	eol	allow backspacing over line breaks (join lines)
	start	allow backspacing over the start of insert; <A HREF="index.html#CTRL-W">CTRL-W</A> and <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-U">CTRL-U</A>
		stop once at the start of insert.

	When the value is empty, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible backspacing is used.

	For backwards compatibility with version 5.4 and earlier:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	value	effect	</FONT></B>
	  0	same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'backspace'">backspace</A>=&quot; (Vi compatible)
	  1	same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'backspace'">backspace</A>=indent,eol&quot;
	  2	same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'backspace'">backspace</A>=indent,eol,start&quot;

	See |<A HREF="#:fixdel">:fixdel</A>| if your <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A> or <A HREF="change.html#&lt;Del&gt;">&lt;Del&gt;</A> key does not <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> what you want.
	NOTE: This option is set to &quot;&quot; when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


				*<A NAME="'backup'"></A><B>'backup'</B>* *<A NAME="'bk'"></A><B>'bk'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobackup'"></A><B>'nobackup'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobk'"></A><B>'nobk'</B>*
<A HREF="#'backup'">'backup'</A> <A HREF="#'bk'">'bk'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Make a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> before overwriting a file.  Leave <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> around after the
	file has been successfully written.  If you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not want to keep the
	<A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file, but you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> want a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> while the file is being
	written, reset this option and set the <A HREF="#'writebackup'">'writebackup'</A> option (this is
	the default).  If you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not want a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file at all reset both
	<A HREF="#options">options</A> (use this if your file system is almost full).  See the
	|<A HREF="editing.html#backup-table">backup-table</A>| for more explanations.
	When the <A HREF="#'backupskip'">'backupskip'</A> <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> matches, a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> is not made anyway.
	When <A HREF="#'patchmode'">'patchmode'</A> is set, the <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> may be renamed to become the
	oldest version of a file.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'backupcopy'"></A><B>'backupcopy'</B>* *<A NAME="'bkc'"></A><B>'bkc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'backupcopy'">'backupcopy'</A> <A HREF="#'bkc'">'bkc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(Vi default for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;yes&quot;, otherwise: &quot;auto&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	When <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file and a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> is made, this option tells how it's
	done.  This is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of words.

	The main values are:
	&quot;yes&quot;	make a copy of the file and overwrite the original one
	&quot;no&quot;	rename the file and write a new one
	&quot;auto&quot;	one of the previous, what works best

	Extra values that can be combined with the ones above are:
	&quot;breaksymlink&quot;	always break symlinks when <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A>
	&quot;breakhardlink&quot;	always break hardlinks when <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A>

	Making a copy and overwriting the original file:
	- Takes extra time to copy the file.
	+ When the file has special attributes, is a (hard/symbolic) link or
	  has a resource <A HREF="os_unix.html#fork">fork</A>, all this is preserved.
	- When the file is a link the <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> will have the name of the link,
	  not of the real file.

	Renaming the file and <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a new one:
	+ It's fast.
	- Sometimes not all attributes of the file can be copied to the new
	  file.
	- When the file is a link the new file will not be a link.

	The &quot;auto&quot; value is the middle way: When Vim sees that renaming file
	is possible without side effects (the attributes can be passed on and
	the file is not a link) that is used.  When problems are expected, a
	copy will be made.

	The &quot;breaksymlink&quot; and &quot;breakhardlink&quot; values can be used in
	combination with any of &quot;yes&quot;, &quot;no&quot; and &quot;auto&quot;.  When included, they
	force Vim to always break either symbolic or hard links by doing
	exactly what the &quot;no&quot; option does, renaming the original file to
	become the <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> and <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a new file in its place.  This can be
	useful for example in source trees where all the files are symbolic or
	hard links and any changes should stay in the local source tree, not
	be propagated back to the original source.

							*<A NAME="crontab"></A><B>crontab</B>*
	One situation where &quot;no&quot; and &quot;auto&quot; will cause problems: A program
	that opens a file, invokes Vim to edit that file, and then tests if
	the open file was changed (through the file descriptor) will check the
	<A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file instead of the newly created file.  &quot;<A HREF="#crontab">crontab</A> -e&quot; is an
	example.

	When a copy is made, the original file is truncated and then filled
	with the new text.  This means that protection bits, owner and
	symbolic links of the original file are unmodified.  The <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file
	however, is a new file, owned by the user who edited the file.  The
	group of the <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> is set to the group of the original file.  If this
	fails, the protection bits for the group are made the same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> for
	others.

	When the file is renamed this is the other way around: The <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> has
	the same attributes of the original file, and the newly written file
	is owned by the current user.  When the file was a (hard/symbolic)
	link, the new file will not!  That's why the &quot;auto&quot; value doesn't
	rename when the file is a link.  The owner and group of the newly
	written file will be set to the same ones <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the original file, but
	the system may refuse to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> this.  In that <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> the &quot;auto&quot; value will
	again not rename the file.

	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'backupdir'"></A><B>'backupdir'</B>* *<A NAME="'bdir'"></A><B>'bdir'</B>*
<A HREF="#'backupdir'">'backupdir'</A> <A HREF="#'bdir'">'bdir'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default for <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A>: &quot;.,t:&quot;,
				 for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>: &quot;.,$TEMP,c:/tmp,c:/temp&quot;
				 for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;.,~/tmp,~/&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> of directories for the <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file, separated with commas.
	- The <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file will be created in the first directory in the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>
	  where this is possible.  The directory must exist, Vim will not
	  create <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> for you.
	- Empty means that no <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file will be created ('patchmode' is
	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
	- A directory &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; means to put the <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file in the same directory
	  <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the edited file.
	- A directory starting with &quot;./&quot; (or &quot;.\&quot; for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> et al.) means to
	  put the <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file relative to where the edited file is.  The
	  leading &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
	  (&quot;.&quot; inside a directory name has no special meaning).
	- Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
	  of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
	  name, precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.
	- To include a comma in a directory name precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.
	- A directory name may end in an '<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>'.
	- Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	- Careful with '\' characters, type one before a space, type two to
	  get one in the option (see |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>|), for example:
<B>	    :set bdir=c:\\tmp,\ dir\\,with\\,commas,\\\ dir\ with\ spaces</B>
 	- For backwards compatibility with Vim version 3.0 a '<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>' at the start
	  of the option is removed.
	See also <A HREF="#'backup'">'backup'</A> and <A HREF="#'writebackup'">'writebackup'</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A>.
	If you want to hide your <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> files on <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>, consider this value:
<B>		:set backupdir=./.backup,~/.backup,.,/tmp</B>
 	You must create a &quot;.backup&quot; directory in each directory and in your
	home directory for this to work properly.
	The use of |<A HREF="#:set+=">:set+=</A>| and |<A HREF="#:set-=">:set-=</A>| is preferred when adding or removing
	directories from the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  This avoids problems when a future version
	uses another default.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'backupext'"></A><B>'backupext'</B>* *<A NAME="'bex'"></A><B>'bex'</B>* *<A NAME="E589"></A><B>E589</B>*
<A HREF="#'backupext'">'backupext'</A> <A HREF="#'bex'">'bex'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;<A HREF="change.html#~">~</A>&quot;, for <A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>: &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#_">_</A>&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="eval.html#String">String</A> which is appended to a file name to make the name of the
	<A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file.  The default is quite unusual, because this avoids
	accidentally overwriting existing files with a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file.  You might
	prefer using &quot;.bak&quot;, but make sure that you don't have files with
	&quot;.bak&quot; that you want to keep.
	Only normal file name characters can be used, &quot;/\*?[|&lt;&gt;&quot; are illegal.

	If you like to keep a lot of backups, you could use a <A HREF="autocmd.html#BufWritePre">BufWritePre</A>
	<A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A> to change <A HREF="#'backupext'">'backupext'</A> just before <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> the file to
	include a <A HREF="editing.html#timestamp">timestamp</A>.
<B>		:au BufWritePre * let &amp;bex = '-' . strftime("%Y%b%d%X") . '~'</B>
 	Use <A HREF="#'backupdir'">'backupdir'</A> to put the <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> in a different directory.


						*<A NAME="'backupskip'"></A><B>'backupskip'</B>* *<A NAME="'bsk'"></A><B>'bsk'</B>*
<A HREF="#'backupskip'">'backupskip'</A> <A HREF="#'bsk'">'bsk'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;/tmp/*,$TMPDIR/*,$TMP/*,$TEMP/*&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+wildignore">+wildignore</A>|
			feature}
	A <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of file patterns.  When one of the patterns matches with the
	name of the file which is written, no <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file is created.  Both
	the specified file name and the full path name of the file are used.
	The pattern is used like with |<A HREF="autocmd.html#:autocmd">:autocmd</A>|, see |<A HREF="autocmd.html#autocmd-patterns">autocmd-patterns</A>|.
	Watch out for special characters, see |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>|.
	When $TMPDIR, $TMP or $TEMP is not defined, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not used for the
	default value.  &quot;/tmp/*&quot; is only used for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>.

	WARNING: Not having a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file means that when Vim fails to write
	your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
	lose both the original file and what you were <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A>.  Only disable
	backups if you don't care about losing the file.

	Note that environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are not expanded.  If you want to use
	<A HREF="#$HOME">$HOME</A> you must expand <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> explicitly, e.g.:
<B>		:let &amp;backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'</B>

 	Note that the default also makes sure that &quot;<A HREF="#crontab">crontab</A> -e&quot; works (when a
	<A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> would be made by renaming the original file <A HREF="#crontab">crontab</A> won't see
	the newly created file).  Also see <A HREF="#'backupcopy'">'backupcopy'</A> and |<A HREF="#crontab">crontab</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'balloondelay'"></A><B>'balloondelay'</B>* *<A NAME="'bdlay'"></A><B>'bdlay'</B>*
<A HREF="#'balloondelay'">'balloondelay'</A> <A HREF="#'bdlay'">'bdlay'</A>	number	(default: 600)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+balloon_eval">+balloon_eval</A>|
			feature}
	Delay in milliseconds before a balloon may pop up.  See |<A HREF="debugger.html#balloon-eval">balloon-eval</A>|.


		       *<A NAME="'ballooneval'"></A><B>'ballooneval'</B>* *<A NAME="'beval'"></A><B>'beval'</B>* *<A NAME="'noballooneval'"></A><B>'noballooneval'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobeval'"></A><B>'nobeval'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ballooneval'">'ballooneval'</A> <A HREF="#'beval'">'beval'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+balloon_eval">+balloon_eval</A>|
			feature}
	Switch on the |<A HREF="debugger.html#balloon-eval">balloon-eval</A>| functionality for the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.


		       *<A NAME="'balloonevalterm'"></A><B>'balloonevalterm'</B>* *<A NAME="'bevalterm'"></A><B>'bevalterm'</B>* *<A NAME="'noballoonevalterm'"></A><B>'noballoonevalterm'</B>*

		       *<A NAME="'nobevalterm'"></A><B>'nobevalterm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'balloonevalterm'">'balloonevalterm'</A> <A HREF="#'bevalterm'">'bevalterm'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+balloon_eval_term">+balloon_eval_term</A>| feature}
	Switch on the |<A HREF="debugger.html#balloon-eval">balloon-eval</A>| functionality for the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>.


						     *<A NAME="'balloonexpr'"></A><B>'balloonexpr'</B>* *<A NAME="'bexpr'"></A><B>'bexpr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'balloonexpr'">'balloonexpr'</A> <A HREF="#'bexpr'">'bexpr'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+balloon_eval">+balloon_eval</A>|
			feature}
	Expression for text to show in evaluation balloon.  It is only used
	when <A HREF="#'ballooneval'">'ballooneval'</A> is on.  These <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> can be used:

	<A HREF="eval.html#v:beval_bufnr">v:beval_bufnr</A>	number of the buffer in which balloon is going to show
	<A HREF="eval.html#v:beval_winnr">v:beval_winnr</A>	number of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	<A HREF="eval.html#v:beval_winid">v:beval_winid</A>	ID of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	<A HREF="eval.html#v:beval_lnum">v:beval_lnum</A>	line number
	<A HREF="eval.html#v:beval_col">v:beval_col</A>	column number (byte index)
	<A HREF="eval.html#v:beval_text">v:beval_text</A>	<A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> under or after the mouse pointer

	The evaluation of the <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> must not have side effects!
	Example:
<B>    function! MyBalloonExpr()</B>
<B>	return 'Cursor is at line ' . v:beval_lnum .</B>
<B>		\', column ' . v:beval_col .</B>
<B>		\ ' of file ' .  bufname(v:beval_bufnr) .</B>
<B>		\ ' on word "' . v:beval_text . '"'</B>
<B>    endfunction</B>
<B>    set bexpr=MyBalloonExpr()</B>
<B>    set ballooneval</B>
 
	Also see |<A HREF="eval.html#balloon_show()">balloon_show()</A>|, can be used if the content of the balloon
	is to be fetched asynchronously.

	NOTE: The balloon is displayed only if the cursor is on a text
	character.  If the result of evaluating <A HREF="#'balloonexpr'">'balloonexpr'</A> is not empty,
	Vim does not try to send a message to an external debugger (Netbeans
	or Sun Workshop).

	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> will be evaluated in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>| when set from a
	<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, see |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox-option">sandbox-option</A>|.

	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> while
	evaluating <A HREF="#'balloonexpr'">'balloonexpr'</A> |<A HREF="eval.html#textlock">textlock</A>|.

	To check whether line breaks in the balloon text work use this check:
<B>		if has("balloon_multiline")</B>
 	When they are supported &quot;\n&quot; characters will start a new line.  If the
	<A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> evaluates to a |<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A>| this is equal to using each List item
	<A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> and putting &quot;\n&quot; in between them.
	NOTE: This option is set to &quot;&quot; when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'belloff'"></A><B>'belloff'</B>* *<A NAME="'bo'"></A><B>'bo'</B>*
<A HREF="#'belloff'">'belloff'</A> <A HREF="#'bo'">'bo'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Specifies for which events the bell will not be rung. It is a comma
	separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of items. For each item that is present, the bell
	will be silenced. This is most useful to specify specific events in
	insert mode to be silenced.

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	item	    meaning when present	</FONT></B>
	all	    All events.
	backspace   When hitting <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A> or <A HREF="change.html#&lt;Del&gt;">&lt;Del&gt;</A> and <A HREF="change.html#deleting">deleting</A> results in an
		    error.
	cursor	    Fail to move around using the cursor keys or
		    &lt;PageUp&gt;/&lt;PageDown&gt; in |<A HREF="insert.html#Insert-mode">Insert-mode</A>|.
	complete    Error occurred when using |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K</A>| or
		    |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T</A>|.
	copy	    Cannot copy char from insert mode using |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-Y">i_CTRL-Y</A>| or
		    |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-E">i_CTRL-E</A>|.
	ctrlg	    Unknown Char after &lt;C-G&gt; in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode.
	error	    Other Error occurred (e.g. try to join last line)
		    (mostly used in |<A HREF="intro.html#Normal-mode">Normal-mode</A>| or |<A HREF="cmdline.html#Cmdline-mode">Cmdline-mode</A>|).
	esc	    hitting <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> in |<A HREF="intro.html#Normal-mode">Normal-mode</A>|.
	<A HREF="starting.html#ex">ex</A>	    In |<A HREF="visual.html#Visual-mode">Visual-mode</A>|, hitting |<A HREF="intro.html#Q">Q</A>| results in an error.
	<A HREF="hangulin.html#hangul">hangul</A>	    Error occurred when using <A HREF="hangulin.html#hangul">hangul</A> input.
	insertmode  Pressing <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> in <A HREF="#'insertmode'">'insertmode'</A>.
	lang	    Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
	mess	    No output available for |<A HREF="message.html#g&lt;">g&lt;</A>|.
	showmatch   Error occurred for <A HREF="#'showmatch'">'showmatch'</A> function.
	<A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A>    Empty region error |<A HREF="#cpo-E">cpo-E</A>|.
	<A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>    Unknown <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> after &lt;C-R&gt; in |<A HREF="insert.html#Insert-mode">Insert-mode</A>|.
	shell	    Bell from shell output |<A HREF="various.html#:!">:!</A>|.
	<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>	    Error happened on <A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A> suggest.
	wildmode    More matches in |<A HREF="cmdline.html#cmdline-completion">cmdline-completion</A>| available
		    (depends on the <A HREF="#'wildmode'">'wildmode'</A> setting).

	This is most useful to fine tune when in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode the bell should
	be rung. For <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode and <A HREF="intro.html#Ex">Ex</A> commands, the bell is often rung to
	indicate that an error occurred. It can be silenced by adding the
	&quot;error&quot; keyword.


				     *<A NAME="'binary'"></A><B>'binary'</B>* *<A NAME="'bin'"></A><B>'bin'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobinary'"></A><B>'nobinary'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobin'"></A><B>'nobin'</B>*
<A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> <A HREF="#'bin'">'bin'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	This option should be set before editing a binary file.  You can also
	use the |<A HREF="starting.html#-b">-b</A>| Vim argument.  When this option is switched on a few
	<A HREF="#options">options</A> will be changed (also when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> already was on):
		<A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A>  will be set to 0
		<A HREF="#'wrapmargin'">'wrapmargin'</A> will be set to 0
		<A HREF="#'modeline'">'modeline'</A>   will be off
		<A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A>  will be off
	Also, <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> and <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A> will not be used, the
	file is read and written like <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> was &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot; (a single <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;NL&gt;">&lt;NL&gt;</A>
	separates lines).
	The <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> and <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A> will not be used, the
	file is read without conversion.
	NOTE: When you start editing a(nother) file while the <A HREF="#'bin'">'bin'</A> option is
	on, settings from autocommands may change the settings again (e.g.,
	'textwidth'), causing trouble when editing.  You might want to set
	<A HREF="#'bin'">'bin'</A> again when the file has been loaded.
	The previous values of these <A HREF="#options">options</A> are remembered and restored when
	<A HREF="#'bin'">'bin'</A> is switched from on to off.  Each buffer has its own set of
	saved option values.
	To edit a file with <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> set you can use the |<A HREF="editing.html#++bin">++bin</A>| argument.
	This avoids you have to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'bin'">bin</A>&quot; which would have effect for all
	files you edit.
	When <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file the <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> for the last line is only written if
	there was one in the original file (normally Vim appends an <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> to
	the last line if there is none; this would make the file longer).  See
	the <A HREF="#'endofline'">'endofline'</A> option.


			*<A NAME="'bioskey'"></A><B>'bioskey'</B>* *<A NAME="'biosk'"></A><B>'biosk'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobioskey'"></A><B>'nobioskey'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobiosk'"></A><B>'nobiosk'</B>*
<A HREF="#'bioskey'">'bioskey'</A> <A HREF="#'biosk'">'biosk'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}  {only for MS-DOS}
	This was for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and is no longer supported.


							*<A NAME="'bomb'"></A><B>'bomb'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobomb'"></A><B>'nobomb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'bomb'">'bomb'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
	When <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file and the following conditions are met, a BOM (Byte
	Order <A HREF="motion.html#Mark">Mark</A>) is prepended to the file:
	- this option is on
	- the <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> option is off
	- <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;, &quot;ucs-2&quot;, &quot;ucs-4&quot; or one of the little/big
	  endian variants.
	Some applications use the BOM to recognize the encoding of the file.
	Often used for UCS-2 files on <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A>.  For other applications <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	causes trouble, for example: &quot;cat file1 file2&quot; makes the BOM of file2
	appear halfway the resulting file.  Gcc doesn't accept a BOM.
	When Vim reads a file and <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> starts with &quot;ucs-bom&quot;, a
	check for the presence of the BOM is done and <A HREF="#'bomb'">'bomb'</A> set accordingly.
	Unless <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> is set, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is removed from the first line, so that you
	don't see <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> when editing.  When you don't change the <A HREF="#options">options</A>, the BOM
	will be restored when <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> the file.


						*<A NAME="'breakat'"></A><B>'breakat'</B>* *<A NAME="'brk'"></A><B>'brk'</B>*
<A HREF="#'breakat'">'breakat'</A> <A HREF="#'brk'">'brk'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot; ^I!@*-+;:,./?&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+linebreak">+linebreak</A>|
			feature}
	This option lets you choose which characters might cause a line
	break if <A HREF="#'linebreak'">'linebreak'</A> is on.  Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
	characters when <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is an 8-bit encoding.


			*<A NAME="'breakindent'"></A><B>'breakindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'bri'"></A><B>'bri'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobreakindent'"></A><B>'nobreakindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobri'"></A><B>'nobri'</B>*
<A HREF="#'breakindent'">'breakindent'</A> <A HREF="#'bri'">'bri'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+linebreak">+linebreak</A>|
			feature}
	Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
	space <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
	of text.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'breakindentopt'"></A><B>'breakindentopt'</B>* *<A NAME="'briopt'"></A><B>'briopt'</B>*
<A HREF="#'breakindentopt'">'breakindentopt'</A> <A HREF="#'briopt'">'briopt'</A> <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default empty)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+linebreak">+linebreak</A>|
			feature}
	Settings for <A HREF="#'breakindent'">'breakindent'</A>. It can consist of the following optional
	items and must be separated by a comma:
		min:{n}	    Minimum text width that will be kept after
			    applying <A HREF="#'breakindent'">'breakindent'</A>, even if the resulting
			    text should normally be narrower. This prevents
			    text indented almost to the right <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> border
			    occupying lot of vertical space when broken.
		shift:{n}   After applying <A HREF="#'breakindent'">'breakindent'</A>, the wrapped line's
			    beginning will be shifted by the given number of
			    characters.  It permits dynamic French <A HREF="motion.html#paragraph">paragraph</A>
			    indentation (negative) or emphasizing the line
			    continuation (positive).
		sbr	    Display the <A HREF="#'showbreak'">'showbreak'</A> value before applying the 
			    additional indent.
	The default value for min is 20 and <A HREF="intro.html#shift">shift</A> is 0.


						*<A NAME="'browsedir'"></A><B>'browsedir'</B>* *<A NAME="'bsdir'"></A><B>'bsdir'</B>*
<A HREF="#'browsedir'">'browsedir'</A> <A HREF="#'bsdir'">'bsdir'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;last&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi} {only for <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A>, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Athena">Athena</A>, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A>, <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A> and
			<A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> GUI}
	Which directory to use for the file browser:
	   last		Use same directory <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> with last file browser, where a
			file was opened or saved.
	   buffer	Use the directory of the related buffer.
	   current	Use the current directory.
	   {path}	Use the specified directory


						*<A NAME="'bufhidden'"></A><B>'bufhidden'</B>* *<A NAME="'bh'"></A><B>'bh'</B>*
<A HREF="#'bufhidden'">'bufhidden'</A> <A HREF="#'bh'">'bh'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	This option specifies what happens when a buffer is no longer
	displayed in a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>:
	  &lt;empty&gt;	follow the global <A HREF="#'hidden'">'hidden'</A> option
	  hide		hide the buffer (don't unload it), also when <A HREF="#'hidden'">'hidden'</A>
			is not set
	  unload	unload the buffer, also when <A HREF="#'hidden'">'hidden'</A> is set or using
			|<A HREF="windows.html#:hide">:hide</A>|
	  delete	delete the buffer from the buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>, also when
			<A HREF="#'hidden'">'hidden'</A> is set or using |<A HREF="windows.html#:hide">:hide</A>|, like using
			|<A HREF="windows.html#:bdelete">:bdelete</A>|
	  wipe		wipe out the buffer from the buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>, also when
			<A HREF="#'hidden'">'hidden'</A> is set or using |<A HREF="windows.html#:hide">:hide</A>|, like using
			|<A HREF="windows.html#:bwipeout">:bwipeout</A>|

	CAREFUL: when &quot;unload&quot;, &quot;delete&quot; or &quot;wipe&quot; is used changes in a buffer
	are lost without a warning.  Also, these values may break autocommands
	that switch between <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> temporarily.
	This option is used together with <A HREF="#'buftype'">'buftype'</A> and <A HREF="#'swapfile'">'swapfile'</A> to specify
	special kinds of buffers.   See |<A HREF="windows.html#special-buffers">special-buffers</A>|.


			*<A NAME="'buflisted'"></A><B>'buflisted'</B>* *<A NAME="'bl'"></A><B>'bl'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobuflisted'"></A><B>'nobuflisted'</B>* *<A NAME="'nobl'"></A><B>'nobl'</B>* *<A NAME="E85"></A><B>E85</B>*
<A HREF="#'buflisted'">'buflisted'</A> <A HREF="#'bl'">'bl'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default: on)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	When this option is set, the buffer shows up in the buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  If
	<A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is reset <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not used for &quot;<A HREF="windows.html#:bnext">:bnext</A>&quot;, &quot;ls&quot;, the Buffers menu, etc.
	This option is reset by Vim for <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> that are only used to remember
	a file name or marks.  Vim sets <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> when starting to edit a buffer.
	But not when moving to a buffer with &quot;<A HREF="windows.html#:buffer">:buffer</A>&quot;.


						*<A NAME="'buftype'"></A><B>'buftype'</B>* *<A NAME="'bt'"></A><B>'bt'</B>* *<A NAME="E382"></A><B>E382</B>*
<A HREF="#'buftype'">'buftype'</A> <A HREF="#'bt'">'bt'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	The value of this option specifies the type of a buffer:
	  &lt;empty&gt;	normal buffer
	  nofile	buffer which is not related to a file and will not be
			written
	  nowrite	buffer which will not be written
	  acwrite	buffer which will always be written with <A HREF="autocmd.html#BufWriteCmd">BufWriteCmd</A>
			autocommands. {not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+autocmd">+autocmd</A>| feature}
	  <A HREF="quickfix.html#quickfix">quickfix</A>	<A HREF="quickfix.html#quickfix">quickfix</A> buffer, contains <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of <A HREF="message.html#errors">errors</A> |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:cwindow">:cwindow</A>|
			or <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of locations |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:lwindow">:lwindow</A>|
	  help		help buffer (you are not supposed to set this
			manually)
	  terminal	buffer for a |<A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>| (you are not supposed to set
			this manually)

	This option is used together with <A HREF="#'bufhidden'">'bufhidden'</A> and <A HREF="#'swapfile'">'swapfile'</A> to
	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |<A HREF="windows.html#special-buffers">special-buffers</A>|.

	Be careful with <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> this option, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> can have many side effects!

	A &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#quickfix">quickfix</A>&quot; buffer is only used for the error <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> and the location
	<A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  This value is set by the |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:cwindow">:cwindow</A>| and |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:lwindow">:lwindow</A>| commands and
	you are not supposed to change <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.

	&quot;nofile&quot; and &quot;nowrite&quot; <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> are similar:
	both:		The buffer is not to be written to disk, &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:w">:w</A>&quot; doesn't
			work (&quot;:w filename&quot; does work though).
	both:		The buffer is never considered to be |<A HREF="#'modified'">'modified'</A>|.
			There is no warning when the changes will be lost, for
			example when you quit Vim.
	both:		A swap file is only created when using too much memory
			(when <A HREF="#'swapfile'">'swapfile'</A> has been reset there is never a swap
			file).
	nofile only:	The buffer name is fixed, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not handled like a
			file name.  It is not modified in response to a |<A HREF="editing.html#:cd">:cd</A>|
			command.
	both:		When using &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:e">:e</A> bufname&quot; and already editing &quot;bufname&quot;
			the buffer is made empty and autocommands are
			triggered <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> usual for |<A HREF="editing.html#:edit">:edit</A>|.

							*<A NAME="E676"></A><B>E676</B>*
	&quot;acwrite&quot; implies that the buffer name is not related to a file, like
	&quot;nofile&quot;, but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be written.  Thus, in contrast to &quot;nofile&quot; and
	&quot;nowrite&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:w">:w</A>&quot; does work and a modified buffer can't be abandoned
	without saving.  For <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> there must be matching |<A HREF="autocmd.html#BufWriteCmd">BufWriteCmd</A>|,
	|<A HREF="autocmd.html#FileWriteCmd">FileWriteCmd</A>| or |<A HREF="autocmd.html#FileAppendCmd">FileAppendCmd</A>| autocommands.


						*<A NAME="'casemap'"></A><B>'casemap'</B>* *<A NAME="'cmp'"></A><B>'cmp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'casemap'">'casemap'</A> <A HREF="#'cmp'">'cmp'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;internal,keepascii&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies details about <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> of letters.  It may contain
	these words, separated by a comma:
	internal	Use internal <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> <A HREF="eval.html#functions">functions</A>, the current
			<A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A> does not change the <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>.  This only
			matters when <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is a <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> encoding,
			&quot;latin1&quot; or &quot;iso-8859-15&quot;.  When &quot;internal&quot; is
			omitted, the towupper() and towlower() system library
			<A HREF="eval.html#functions">functions</A> are used when available.
	keepascii	For the ASCII characters (0x00 to 0x7f) use the US
			<A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>, the current <A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A> is not effective.
			This probably only matters for Turkish.


						*<A NAME="'cdpath'"></A><B>'cdpath'</B>* *<A NAME="'cd'"></A><B>'cd'</B>* *<A NAME="E344"></A><B>E344</B>* *<A NAME="E346"></A><B>E346</B>*
<A HREF="#'cdpath'">'cdpath'</A> <A HREF="#'cd'">'cd'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: equivalent to $CDPATH or &quot;,,&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+file_in_path">+file_in_path</A>| feature}
	This is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of directories which will be searched when using the
	|<A HREF="editing.html#:cd">:cd</A>| and |<A HREF="editing.html#:lcd">:lcd</A>| commands, provided that the directory being searched
	for has a relative path, not an absolute part starting with &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot;, &quot;./&quot;
	or &quot;../&quot;, the <A HREF="#'cdpath'">'cdpath'</A> option is not used then.
	The <A HREF="#'cdpath'">'cdpath'</A> option's value has the same form and semantics <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	|<A HREF="#'path'">'path'</A>|.  Also see |<A HREF="editing.html#file-searching">file-searching</A>|.
	The default value is taken from $CDPATH, with a &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#,">,</A>&quot; prepended to look
	in the current directory first.
	If the default value taken from $CDPATH is not what you want, include
	a modified version of the following command in your <A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A> file to
	override <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>:
<B>	  :let &amp;cdpath = ',' . substitute(substitute($CDPATH, '[, ]', '\\\0', 'g'), ':', ',', 'g')</B>
 	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.
	(parts of <A HREF="#'cdpath'">'cdpath'</A> can be passed to the shell to expand file names).


						*<A NAME="'cedit'"></A><B>'cedit'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cedit'">'cedit'</A>			<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(Vi default: &quot;&quot;, Vim default: <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-F">CTRL-F</A>)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+vertsplit">+vertsplit</A>|
			feature}
	The key used in <A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> Mode to open the command-line <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	The default is <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-F">CTRL-F</A> when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is off.
	Only non-printable keys are allowed.
	The key can be specified <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a single character, but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is difficult to
	type.  The preferred way is to use the <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;&gt;">&lt;&gt;</A> <A HREF="intro.html#notation">notation</A>.  Examples:
<B>		:exe "set cedit=\&lt;C-Y&gt;"</B>
<B>		:exe "set cedit=\&lt;Esc&gt;"</B>
 	|<A HREF="intro.html#Nvi">Nvi</A>| also has this option, but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> only uses the first character.
	See |<A HREF="cmdline.html#cmdwin">cmdwin</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is set to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A>
	is reset.


				*<A NAME="'charconvert'"></A><B>'charconvert'</B>* *<A NAME="'ccv'"></A><B>'ccv'</B>* *<A NAME="E202"></A><B>E202</B>* *<A NAME="E214"></A><B>E214</B>* *<A NAME="E513"></A><B>E513</B>*
<A HREF="#'charconvert'">'charconvert'</A> <A HREF="#'ccv'">'ccv'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			and |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>| features}
			{not in Vi}
	An <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> that is used for character encoding conversion.  It is
	evaluated when a file that is to be read or has been written has a
	different encoding from what is desired.
	<A HREF="#'charconvert'">'charconvert'</A> is not used when the internal <A HREF="eval.html#iconv()">iconv()</A> function is
	supported and is able to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> the conversion.  Using <A HREF="eval.html#iconv()">iconv()</A> is
	preferred, because <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is much faster.
	<A HREF="#'charconvert'">'charconvert'</A> is not used when reading stdin |<A HREF="starting.html#--">--</A>|, because there is no
	file to convert from.  You will have to save the text in a file first.
	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> must return zero or an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> for success,
	non-zero for failure.
	The possible encoding names encountered are in <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>.
	Additionally, names given in <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> and <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> are
	used.
	Conversion between &quot;latin1&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#unicode">unicode</A>&quot;, &quot;ucs-2&quot;, &quot;ucs-4&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;
	is done internally by Vim, <A HREF="#'charconvert'">'charconvert'</A> is not used for this.
	<A HREF="#'charconvert'">'charconvert'</A> is also used to convert the <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A> file, if the '<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>'
	flag is present in <A HREF="#'viminfo'">'viminfo'</A>.  Also used for <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> conversion.
	Example:
<B>		set charconvert=CharConvert()</B>
<B>		fun CharConvert()</B>
<B>		  system("recode "</B>
<B>			\ . v:charconvert_from . ".." . v:charconvert_to</B>
<B>			\ . " &lt;" . v:fname_in . " &gt;" v:fname_out)</B>
<B>		  return v:shell_error</B>
<B>		endfun</B>
 	The related Vim <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are:
		<A HREF="eval.html#v:charconvert_from">v:charconvert_from</A>	name of the current encoding
		<A HREF="eval.html#v:charconvert_to">v:charconvert_to</A>	name of the desired encoding
		<A HREF="eval.html#v:fname_in">v:fname_in</A>		name of the input file
		<A HREF="eval.html#v:fname_out">v:fname_out</A>		name of the output file
	Note that <A HREF="eval.html#v:fname_in">v:fname_in</A> and <A HREF="eval.html#v:fname_out">v:fname_out</A> will never be the same.
	Note that <A HREF="eval.html#v:charconvert_from">v:charconvert_from</A> and <A HREF="eval.html#v:charconvert_to">v:charconvert_to</A> may be different
	from <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>.  Vim internally uses <A HREF="mbyte.html#UTF-8">UTF-8</A> instead of UCS-2 or UCS-4.
	Encryption is not done by Vim when using <A HREF="#'charconvert'">'charconvert'</A>.  If you want
	to encrypt the file after conversion, <A HREF="#'charconvert'">'charconvert'</A> should take care
	of this.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


				   *<A NAME="'cindent'"></A><B>'cindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'cin'"></A><B>'cin'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocindent'"></A><B>'nocindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocin'"></A><B>'nocin'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> <A HREF="#'cin'">'cin'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cindent">+cindent</A>|
			feature}
	Enables automatic C program indenting.  See <A HREF="#'cinkeys'">'cinkeys'</A> to set the keys
	that trigger reindenting in insert mode and <A HREF="#'cinoptions'">'cinoptions'</A> to set your
	preferred indent style.
	If <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A> is not empty, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> overrules <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A>.
	If <A HREF="#'lisp'">'lisp'</A> is not on and both <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A> and <A HREF="#'equalprg'">'equalprg'</A> are empty,
	the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#=">=</A>&quot; <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A> indents using this algorithm rather than calling an
	external program.
	See |<A HREF="indent.html#C-indenting">C-indenting</A>|.
	When you don't like the way <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> works, try the <A HREF="#'smartindent'">'smartindent'</A>
	option or <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A>.
	This option is not used when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


							*<A NAME="'cinkeys'"></A><B>'cinkeys'</B>* *<A NAME="'cink'"></A><B>'cink'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cinkeys'">'cinkeys'</A> <A HREF="#'cink'">'cink'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;0{,0},0),:,0#,!^F,o,O,e&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cindent">+cindent</A>|
			feature}
	A <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of keys that, when typed in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode, cause reindenting of
	the current line.  Only used if <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> is on and <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A> is
	empty.
	For the format of this option see |<A HREF="indent.html#cinkeys-format">cinkeys-format</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="indent.html#C-indenting">C-indenting</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'cinoptions'"></A><B>'cinoptions'</B>* *<A NAME="'cino'"></A><B>'cino'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cinoptions'">'cinoptions'</A> <A HREF="#'cino'">'cino'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cindent">+cindent</A>|
			feature}
	The <A HREF="#'cinoptions'">'cinoptions'</A> affect the way <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> reindents lines in a C
	program.  See |<A HREF="indent.html#cinoptions-values">cinoptions-values</A>| for the values of this option, and
	|<A HREF="indent.html#C-indenting">C-indenting</A>| for info on C indenting in general.



						*<A NAME="'cinwords'"></A><B>'cinwords'</B>* *<A NAME="'cinw'"></A><B>'cinw'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cinwords'">'cinwords'</A> <A HREF="#'cinw'">'cinw'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;if,else,while,do,for,switch&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without both the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+cindent">+cindent</A>| and the |<A HREF="various.html#+smartindent">+smartindent</A>| features}
	These keywords start an extra indent in the next line when
	<A HREF="#'smartindent'">'smartindent'</A> or <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> is set.  For <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> this is only done at
	an appropriate place (inside <A HREF="intro.html#{}">{}</A>).
	Note that <A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> isn't used for <A HREF="#'cinwords'">'cinwords'</A>.  If <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> doesn't
	matter, include the keyword both the <A HREF="change.html#uppercase">uppercase</A> and <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A>:
	&quot;if,If,IF&quot;.


						*<A NAME="'clipboard'"></A><B>'clipboard'</B>* *<A NAME="'cb'"></A><B>'cb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'clipboard'">'clipboard'</A> <A HREF="#'cb'">'cb'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;autoselect,exclude:cons\|linux&quot;
						  for X-windows, &quot;&quot; otherwise)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only in <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> versions or when the |<A HREF="various.html#+xterm_clipboard">+xterm_clipboard</A>|
			feature is included}
	This option is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of comma separated names.
	These names are recognized:


						*<A NAME="clipboard-unnamed"></A><B>clipboard-unnamed</B>*
	unnamed		When included, Vim will use the <A HREF="gui.html#clipboard">clipboard</A> <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> '*'
			for all <A HREF="change.html#yank">yank</A>, delete, change and put operations which
			would normally go to the unnamed <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>.  When a
			<A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> is explicitly specified, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will always be
			used regardless of whether &quot;unnamed&quot; is in <A HREF="#'clipboard'">'clipboard'</A>
			or not.  The <A HREF="gui.html#clipboard">clipboard</A> <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> can always be
			explicitly accessed using the &quot;* <A HREF="intro.html#notation">notation</A>.  Also see
			|<A HREF="gui_w32.html#gui-clipboard">gui-clipboard</A>|.


						*<A NAME="clipboard-unnamedplus"></A><B>clipboard-unnamedplus</B>*
	unnamedplus	A variant of the &quot;unnamed&quot; flag which uses the
			<A HREF="gui.html#clipboard">clipboard</A> <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> '<A HREF="motion.html#+">+</A>' (|<A HREF="gui_x11.html#quoteplus">quoteplus</A>|) instead of
			<A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> '*' for all <A HREF="change.html#yank">yank</A>, delete, change and put
			operations which would normally go to the unnamed
			<A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>.  When &quot;unnamed&quot; is also included to the
			option, <A HREF="change.html#yank">yank</A> operations (but not delete, change or
			put) will additionally copy the text into <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>
			'*'.
			Only available with the |<A HREF="various.html#+X11">+X11</A>| feature.
			Availability can be checked with:
<B>				if has('unnamedplus')</B>
 

						*<A NAME="clipboard-autoselect"></A><B>clipboard-autoselect</B>*
	autoselect	Works like the '<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>' flag in <A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A>: If present,
			then whenever <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode is started, or the <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A>
			area extended, Vim tries to become the owner of the
			windowing system's global selection or put the
			selected text on the <A HREF="gui.html#clipboard">clipboard</A> used by the selection
			<A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> &quot;*.  See |<A HREF="#guioptions_a">guioptions_a</A>| and |<A HREF="gui.html#quotestar">quotestar</A>| for
			details.  When the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> is active, the '<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>' flag in
			<A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A> is used, when the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> is not active, this
			&quot;autoselect&quot; flag is used.
			Also applies to the modeless selection.


						*<A NAME="clipboard-autoselectplus"></A><B>clipboard-autoselectplus</B>*
	autoselectplus  Like &quot;autoselect&quot; but using the + <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> instead of
			the &#42; <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>.  Compare to the '<A HREF="change.html#P">P</A>' flag in
			<A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A>.


						*<A NAME="clipboard-autoselectml"></A><B>clipboard-autoselectml</B>*
	autoselectml	Like &quot;autoselect&quot;, but for the modeless selection
			only.  Compare to the '<A HREF="insert.html#A">A</A>' flag in <A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A>.


						*<A NAME="clipboard-html"></A><B>clipboard-html</B>*
	html		When the <A HREF="gui.html#clipboard">clipboard</A> contains HTML, use this when
			pasting.  When putting text on the <A HREF="gui.html#clipboard">clipboard</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#mark">mark</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
			<A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> HTML.  This works to copy rendered HTML from
			Firefox, paste <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> raw HTML in Vim, select the HTML
			in Vim and paste <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> in a rich edit box in Firefox.
			You probably want to add this only temporarily,
			possibly use <A HREF="autocmd.html#BufEnter">BufEnter</A> autocommands.
			Only supported for <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A> version 2 and later.
			Only available with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>| feature.


						*<A NAME="clipboard-exclude"></A><B>clipboard-exclude</B>*
	exclude:{pattern}
			Defines a <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> that is matched against the name of
			the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> <A HREF="#'term'">'term'</A>.  If there is a match, no
			connection will be made to the X server.  This is
			useful in this situation:
			- Running Vim in a console.
			- $DISPLAY is set to start applications on another
			  display.
			- You <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not want to connect to the X server in the
			  console, but <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> want this in a <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> emulator.
			To never connect to the X server use:
<B>				exclude:.*</B>
 			This has the same effect <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> using the |<A HREF="starting.html#-X">-X</A>| argument.
			Note that when there is no connection to the X server
			the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> title won't be restored and the <A HREF="gui.html#clipboard">clipboard</A>
			cannot be accessed.
			The value of <A HREF="#'magic'">'magic'</A> is ignored, {pattern} is
			interpreted <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> if <A HREF="#'magic'">'magic'</A> was on.
			The rest of the option value will be used for
			{pattern}, this must be the last entry.


						*<A NAME="'cmdheight'"></A><B>'cmdheight'</B>* *<A NAME="'ch'"></A><B>'ch'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cmdheight'">'cmdheight'</A> <A HREF="#'ch'">'ch'</A>	number	(default 1)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of screen lines to use for the command-line.  Helps avoiding
	|<A HREF="message.html#hit-enter">hit-enter</A>| prompts.
	The value of this option is stored with the <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> page, so that each <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A>
	page can have a different value.


						*<A NAME="'cmdwinheight'"></A><B>'cmdwinheight'</B>* *<A NAME="'cwh'"></A><B>'cwh'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cmdwinheight'">'cmdwinheight'</A> <A HREF="#'cwh'">'cwh'</A>	number	(default 7)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+vertsplit">+vertsplit</A>|
			feature}
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of screen lines to use for the command-line <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>. |<A HREF="cmdline.html#cmdwin">cmdwin</A>|


						*<A NAME="'colorcolumn'"></A><B>'colorcolumn'</B>* *<A NAME="'cc'"></A><B>'cc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'colorcolumn'">'colorcolumn'</A> <A HREF="#'cc'">'cc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	<A HREF="#'colorcolumn'">'colorcolumn'</A> is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of screen columns that are
	highlighted with ColorColumn |<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-ColorColumn">hl-ColorColumn</A>|.  Useful to align
	text.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
	The screen column can be an absolute number, or a number preceded with
	'<A HREF="motion.html#+">+</A>' or '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>', which is added to or subtracted from <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A>.

<B>		:set cc=+1  " highlight column after 'textwidth'</B>
<B>		:set cc=+1,+2,+3  " highlight three columns after 'textwidth'</B>
<B>		:hi ColorColumn ctermbg=lightgrey guibg=lightgrey</B>
 
	When <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> is zero then the items with '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>' and '<A HREF="motion.html#+">+</A>' are not used.
	A maximum of 256 columns are highlighted.


						*<A NAME="'columns'"></A><B>'columns'</B>* *<A NAME="'co'"></A><B>'co'</B>* *<A NAME="E594"></A><B>E594</B>*
<A HREF="#'columns'">'columns'</A> <A HREF="#'co'">'co'</A>		number	(default 80 or <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> width)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of columns of the screen.  Normally this is set by the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>
	<A HREF="starting.html#initialization">initialization</A> and does not have to be set by hand.  Also see
	|<A HREF="vi_diff.html#posix-screen-size">posix-screen-size</A>|.
	When Vim is running in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> or in a resizable <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, setting this
	option will cause the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> size to be changed.  When you only want
	to use the size for the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>, put the command in your |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>| file.
	When you set this option and Vim is unable to change the physical
	number of columns of the display, the display may be messed up.  For
	the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is always possible and Vim <A HREF="vi_diff.html#limits">limits</A> the number of columns to
	what fits on the screen.  You can use this command to get the widest
	<A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> possible:
<B>		:set columns=9999</B>
 	Minimum value is 12, maximum value is 10000.


					*<A NAME="'comments'"></A><B>'comments'</B>* *<A NAME="'com'"></A><B>'com'</B>* *<A NAME="E524"></A><B>E524</B>* *<A NAME="E525"></A><B>E525</B>*
<A HREF="#'comments'">'comments'</A> <A HREF="#'com'">'com'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default
				&quot;s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:&#37;,:XCOMM,n:&gt;,fb:-&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+comments">+comments</A>|
			feature}
	A comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of strings that can start a comment line.  See
	|<A HREF="change.html#format-comments">format-comments</A>|.  See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about using backslashes to
	insert a space.


					*<A NAME="'commentstring'"></A><B>'commentstring'</B>* *<A NAME="'cms'"></A><B>'cms'</B>* *<A NAME="E537"></A><B>E537</B>*
<A HREF="#'commentstring'">'commentstring'</A> <A HREF="#'cms'">'cms'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;/*&#37;s*/&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	A <A HREF="autocmd.html#template">template</A> for a comment.  The &quot;&#37;s&quot; in the value is replaced with the
	comment text.  Currently only used to add markers for <A HREF="fold.html#folding">folding</A>, see
	|<A HREF="fold.html#fold-marker">fold-marker</A>|.


			*<A NAME="'compatible'"></A><B>'compatible'</B>* *<A NAME="'cp'"></A><B>'cp'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocompatible'"></A><B>'nocompatible'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocp'"></A><B>'nocp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> <A HREF="#'cp'">'cp'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on, off when a |<A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A>| or |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>|
					file is found, reset in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This option has the effect of making Vim either more Vi-compatible, or
	make Vim behave in a more useful way.

	This is a special kind of option, because when it's set or reset,
	other <A HREF="#options">options</A> are also changed <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a side effect.
	NOTE: Setting or resetting this option can have a lot of unexpected
	effects: Mappings are interpreted in another way, <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> behaves
	differently, etc.  If you set this option in your <A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A> file, you
	should probably put <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> at the very start.

	By default this option is on and the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> defaults are used for the
	<A HREF="#options">options</A>.  This default was chosen for those people who want to use Vim
	just like <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A>, and don't even (want to) know about the <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A>
	option.
	When a |<A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A>| or |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>| file is found while Vim is starting up,
	this option is switched off, and all <A HREF="#options">options</A> that have not been
	modified will be set to the Vim defaults.  Effectively, this means
	that when a |<A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A>| or |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>| file exists, Vim will use the Vim
	defaults, otherwise <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will use the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> defaults.  (Note: This doesn't
	happen for the system-wide <A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A> or <A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A> file, nor for a file given
	with the |<A HREF="starting.html#-u">-u</A>| argument).  Also see |<A HREF="starting.html#compatible-default">compatible-default</A>| and
	|<A HREF="vi_diff.html#posix-compliance">posix-compliance</A>|.
	You can also set this option with the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-C">-C</A>&quot; argument, and reset <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with
	&quot;-N&quot;.  See |<A HREF="starting.html#-C">-C</A>| and |<A HREF="starting.html#-N">-N</A>|.
	See <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> for more fine tuning of <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatibility.

	When this option is set, numerous other <A HREF="#options">options</A> are set to make Vim <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	Vi-compatible <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> possible.  When this option is unset, various <A HREF="#options">options</A>
	are set to make Vim more useful.  The table below lists all the
	<A HREF="#options">options</A> affected.
	The {?} column indicates when the <A HREF="#options">options</A> are affected:
	+  Means that the option is set to the value given in {set value} when
	   <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.
	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A>  Means that the option is set to the value given in {set value} when
	   <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set AND is set to its Vim default value when
	   <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is unset.
	-  Means the option is NOT changed when setting <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> but IS
	   set to its Vim default when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is unset.
	The {effect} column summarises the change when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	option		? set value	effect </FONT></B>

	<A HREF="#'allowrevins'">'allowrevins'</A>	+ off		no CTRL-_ command
	<A HREF="#'antialias'">'antialias'</A>	+ off		don't use antialiased fonts
	<A HREF="#'arabic'">'arabic'</A>	+ off	 	reset arabic-related <A HREF="#options">options</A>
	<A HREF="#'arabicshape'">'arabicshape'</A>	+ on		correct character shapes
	<A HREF="#'backspace'">'backspace'</A>	+ &quot;&quot;		normal backspace
	<A HREF="#'backup'">'backup'</A>	+ off		no <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file
	<A HREF="#'backupcopy'">'backupcopy'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;yes&quot;	<A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file is a copy
			  else: &quot;auto&quot;	copy or rename <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file
	<A HREF="#'balloonexpr'">'balloonexpr'</A>	+ &quot;&quot;		text to show in evaluation balloon
	<A HREF="#'breakindent'">'breakindent'</A>	+ off		don't indent when wrapping lines
	<A HREF="#'cedit'">'cedit'</A>		- {unchanged}	{set vim default only on resetting 'cp'}
	<A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A>	+ off		no C code indentation
	<A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A>	- {unchanged}	{set vim default only on resetting 'cp'}
	<A HREF="#'copyindent'">'copyindent'</A>	+ off		don't copy indent structure
	<A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> (all flags)	Vi-compatible flags
	'cscopepathcomp'+ 0		don't show directories in <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>
	'cscoperelative'+ off		
	<A HREF="#'cscopetag'">'cscopetag'</A>	+ off		don't use <A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscope">cscope</A> for &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#:tag">:tag</A>&quot;
	'cscopetagorder'+ 0		see |<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscopetagorder">cscopetagorder</A>|
	<A HREF="#'cscopeverbose'">'cscopeverbose'</A>	+ off		see |<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscopeverbose">cscopeverbose</A>|
	<A HREF="#'delcombine'">'delcombine'</A>	+ off		<A HREF="mbyte.html#unicode">unicode</A>: delete whole char combination
	<A HREF="#'digraph'">'digraph'</A>	+ off		no <A HREF="digraph.html#digraphs">digraphs</A>
	<A HREF="#'esckeys'">'esckeys'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> off		no &lt;Esc&gt;-keys in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
	<A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A>	+ off		tabs not expanded to spaces
	<A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> &quot;&quot;		no automatic file format detection,
			  &quot;dos,unix&quot;	except for <A HREF="os_dos.html#DOS">DOS</A>, Windows and <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>
	<A HREF="#'formatexpr'">'formatexpr'</A>	+ &quot;&quot;		use <A HREF="#'formatprg'">'formatprg'</A> for auto-formatting
	<A HREF="#'formatoptions'">'formatoptions'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> &quot;vt&quot;		<A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A>
	<A HREF="#'gdefault'">'gdefault'</A>	+ off		no default '<A HREF="index.html#g">g</A>' flag for &quot;<A HREF="change.html#:s">:s</A>&quot;
	<A HREF="#'history'">'history'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> 0		no commandline <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A>
	<A HREF="#'hkmap'">'hkmap'</A>		+ off		no Hebrew keyboard <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>
	<A HREF="#'hkmapp'">'hkmapp'</A>	+ off		no phonetic Hebrew keyboard <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>
	<A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A>	+ off		no highlighting of search matches
	<A HREF="#'incsearch'">'incsearch'</A>	+ off		no incremental searching
	<A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A>	+ &quot;&quot;		no indenting by <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A>
	<A HREF="#'insertmode'">'insertmode'</A>	+ off		<A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not start in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
	<A HREF="#'iskeyword'">'iskeyword'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> &quot;@,48-57,_&quot;	keywords contain alphanumeric
						characters and '<A HREF="motion.html#_">_</A>'
	<A HREF="#'joinspaces'">'joinspaces'</A>	+ on		insert 2 spaces after period
	<A HREF="#'modeline'">'modeline'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> off		no modelines
	<A HREF="#'more'">'more'</A>		<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> off		no pauses in listings
	<A HREF="#'mzquantum'">'mzquantum'</A>	- {unchanged}	{set vim default only on resetting 'cp'}
	<A HREF="#'numberwidth'">'numberwidth'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> 8		min number of columns for line number
	'preserveindent'+ off		don't preserve current indent structure
						when <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	<A HREF="#'revins'">'revins'</A>	+ off		no reverse insert
	<A HREF="#'ruler'">'ruler'</A>		+ off		no ruler
	<A HREF="#'scrolljump'">'scrolljump'</A>	+ 1		no jump scroll
	<A HREF="#'scrolloff'">'scrolloff'</A>	+ 0		no scroll offset
	<A HREF="#'shelltemp'">'shelltemp'</A>	- {unchanged}	{set vim default only on resetting 'cp'}
	<A HREF="#'shiftround'">'shiftround'</A>	+ off		indent not rounded to shiftwidth
	<A HREF="#'shortmess'">'shortmess'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> &quot;&quot;		no shortening of <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A>
	<A HREF="#'showcmd'">'showcmd'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> off		command characters not shown
	<A HREF="#'showmode'">'showmode'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> off		current mode not shown
	<A HREF="#'sidescrolloff'">'sidescrolloff'</A>	+ 0		cursor moves to edge of screen in scroll
	<A HREF="#'smartcase'">'smartcase'</A>	+ off		no automatic ignore <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> switch
	<A HREF="#'smartindent'">'smartindent'</A>	+ off		no smart indentation
	<A HREF="#'smarttab'">'smarttab'</A>	+ off		no smart <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> size
	<A HREF="#'softtabstop'">'softtabstop'</A>	+ 0		tabs are always <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> positions
	<A HREF="#'startofline'">'startofline'</A>	+ on		goto startofline with some commands
	<A HREF="#'tagcase'">'tagcase'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> &quot;followic&quot;	<A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> when searching <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file
	<A HREF="#'tagrelative'">'tagrelative'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> off		<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> file names are not relative
	<A HREF="#'termguicolors'">'termguicolors'</A>	+ off		don't use highlight-(guifg|guibg)
	<A HREF="#'textauto'">'textauto'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> off		no automatic textmode detection
	<A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A>	+ 0		no automatic line wrap
	<A HREF="#'tildeop'">'tildeop'</A>	+ off		tilde is not an <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A>
	<A HREF="#'ttimeout'">'ttimeout'</A>	+ off		no <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> timeout
	<A HREF="#'undofile'">'undofile'</A>	+ off		don't use an <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file
	<A HREF="#'viminfo'">'viminfo'</A>       - {unchanged}	{set Vim default only on resetting 'cp'}
	<A HREF="#'virtualedit'">'virtualedit'</A>	+ &quot;&quot;		cursor can only be placed on characters
	<A HREF="#'whichwrap'">'whichwrap'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> &quot;&quot;		left-right movements don't wrap
	<A HREF="#'wildchar'">'wildchar'</A>	<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-E">CTRL-E</A>	only when the current value is <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>
					use <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-E">CTRL-E</A> for cmdline completion
	<A HREF="#'writebackup'">'writebackup'</A>	+ on or off	depends on the |<A HREF="various.html#+writebackup">+writebackup</A>| feature


						*<A NAME="'complete'"></A><B>'complete'</B>* *<A NAME="'cpt'"></A><B>'cpt'</B>* *<A NAME="E535"></A><B>E535</B>*
<A HREF="#'complete'">'complete'</A> <A HREF="#'cpt'">'cpt'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;.,w,b,u,t,i&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	This option specifies how keyword completion |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-completion">ins-completion</A>| works
	when <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-P">CTRL-P</A> or <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-N">CTRL-N</A> are used.  It is also used for whole-line
	completion |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L</A>|.  It indicates the type of completion
	and the places to scan.  It is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of flags:
	.	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A>	scan <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> from other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	<A HREF="motion.html#b">b</A>	scan other loaded <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> that are in the buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>
	<A HREF="undo.html#u">u</A>	scan the unloaded <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> that are in the buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>
	<A HREF="undo.html#U">U</A>	scan the <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> that are not in the buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>
	<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A>	scan the files given with the <A HREF="#'dictionary'">'dictionary'</A> option
	kspell  use the currently active spell checking |<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>|
	k{dict}	scan the file {dict}.  Several &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A>&quot; flags can be given,
		patterns are valid too.  For example:
<B>			:set cpt=k/usr/dict/*,k~/spanish</B>
 	<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>	scan the files given with the <A HREF="#'thesaurus'">'thesaurus'</A> option
	s{tsr}	scan the file {tsr}.  Several &quot;<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>&quot; flags can be given, patterns
		are valid too.
	<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>	scan current and included files
	<A HREF="change.html#d">d</A>	scan current and included files for defined name or <A HREF="map.html#macro">macro</A>
		|<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-D">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-D</A>|
	]	<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> completion
	t	same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &quot;<A HREF="index.html#]">]</A>&quot;

	Unloaded <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> are not loaded, thus their autocmds |<A HREF="autocmd.html#:autocmd">:autocmd</A>| are
	not executed, this may lead to unexpected completions from some files
	(gzipped files for example).  Unloaded <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> are not scanned for
	whole-line completion.

	The default is &quot;.,w,b,u,t,i&quot;, which means to scan:
	   1. the current buffer
	   2. <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> in other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	   3. other loaded <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>
	   4. unloaded <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>
	   5. <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A>
	   6. included files

	As you can see, <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-N">CTRL-N</A> and <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-P">CTRL-P</A> can be used to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> any 'iskeyword'-
	based expansion (e.g., dictionary |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K</A>|, included patterns
	|<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-I">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-I</A>|, <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]</A>| and normal expansions).


						*<A NAME="'completefunc'"></A><B>'completefunc'</B>* *<A NAME="'cfu'"></A><B>'cfu'</B>*
<A HREF="#'completefunc'">'completefunc'</A> <A HREF="#'cfu'">'cfu'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: empty)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>|
			or |<A HREF="various.html#+insert_expand">+insert_expand</A>| features}
	This option specifies a function to be used for <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode completion
	with CTRL-X CTRL-U. |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U</A>|
	See |<A HREF="insert.html#complete-functions">complete-functions</A>| for an explanation of how the function is
	invoked and what <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> should return.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'completeopt'"></A><B>'completeopt'</B>* *<A NAME="'cot'"></A><B>'cot'</B>*
<A HREF="#'completeopt'">'completeopt'</A> <A HREF="#'cot'">'cot'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;menu,preview&quot;)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+insert_expand">+insert_expand</A>| feature}
			{not in Vi}
	A comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of <A HREF="#options">options</A> for <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode completion
	|<A HREF="insert.html#ins-completion">ins-completion</A>|.  The supported values are:

	   menu	    Use a popup menu to show the possible completions.  The
		    menu is only shown when there is more than one match and
		    sufficient colors are available.  |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-completion-menu">ins-completion-menu</A>|

	   menuone  Use the popup menu also when there is only one match.
		    Useful when there is additional information about the
		    match, e.g., what file <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> comes from.

	   longest  Only insert the longest common text of the matches.  If
		    the menu is displayed you can use <A HREF="various.html#CTRL-L">CTRL-L</A> to add more
		    characters.  Whether <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> is ignored depends on the kind
		    of completion.  For buffer text the <A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> option is
		    used.

	   preview  Show extra information about the currently selected
		    completion in the preview <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Only works in
		    combination with &quot;menu&quot; or &quot;menuone&quot;.

	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
		    &quot;menu&quot; or &quot;menuone&quot;. No effect if &quot;longest&quot; is present.

	   noselect Do not select a match in the menu, force the user to
		    select one from the menu. Only works in combination with
		    &quot;menu&quot; or &quot;menuone&quot;.



						*<A NAME="'concealcursor'"></A><B>'concealcursor'</B>* *<A NAME="'cocu'"></A><B>'cocu'</B>*
<A HREF="#'concealcursor'">'concealcursor'</A> <A HREF="#'cocu'">'cocu'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+conceal">+conceal</A>|
			feature}
	Sets the modes in which text in the cursor line can also be concealed.
	When the current mode is listed then concealing happens just like in
	other lines.
	  <A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>		<A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode
	  <A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>		<A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode
	  <A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>		<A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
	  <A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>		Command line editing, for <A HREF="#'incsearch'">'incsearch'</A>

	'<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>' applies to all lines in the <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> area, not only the cursor.
	A useful value is &quot;nc&quot;.  This is used in help files.  So long <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> you
	are moving around text is concealed, but when starting to insert text
	or selecting a <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> area the concealed text is displayed, so that
	you can see what you are doing.
	Keep in mind that the cursor position is not always where it's
	displayed.  E.g., when moving vertically <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> may change column.



<A HREF="#'conceallevel'">'conceallevel'</A> <A HREF="#'cole'">'cole'</A>		*<A NAME="'conceallevel'"></A><B>'conceallevel'</B>* *<A NAME="'cole'"></A><B>'cole'</B>*
			number (default 0)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+conceal">+conceal</A>|
			feature}
	Determine how text with the &quot;conceal&quot; <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> attribute |<A HREF="syntax.html#:syn-conceal">:syn-conceal</A>|
	is shown:

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	Value		Effect </FONT></B>
	0		Text is shown normally
	1		Each block of concealed text is replaced with one
			character.  If the <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> item does not have a custom
			replacement character defined (see |<A HREF="syntax.html#:syn-cchar">:syn-cchar</A>|) the
			character defined in <A HREF="#'listchars'">'listchars'</A> is used (default is a
			space).
			It is highlighted with the &quot;Conceal&quot; highlight group.
	2		Concealed text is completely hidden unless <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> has a
			custom replacement character defined (see
			|<A HREF="syntax.html#:syn-cchar">:syn-cchar</A>|).
	3		Concealed text is completely hidden.

	Note: in the cursor line concealed text is not hidden, so that you can
	edit and copy the text.  This can be changed with the <A HREF="#'concealcursor'">'concealcursor'</A>
	option.


				*<A NAME="'confirm'"></A><B>'confirm'</B>* *<A NAME="'cf'"></A><B>'cf'</B>* *<A NAME="'noconfirm'"></A><B>'noconfirm'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocf'"></A><B>'nocf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'confirm'">'confirm'</A> <A HREF="#'cf'">'cf'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When <A HREF="#'confirm'">'confirm'</A> is on, certain operations that would normally
	fail because of unsaved changes to a buffer, e.g. &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:q">:q</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:e">:e</A>&quot;,
	instead raise a |<A HREF="gui_w32.html#dialog">dialog</A>| asking if you wish to save the current
	file(s).  You can still use a ! to unconditionally |<A HREF="editing.html#abandon">abandon</A>| a buffer.
	If <A HREF="#'confirm'">'confirm'</A> is off you can still activate confirmation for one
	command only (this is most useful in mappings) with the |<A HREF="editing.html#:confirm">:confirm</A>|
	command.
	Also see the |<A HREF="eval.html#confirm()">confirm()</A>| function and the '<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>' flag in <A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A>.


			*<A NAME="'conskey'"></A><B>'conskey'</B>* *<A NAME="'consk'"></A><B>'consk'</B>* *<A NAME="'noconskey'"></A><B>'noconskey'</B>* *<A NAME="'noconsk'"></A><B>'noconsk'</B>*
<A HREF="#'conskey'">'conskey'</A> <A HREF="#'consk'">'consk'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}  {only for MS-DOS}
	This was for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and is no longer supported.


			*<A NAME="'copyindent'"></A><B>'copyindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'ci'"></A><B>'ci'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocopyindent'"></A><B>'nocopyindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'noci'"></A><B>'noci'</B>*
<A HREF="#'copyindent'">'copyindent'</A> <A HREF="#'ci'">'ci'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	Copy the structure of the existing lines indent when autoindenting a
	new line.  Normally the new indent is reconstructed by a series of
	tabs followed by spaces <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> required (unless |<A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A>| is enabled,
	in which <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> only spaces are used).  Enabling this option makes the
	new line copy whatever characters were used for indenting on the
	existing line.  <A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A> has no effect on these characters, a <A HREF="intro.html#Tab">Tab</A>
	remains a <A HREF="intro.html#Tab">Tab</A>.  If the new indent is greater than on the existing
	line, the remaining space is filled in the normal manner.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.
	Also see <A HREF="#'preserveindent'">'preserveindent'</A>.


						*<A NAME="'cpoptions'"></A><B>'cpoptions'</B>* *<A NAME="'cpo'"></A><B>'cpo'</B>* *<A NAME="cpo"></A><B>cpo</B>*
<A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> <A HREF="#'cpo'">'cpo'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(Vim default: &quot;aABceFs&quot;,
				 <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default:  all flags)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	A sequence of single character flags.  When a character is present
	this indicates Vi-compatible behavior.  This is used for things where
	not being Vi-compatible is mostly or sometimes preferred.
	<A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> stands for &quot;compatible-options&quot;.
	Commas can be added for readability.
	To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
	&quot;+=&quot; and &quot;-=&quot; feature of &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; |<A HREF="#add-option-flags">add-option-flags</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.
	NOTE: This option is set to the POSIX default value at <A HREF="starting.html#startup">startup</A> when
	the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value would be used and the <A HREF="vi_diff.html#$VIM_POSIX">$VIM_POSIX</A> environment
	variable exists |<A HREF="vi_diff.html#posix">posix</A>|.  This means Vim tries to behave like the
	POSIX specification.

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	    contains	behavior	</FONT></B>

								*<A NAME="cpo-a"></A><B>cpo-a</B>*
		a	When included, a &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#:read">:read</A>&quot; command with a file name
			argument will set the alternate file name for the
			current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-A"></A><B>cpo-A</B>*
		A	When included, a &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:write">:write</A>&quot; command with a file name
			argument will set the alternate file name for the
			current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-b"></A><B>cpo-b</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#b">b</A>	&quot;\|&quot; in a &quot;<A HREF="map.html#:map">:map</A>&quot; command is recognized <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the end of
			the map command.  The '\' is included in the <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>,
			the text after the '&#124;' is interpreted <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the next
			command.  Use a <A HREF="visual.html#CTRL-V">CTRL-V</A> instead of a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> to
			include the '&#124;' in the <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>.  Applies to all
			<A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>, abbreviation, menu and autocmd commands.
			See also |<A HREF="map.html#map_bar">map_bar</A>|.

								*<A NAME="cpo-B"></A><B>cpo-B</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#B">B</A>	A <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> has no special meaning in mappings,
			<A HREF="map.html#abbreviations">abbreviations</A> and the &quot;to&quot; part of the menu commands.
			Remove this flag to be able to use a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> like a
			<A HREF="visual.html#CTRL-V">CTRL-V</A>.  For example, the command &quot;<A HREF="map.html#:map">:map</A> X \&lt;Esc&gt;&quot;
			results in X being mapped to:
				'<A HREF="motion.html#B">B</A>' included:	&quot;\^[&quot;	 (^[ is a real <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A>)
				'<A HREF="motion.html#B">B</A>' excluded:	&quot;<A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A>&quot;  (5 characters)
				('&lt;' excluded in both cases)

								*<A NAME="cpo-c"></A><B>cpo-c</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>	Searching continues at the end of any match at the
			cursor position, but not further than the start of the
			next line.  When not present searching continues
			one character from the cursor position.  With '<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>'
			&quot;abababababab&quot; only gets three matches when <A HREF="repeat.html#repeating">repeating</A>
			&quot;/abab&quot;, without '<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>' there are five matches.

								*<A NAME="cpo-C"></A><B>cpo-C</B>*
		C	Do not concatenate sourced lines that start with a
			<A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.  See |<A HREF="repeat.html#line-continuation">line-continuation</A>|.

								*<A NAME="cpo-d"></A><B>cpo-d</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#d">d</A>	Using &quot;./&quot; in the <A HREF="#'tags'">'tags'</A> option doesn't mean to use
			the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file relative to the current file, but the
			<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file in the current directory.

								*<A NAME="cpo-D"></A><B>cpo-D</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#D">D</A>	Can't use CTRL-K to enter a <A HREF="digraph.html#digraph">digraph</A> after <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode
			commands with a character argument, like |<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>|, |<A HREF="motion.html#f">f</A>| and
			|<A HREF="motion.html#t">t</A>|.

								*<A NAME="cpo-e"></A><B>cpo-e</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#e">e</A>	When executing a <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> with &quot;:@r&quot;, always add a
			<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A> to the last line, also when the <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> is not
			<A HREF="motion.html#linewise">linewise</A>.  If this flag is not present, the <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>
			is not <A HREF="motion.html#linewise">linewise</A> and the last line does not end in a
			<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A>, then the last line is put on the command-line
			and can be edited before hitting <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-E"></A><B>cpo-E</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#E">E</A>	It is an error when using &quot;<A HREF="change.html#y">y</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="change.html#d">d</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="change.html#g~">g~</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="change.html#gu">gu</A>&quot; or
			&quot;<A HREF="change.html#gU">gU</A>&quot; on an Empty region.  The operators only work when
			at least one character is to be operate on.  Example:
			This makes &quot;y0&quot; fail in the first column.

								*<A NAME="cpo-f"></A><B>cpo-f</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#f">f</A>	When included, a &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#:read">:read</A>&quot; command with a file name
			argument will set the file name for the current buffer,
			if the current buffer doesn't have a file name yet.

								*<A NAME="cpo-F"></A><B>cpo-F</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>	When included, a &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:write">:write</A>&quot; command with a file name
			argument will set the file name for the current
			buffer, if the current buffer doesn't have a file name
			yet.  Also see |<A HREF="#cpo-P">cpo-P</A>|.

								*<A NAME="cpo-g"></A><B>cpo-g</B>*
		<A HREF="index.html#g">g</A>	Goto line 1 when using &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:edit">:edit</A>&quot; without argument.

								*<A NAME="cpo-H"></A><B>cpo-H</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#H">H</A>	When using &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#I">I</A>&quot; on a line with only blanks, insert
			before the last blank.  Without this flag insert after
			the last blank.

								*<A NAME="cpo-i"></A><B>cpo-i</B>*
		<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>	When included, interrupting the reading of a file will
			leave <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> modified.

								*<A NAME="cpo-I"></A><B>cpo-I</B>*
		I	When moving the cursor up or down just after <A HREF="insert.html#inserting">inserting</A>
			indent for <A HREF="#'autoindent'">'autoindent'</A>, <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not delete the indent.

								*<A NAME="cpo-j"></A><B>cpo-j</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#j">j</A>	When joining lines, only add two spaces after a '<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>',
			not after '<A HREF="change.html#!">!</A>' or '<A HREF="pattern.html#?">?</A>'.  Also see <A HREF="#'joinspaces'">'joinspaces'</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-J"></A><B>cpo-J</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#J">J</A>	A |<A HREF="motion.html#sentence">sentence</A>| has to be followed by two spaces after
			the '<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>', '<A HREF="change.html#!">!</A>' or '<A HREF="pattern.html#?">?</A>'.  A <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> is not recognized <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
			white space.

								*<A NAME="cpo-k"></A><B>cpo-k</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A>	Disable the recognition of raw key codes in
			mappings, <A HREF="map.html#abbreviations">abbreviations</A>, and the &quot;to&quot; part of menu
			commands.  For example, if &lt;Key&gt; sends ^[OA (where ^[
			is &lt;Esc&gt;), the command &quot;<A HREF="map.html#:map">:map</A> X ^[OA&quot; results in X
			being mapped to:
				'<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A>' included:	&quot;^[OA&quot;	 (3 characters)
				'<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A>' excluded:	&quot;&lt;Key&gt;&quot;  (one key code)
			Also see the '<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>' flag below.

								*<A NAME="cpo-K"></A><B>cpo-K</B>*
		<A HREF="various.html#K">K</A>	Don't wait for a key code to complete when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is
			halfway a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>.  This breaks <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> &lt;F1&gt;&lt;F1&gt; when
			only part of the second <A HREF="helphelp.html#&lt;F1&gt;">&lt;F1&gt;</A> has been read.  It
			enables cancelling the <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> by typing &lt;F1&gt;&lt;Esc&gt;.

								*<A NAME="cpo-l"></A><B>cpo-l</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>	Backslash in a <A HREF="motion.html#[]">[]</A> range in a search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> is taken
			literally, only &quot;\]&quot;, &quot;\^&quot;, &quot;\-&quot; and &quot;\\&quot; are special.
			See |<A HREF="pattern.html#/[]">/[]</A>|
			   '<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>' included: &quot;/[ \t]&quot;  finds <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Space&gt;">&lt;Space&gt;</A>, '\' and '<A HREF="motion.html#t">t</A>'
			   '<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>' excluded: &quot;/[ \t]&quot;  finds <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Space&gt;">&lt;Space&gt;</A> and <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>
			Also see |<A HREF="#cpo-\">cpo-\</A>|.

								*<A NAME="cpo-L"></A><B>cpo-L</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#L">L</A>	When the <A HREF="#'list'">'list'</A> option is set, <A HREF="#'wrapmargin'">'wrapmargin'</A>,
			<A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A>, <A HREF="#'softtabstop'">'softtabstop'</A> and Virtual <A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A> mode
			(see |<A HREF="change.html#gR">gR</A>|) <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> two characters, instead of
			the normal behavior of a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-m"></A><B>cpo-m</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#m">m</A>	When included, a showmatch will always wait half a
			second.  When not included, a showmatch will wait half
			a second or until a character is typed.  |<A HREF="#'showmatch'">'showmatch'</A>|

								*<A NAME="cpo-M"></A><B>cpo-M</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#M">M</A>	When excluded, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>&quot; matching will take backslashes into
			account.  Thus in &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#(">(</A> \( )&quot; and &quot;\( ( \)&quot; the outer
			parenthesis match.  When included &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>&quot; ignores
			backslashes, which is <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible.

								*<A NAME="cpo-n"></A><B>cpo-n</B>*
		<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>	When included, the column used for <A HREF="#'number'">'number'</A> and
			<A HREF="#'relativenumber'">'relativenumber'</A> will also be used for text of wrapped
			lines.

								*<A NAME="cpo-o"></A><B>cpo-o</B>*
		<A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A>	Line offset to search command is not remembered for
			next search.

								*<A NAME="cpo-O"></A><B>cpo-O</B>*
		<A HREF="insert.html#O">O</A>	Don't complain if a file is being overwritten, even
			when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> didn't exist when editing <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.  This is a
			protection against a file unexpectedly created by
			someone else.  <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> didn't complain about this.

								*<A NAME="cpo-p"></A><B>cpo-p</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#p">p</A>	<A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible Lisp indenting.  When not present, a
			slightly better algorithm is used.

								*<A NAME="cpo-P"></A><B>cpo-P</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#P">P</A>	When included, a &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:write">:write</A>&quot; command that appends to a
			file will set the file name for the current buffer, if
			the current buffer doesn't have a file name yet and
			the 'F' flag is also included |<A HREF="#cpo-F">cpo-F</A>|.

								*<A NAME="cpo-q"></A><B>cpo-q</B>*
		<A HREF="repeat.html#q">q</A>	When joining multiple lines leave the cursor at the
			position where <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> would be when joining two lines.

								*<A NAME="cpo-r"></A><B>cpo-r</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>	Redo (&quot;.&quot; command) uses &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot; to repeat a search
			command, instead of the actually used search <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-R"></A><B>cpo-R</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#R">R</A>	Remove marks from filtered lines.  Without this flag
			marks are kept like |<A HREF="motion.html#:keepmarks">:keepmarks</A>| was used.

								*<A NAME="cpo-s"></A><B>cpo-s</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>	Set buffer <A HREF="#options">options</A> when entering the buffer for the
			first time.  This is like <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is in Vim version 3.0.
			And <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is the default.  If not present the <A HREF="#options">options</A> are
			set when the buffer is created.

								*<A NAME="cpo-S"></A><B>cpo-S</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>	Set buffer <A HREF="#options">options</A> always when entering a buffer
			(except <A HREF="#'readonly'">'readonly'</A>, <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A>, <A HREF="#'filetype'">'filetype'</A> and
			<A HREF="#'syntax'">'syntax'</A>).  This is the (most) <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible setting.
			The <A HREF="#options">options</A> are set to the values in the current
			buffer.  When you change an option and go to another
			buffer, the value is copied.  Effectively makes the
			buffer <A HREF="#options">options</A> global to all <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>.

			'<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>'    '<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>'     copy buffer <A HREF="#options">options</A>
			no     no      when buffer created
			yes    no      when buffer first entered (default)
			 X     yes     each time when buffer entered (vi comp.)

								*<A NAME="cpo-t"></A><B>cpo-t</B>*
		t	Search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> for the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> command is remembered for
			&quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>&quot; command.  Otherwise Vim only puts the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> in
			the <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> for search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>, but doesn't change the
			last used search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-u"></A><B>cpo-u</B>*
		u	Undo is <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible.  See |<A HREF="undo.html#undo-two-ways">undo-two-ways</A>|.

								*<A NAME="cpo-v"></A><B>cpo-v</B>*
		<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>	Backspaced characters remain visible on the screen in
			<A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode.  Without this flag the characters are
			erased from the screen right away.  With this flag the
			screen newly typed text overwrites backspaced
			characters.

								*<A NAME="cpo-w"></A><B>cpo-w</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A>	When using &quot;<A HREF="change.html#cw">cw</A>&quot; on a blank character, only change one
			character and not all blanks until the start of the
			next <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-W"></A><B>cpo-W</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#W">W</A>	Don't overwrite a readonly file.  When omitted, &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:w!">:w!</A>&quot;
			overwrites a readonly file, if possible.

								*<A NAME="cpo-x"></A><B>cpo-x</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	<A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> on the command-line executes the command-line.
			The default in Vim is to <A HREF="editing.html#abandon">abandon</A> the command-line,
			because &lt;Esc&gt; normally aborts a command.  |<A HREF="cmdline.html#c_&lt;Esc&gt;">c_&lt;Esc&gt;</A>|

								*<A NAME="cpo-X"></A><B>cpo-X</B>*
		X	When using a <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> with &quot;<A HREF="change.html#R">R</A>&quot; the replaced text is
			deleted only once.  Also when <A HREF="repeat.html#repeating">repeating</A> &quot;<A HREF="change.html#R">R</A>&quot; with &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot;
			and a <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-y"></A><B>cpo-y</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#y">y</A>	A <A HREF="change.html#yank">yank</A> command can be redone with &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot;.

								*<A NAME="cpo-Z"></A><B>cpo-Z</B>*
		Z	When using &quot;w!&quot; while the <A HREF="#'readonly'">'readonly'</A> option is set,
			don't reset <A HREF="#'readonly'">'readonly'</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-!"></A><B>cpo-!</B>*
		!	When redoing a <A HREF="change.html#filter">filter</A> command, use the last used
			external command, whatever <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was.  Otherwise the last
			used -filter- command is used.

								*<A NAME="cpo-$"></A><B>cpo-$</B>*
		$	When making a change to one line, don't redisplay the
			line, but put a '<A HREF="motion.html#$">$</A>' at the end of the changed text.
			The changed text will be overwritten when you type the
			new text.  The line is redisplayed if you type any
			command that moves the cursor from the insertion
			point.

								*<A NAME="cpo-&#37;"></A><B>cpo-&#37;</B>*
		<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>	Vi-compatible matching is done for the &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>&quot; command.
			Does not recognize &quot;#if&quot;, &quot;#endif&quot;, etc.
			Does not recognize &quot;/*&quot; and &quot;*/&quot;.
			Parens inside single and double <A HREF="quotes.html#quotes">quotes</A> are also
			counted, causing a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> that contains a paren to
			disturb the matching.  For example, in a line like
			&quot;if (strcmp(&quot;foo(&quot;, s))&quot; the first paren does not
			match the last one.  When this flag is not included,
			parens inside single and double <A HREF="quotes.html#quotes">quotes</A> are treated
			specially.  When matching a paren outside of <A HREF="quotes.html#quotes">quotes</A>,
			everything inside <A HREF="quotes.html#quotes">quotes</A> is ignored.  When matching a
			paren inside <A HREF="quotes.html#quotes">quotes</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will find the matching one (if
			there is one).  This works very well for C programs.
			This flag is also used for other features, such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
			<A HREF="indent.html#C-indenting">C-indenting</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo--"></A><B>cpo--</B>*
		-	When included, a vertical <A HREF="intro.html#movement">movement</A> command fails when
			<A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> would go above the first line or below the last
			line.  Without <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> the cursor moves to the first or
			last line, unless <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> already was in that line.
			Applies to the commands &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A>&quot;, <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-P">CTRL-P</A>, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#+">+</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#j">j</A>&quot;,
			<A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-N">CTRL-N</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-J">CTRL-J</A> and &quot;:1234&quot;.

								*<A NAME="cpo-+"></A><B>cpo-+</B>*
		+	When included, a &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:write">:write</A> file&quot; command will reset the
			<A HREF="#'modified'">'modified'</A> flag of the buffer, even though the buffer
			itself may still be different from its file.

								*<A NAME="cpo-star"></A><B>cpo-star</B>*
		&#42;	Use &quot;:*&quot; in the same way <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#:@">:@</A>&quot;.  When not included,
			&quot;:*&quot; is an alias for &quot;:'&lt;,'&gt;&quot;, select the <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> area.

								*<A NAME="cpo-&lt;"></A><B>cpo-&lt;</B>*
		&lt;	Disable the recognition of special key codes in |<A HREF="intro.html#&lt;&gt;">&lt;&gt;</A>|
			form in mappings, <A HREF="map.html#abbreviations">abbreviations</A>, and the &quot;to&quot; part of
			menu commands.  For example, the command
			&quot;<A HREF="map.html#:map">:map</A> X &lt;Tab&gt;&quot; results in X being mapped to:
				'<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>' included:	&quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>&quot;  (5 characters)
				'<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>' excluded:	&quot;^I&quot;	 (^I is a real <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>)
			Also see the '<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A>' flag above.

								*<A NAME="cpo-&gt;"></A><B>cpo-&gt;</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>	When appending to a <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>, put a line break before
			the appended text.

								*<A NAME="cpo-;"></A><B>cpo-;</B>*
		;	When using |<A HREF="motion.html#,">,</A>| or |<A HREF="motion.html#;">;</A>| to repeat the last |<A HREF="motion.html#t">t</A>| search
			and the cursor is right in front of the searched
			character, the cursor won't move. When not included,
			the cursor would skip over <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> and jump to the
			following occurrence.

	POSIX flags.  These are not included in the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value, except
	when <A HREF="vi_diff.html#$VIM_POSIX">$VIM_POSIX</A> was set on <A HREF="starting.html#startup">startup</A>. |<A HREF="vi_diff.html#posix">posix</A>|

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	    contains	behavior	</FONT></B>

								*<A NAME="cpo-#"></A><B>cpo-#</B>*
		#	A <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> before &quot;<A HREF="change.html#D">D</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#O">O</A>&quot; has no effect.

								*<A NAME="cpo-&amp;"></A><B>cpo-&amp;</B>*
		<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A>	When &quot;<A HREF="recover.html#:preserve">:preserve</A>&quot; was used keep the swap file when
			<A HREF="starting.html#exiting">exiting</A> normally while this buffer is still loaded.
			This flag is tested when <A HREF="starting.html#exiting">exiting</A>.

								*<A NAME="cpo-\"></A><B>cpo-\</B>*
		\	Backslash in a <A HREF="motion.html#[]">[]</A> range in a search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> is taken
			literally, only &quot;\]&quot; is special  See |<A HREF="pattern.html#/[]">/[]</A>|
			   '\' included: &quot;/[ \-]&quot;  finds <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Space&gt;">&lt;Space&gt;</A>, '\' and '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>'
			   '\' excluded: &quot;/[ \-]&quot;  finds <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Space&gt;">&lt;Space&gt;</A> and '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>'
			Also see |<A HREF="#cpo-l">cpo-l</A>|.

								*<A NAME="cpo-/"></A><B>cpo-/</B>*
		/	When &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>&quot; is used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the replacement <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> in a |<A HREF="change.html#:s">:s</A>|
			command, use the previous replacement <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>. |<A HREF="change.html#:s&#37;">:s&#37;</A>|

								*<A NAME="cpo-{"></A><B>cpo-{</B>*
		{	The |<A HREF="motion.html#{">{</A>| and |<A HREF="motion.html#}">}</A>| commands also stop at a &quot;{&quot; character
			at the start of a line.

								*<A NAME="cpo-."></A><B>cpo-.</B>*
		.	The &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:chdir">:chdir</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:cd">:cd</A>&quot; commands fail if the current
			buffer is modified, unless ! is used.  Vim doesn't
			need this, since <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> remembers the full path of an
			opened file.

								*<A NAME="cpo-bar"></A><B>cpo-bar</B>*
		&#124;	The value of the $LINES and $COLUMNS environment
			<A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> overrule the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> size values obtained
			with system specific <A HREF="eval.html#functions">functions</A>.



						*<A NAME="'cryptmethod'"></A><B>'cryptmethod'</B>* *<A NAME="'cm'"></A><B>'cm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cryptmethod'">'cryptmethod'</A> <A HREF="#'cm'">'cm'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;<A HREF="pi_zip.html#zip">zip</A>&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	Method used for <A HREF="editing.html#encryption">encryption</A> when the buffer is written to a file:

							*<A NAME="pkzip"></A><B>pkzip</B>*
	   <A HREF="pi_zip.html#zip">zip</A>		PkZip compatible method.  A weak kind of <A HREF="editing.html#encryption">encryption</A>.
			Backwards compatible with Vim 7.2 and older.

							*<A NAME="blowfish"></A><B>blowfish</B>*
	   <A HREF="#blowfish">blowfish</A>	Blowfish method.  Medium strong <A HREF="editing.html#encryption">encryption</A> but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> has
			an implementation flaw.  Requires Vim 7.3 or later,
			files can NOT be read by Vim 7.2 and older.  This adds
			a &quot;seed&quot; to the file, every time you write the file
			the encrypted bytes will be different.

							*<A NAME="blowfish2"></A><B>blowfish2</B>*
	   <A HREF="#blowfish2">blowfish2</A>	Blowfish method.  Medium strong <A HREF="editing.html#encryption">encryption</A>.  Requires
			Vim 7.4.401 or later, files can NOT be read by Vim 7.3
			and older.  This adds a &quot;seed&quot; to the file, every time
			you write the file the encrypted bytes will be
			different.  The whole <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file is encrypted, not just
			the pieces of text.

	You should use &quot;<A HREF="#blowfish2">blowfish2</A>&quot;, also to re-encrypt older files.

	When reading an encrypted file <A HREF="#'cryptmethod'">'cryptmethod'</A> will be set automatically
	to the detected method of the file being read.  Thus if you write <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	without <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> <A HREF="#'cryptmethod'">'cryptmethod'</A> the same method will be used.
	Changing <A HREF="#'cryptmethod'">'cryptmethod'</A> does not <A HREF="motion.html#mark">mark</A> the file <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> modified, you have to
	explicitly write <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>, you don't get a warning unless there are other
	modifications.  Also see |<A HREF="editing.html#:X">:X</A>|.

	When setting the global value to an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will end up with
	the value &quot;<A HREF="pi_zip.html#zip">zip</A>&quot;.  When setting the local value to an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> the
	buffer will use the global value.

	When a new <A HREF="editing.html#encryption">encryption</A> method is added in a later version of Vim, and

	the current version does not recognize <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>, you will get	*<A NAME="E821"></A><B>E821</B>* .
	You need to edit this file with the later version of Vim.



						*<A NAME="'cscopepathcomp'"></A><B>'cscopepathcomp'</B>* *<A NAME="'cspc'"></A><B>'cspc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cscopepathcomp'">'cscopepathcomp'</A> <A HREF="#'cspc'">'cspc'</A>	number	(default 0)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cscope">+cscope</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Determines how many components of the path to show in a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A>.
	See |<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscopepathcomp">cscopepathcomp</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'cscopeprg'"></A><B>'cscopeprg'</B>* *<A NAME="'csprg'"></A><B>'csprg'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cscopeprg'">'cscopeprg'</A> <A HREF="#'csprg'">'csprg'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscope">cscope</A>&quot;)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cscope">+cscope</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Specifies the command to execute cscope.  See |<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscopeprg">cscopeprg</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'cscopequickfix'"></A><B>'cscopequickfix'</B>* *<A NAME="'csqf'"></A><B>'csqf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cscopequickfix'">'cscopequickfix'</A> <A HREF="#'csqf'">'csqf'</A> <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cscope">+cscope</A>|
			or |<A HREF="various.html#+quickfix">+quickfix</A>| features}
			{not in Vi}
	Specifies whether to use <A HREF="quickfix.html#quickfix">quickfix</A> <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> to show <A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscope">cscope</A> results.
	See |<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscopequickfix">cscopequickfix</A>|.


		*<A NAME="'cscoperelative'"></A><B>'cscoperelative'</B>* *<A NAME="'csre'"></A><B>'csre'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocscoperelative'"></A><B>'nocscoperelative'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocsre'"></A><B>'nocsre'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cscoperelative'">'cscoperelative'</A> <A HREF="#'csre'">'csre'</A> <A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cscope">+cscope</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	In the absence of a prefix (-P) for <A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscope">cscope</A>. setting this option enables
	to use the basename of cscope.out path <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the prefix.
	See |<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscoperelative">cscoperelative</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


				*<A NAME="'cscopetag'"></A><B>'cscopetag'</B>* *<A NAME="'cst'"></A><B>'cst'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocscopetag'"></A><B>'nocscopetag'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocst'"></A><B>'nocst'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cscopetag'">'cscopetag'</A> <A HREF="#'cst'">'cst'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cscope">+cscope</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Use cscope for <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> commands.  See |<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscope-options">cscope-options</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'cscopetagorder'"></A><B>'cscopetagorder'</B>* *<A NAME="'csto'"></A><B>'csto'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cscopetagorder'">'cscopetagorder'</A> <A HREF="#'csto'">'csto'</A>	number	(default 0)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cscope">+cscope</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Determines the order in which &quot;<A HREF="if_cscop.html#:cstag">:cstag</A>&quot; performs a search.  See
	|<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscopetagorder">cscopetagorder</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


					*<A NAME="'cscopeverbose'"></A><B>'cscopeverbose'</B>* *<A NAME="'csverb'"></A><B>'csverb'</B>*

					*<A NAME="'nocscopeverbose'"></A><B>'nocscopeverbose'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocsverb'"></A><B>'nocsverb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cscopeverbose'">'cscopeverbose'</A> <A HREF="#'csverb'">'csverb'</A> <A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cscope">+cscope</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Give <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> when adding a cscope database.  See |<A HREF="if_cscop.html#cscopeverbose">cscopeverbose</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


			*<A NAME="'cursorbind'"></A><B>'cursorbind'</B>* *<A NAME="'crb'"></A><B>'crb'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocursorbind'"></A><B>'nocursorbind'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocrb'"></A><B>'nocrb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cursorbind'">'cursorbind'</A> <A HREF="#'crb'">'crb'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>  (default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cursorbind">+cursorbind</A>|
			feature}
	When this option is set, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the cursor in the current
	<A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> moves other cursorbound <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> (windows that also have
	this option set) move their cursors to the corresponding line and
	column.  This option is useful for viewing the
	differences between two versions of a file (see 'diff'); in <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode,
	inserted and deleted lines (though not characters within a line) are
	taken into account.



			*<A NAME="'cursorcolumn'"></A><B>'cursorcolumn'</B>* *<A NAME="'cuc'"></A><B>'cuc'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocursorcolumn'"></A><B>'nocursorcolumn'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocuc'"></A><B>'nocuc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cursorcolumn'">'cursorcolumn'</A> <A HREF="#'cuc'">'cuc'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	Highlight the screen column of the cursor with CursorColumn
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-CursorColumn">hl-CursorColumn</A>|.  Useful to align text.  Will make screen redrawing
	slower.
	If you only want the highlighting in the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> you can use
	these autocommands:
<B>		au WinLeave * set nocursorline nocursorcolumn</B>
<B>		au WinEnter * set cursorline cursorcolumn</B>
 


			*<A NAME="'cursorline'"></A><B>'cursorline'</B>* *<A NAME="'cul'"></A><B>'cul'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocursorline'"></A><B>'nocursorline'</B>* *<A NAME="'nocul'"></A><B>'nocul'</B>*
<A HREF="#'cursorline'">'cursorline'</A> <A HREF="#'cul'">'cul'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	Highlight the screen line of the cursor with CursorLine
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-CursorLine">hl-CursorLine</A>|.  Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen
	redrawing slower.
	When <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode is active the highlighting isn't used to make <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	easier to see the selected text.



						*<A NAME="'debug'"></A><B>'debug'</B>*
<A HREF="#'debug'">'debug'</A>			<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	These values can be used:
	msg	Error <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> that would otherwise be omitted will be given
		anyway.
	throw	Error <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> that would otherwise be omitted will be given
		anyway and also throw an exception and set |<A HREF="eval.html#v:errmsg">v:errmsg</A>|.
	beep	A message will be given when otherwise only a beep would be
		produced.
	The values can be combined, separated by a comma.
	&quot;msg&quot; and &quot;throw&quot; are useful for debugging <A HREF="#'foldexpr'">'foldexpr'</A>, <A HREF="#'formatexpr'">'formatexpr'</A> or
	<A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A>.


						*<A NAME="'define'"></A><B>'define'</B>* *<A NAME="'def'"></A><B>'def'</B>*
<A HREF="#'define'">'define'</A> <A HREF="#'def'">'def'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;^\s*#\s*define&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="pattern.html#Pattern">Pattern</A> to be used to find a <A HREF="map.html#macro">macro</A> definition.  It is a search
	<A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>, just like for the &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot; command.  This option is used for the
	commands like &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#[i">[i</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#[d">[d</A>&quot; |<A HREF="tagsrch.html#include-search">include-search</A>|.  The <A HREF="#'isident'">'isident'</A> option is
	used to recognize the defined name after the match:
		{match with 'define'}{non-ID chars}{defined name}{non-ID char}
	See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about <A HREF="insert.html#inserting">inserting</A> backslashes to include a space
	or <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.
	The default value is for C programs.  For C++ this value would be
	useful, to include const type declarations:
<B>		^\(#\s*define\|[a-z]*\s*const\s*[a-z]*\)</B>
 	When using the &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; command, you need to double the backslashes!


			*<A NAME="'delcombine'"></A><B>'delcombine'</B>* *<A NAME="'deco'"></A><B>'deco'</B>* *<A NAME="'nodelcombine'"></A><B>'nodelcombine'</B>* *<A NAME="'nodeco'"></A><B>'nodeco'</B>*
<A HREF="#'delcombine'">'delcombine'</A> <A HREF="#'deco'">'deco'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
	If editing <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> and this option is set, backspace and <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode
	&quot;<A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>&quot; delete each combining character on its own.  When <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is off (the
	default) the character along with its combining characters are
	deleted.
	Note: When <A HREF="#'delcombine'">'delcombine'</A> is set &quot;xx&quot; may work different from &quot;2x&quot;!

	This is useful for <A HREF="arabic.html#Arabic">Arabic</A>, Hebrew and many other languages where one
	may have combining characters overtop of base characters, and want
	to remove only the combining ones.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'dictionary'"></A><B>'dictionary'</B>* *<A NAME="'dict'"></A><B>'dict'</B>*
<A HREF="#'dictionary'">'dictionary'</A> <A HREF="#'dict'">'dict'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> of file names, separated by commas, that are used to lookup words
	for keyword completion commands |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K</A>|.  Each file should
	contain a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of words.  This can be one <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> per line, or several
	words per line, separated by non-keyword characters (white space is
	preferred).  Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
	When this option is empty, or an entry &quot;<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>&quot; is present, <A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>
	checking is enabled the currently active spelling is used. |<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>|
	To include a comma in a file name precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.  Spaces
	after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
	name.  See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about using backslashes.
	This has nothing to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> with the |<A HREF="eval.html#Dictionary">Dictionary</A>| variable type.
	Where to find a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of words?
	- On FreeBSD, there is the file &quot;/usr/share/dict/words&quot;.
	- In the Simtel archive, look in the &quot;msdos/linguist&quot; directory.
	- In &quot;miscfiles&quot; of the GNU collection.
	The use of |<A HREF="#:set+=">:set+=</A>| and |<A HREF="#:set-=">:set-=</A>| is preferred when adding or removing
	directories from the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  This avoids problems when a future version
	uses another default.
	Backticks cannot be used in this option for security reasons.


							*<A NAME="'diff'"></A><B>'diff'</B>* *<A NAME="'nodiff'"></A><B>'nodiff'</B>*
<A HREF="#'diff'">'diff'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+diff">+diff</A>|
			feature}
	Join the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> in the group of <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> that shows differences
	between files.  See |<A HREF="diff.html#vimdiff">vimdiff</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'dex'"></A><B>'dex'</B>* *<A NAME="'diffexpr'"></A><B>'diffexpr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'diffexpr'">'diffexpr'</A> <A HREF="#'dex'">'dex'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+diff">+diff</A>|
			feature}
	Expression which is evaluated to obtain an ed-style <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> file from two
	versions of a file.  See |<A HREF="diff.html#diff-diffexpr">diff-diffexpr</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'dip'"></A><B>'dip'</B>* *<A NAME="'diffopt'"></A><B>'diffopt'</B>*
<A HREF="#'diffopt'">'diffopt'</A> <A HREF="#'dip'">'dip'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;filler&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+diff">+diff</A>|
			feature}
	Option settings for <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode.  It can consist of the following items.
	All are optional.  Items must be separated by a comma.

		filler		Show filler lines, to keep the text
				synchronized with a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> that has inserted
				lines at the same position.  Mostly useful
				when <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> are side-by-side and <A HREF="#'scrollbind'">'scrollbind'</A>
				is set.

		context:{n}	Use a context of {n} lines between a change
				and a fold that contains unchanged lines.
				When omitted a context of six lines is used.
				See |<A HREF="fold.html#fold-diff">fold-diff</A>|.

		icase		Ignore changes in <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> of text.  &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#A">A</A>&quot;
				are considered the same.  Adds the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-i">-i</A>&quot; flag
				to the &quot;<A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A>&quot; command if <A HREF="#'diffexpr'">'diffexpr'</A> is empty.

		iwhite		Ignore changes in amount of white space.  Adds
				the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-b">-b</A>&quot; flag to the &quot;<A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A>&quot; command if
				<A HREF="#'diffexpr'">'diffexpr'</A> is empty.  Check the documentation
				of the &quot;<A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A>&quot; command for what this does
				exactly.  It should ignore adding trailing
				white space, but not leading white space.

		horizontal	Start <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode with horizontal splits (unless
				explicitly specified otherwise).

		vertical	Start <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode with vertical splits (unless
				explicitly specified otherwise).

		hiddenoff	Do not use <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode for a buffer when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
				becomes hidden.

		foldcolumn:{n}	Set the <A HREF="#'foldcolumn'">'foldcolumn'</A> option to {n} when
				starting <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode.  Without this 2 is used.

	Examples:

<B>		:set diffopt=filler,context:4</B>
<B>		:set diffopt=</B>
<B>		:set diffopt=filler,foldcolumn:3</B>
 

				     *<A NAME="'digraph'"></A><B>'digraph'</B>* *<A NAME="'dg'"></A><B>'dg'</B>* *<A NAME="'nodigraph'"></A><B>'nodigraph'</B>* *<A NAME="'nodg'"></A><B>'nodg'</B>*
<A HREF="#'digraph'">'digraph'</A> <A HREF="#'dg'">'dg'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+digraphs">+digraphs</A>|
			feature}
	Enable the entering of <A HREF="digraph.html#digraphs">digraphs</A> in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode with {char1} <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A>
	{char2}.  See |<A HREF="digraph.html#digraphs">digraphs</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'directory'"></A><B>'directory'</B>* *<A NAME="'dir'"></A><B>'dir'</B>*
<A HREF="#'directory'">'directory'</A> <A HREF="#'dir'">'dir'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default for <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A>: &quot;.,t:&quot;,
				 for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>: &quot;.,$TEMP,c:\tmp,c:\temp&quot;
				 for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;.,~/tmp,/var/tmp,/tmp&quot;)
			global
	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
	- The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
	  possible.
	- Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
	  impossible!).
	- A directory &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; means to put the swap file in the same directory <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	  the edited file.  On <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
	  <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> doesn't show in a directory listing.  On <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A> the &quot;hidden&quot;
	  attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
	- A directory starting with &quot;./&quot; (or &quot;.\&quot; for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> et al.) means to
	  put the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
	  &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
	- For <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, if a directory ends in two path separators &quot;<A HREF="version7.html#//">//</A>&quot;
	  or &quot;\\&quot;, the swap file name will be built from the complete path to
	  the file with all path separators substituted to percent '<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>' <A HREF="sign.html#signs">signs</A>.
	  This will ensure file name uniqueness in the preserve directory.
	  On <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, when a separating comma is following, you must use &quot;<A HREF="version7.html#//">//</A>&quot;,
	  since &quot;\\&quot; will include the comma in the file name.
	- Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
	  of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
	  name, precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.
	- To include a comma in a directory name precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.
	- A directory name may end in an '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' or '<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>'.
	- Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	- Careful with '\' characters, type one before a space, type two to
	  get one in the option (see |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>|), for example:
<B>	    :set dir=c:\\tmp,\ dir\\,with\\,commas,\\\ dir\ with\ spaces</B>
 	- For backwards compatibility with Vim version 3.0 a '<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>' at the start
	  of the option is removed.
	Using &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; first in the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> is recommended.  This means that editing
	the same file <A HREF="if_cscop.html#twice">twice</A> will result in a warning.  Using &quot;/tmp&quot; on <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> is
	discouraged: When the system crashes you lose the swap file.
	&quot;/var/tmp&quot; is often not cleared when rebooting, thus is a better
	choice than &quot;/tmp&quot;.  But <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> can contain a lot of files, your swap
	files get lost in the crowd.  That is why a &quot;tmp&quot; directory in your
	home directory is tried first.
	The use of |<A HREF="#:set+=">:set+=</A>| and |<A HREF="#:set-=">:set-=</A>| is preferred when adding or removing
	directories from the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  This avoids problems when a future version
	uses another default.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.
	{Vi: directory to put temp file in, defaults to &quot;/tmp&quot;}


					*<A NAME="'display'"></A><B>'display'</B>* *<A NAME="'dy'"></A><B>'dy'</B>*
<A HREF="#'display'">'display'</A> <A HREF="#'dy'">'dy'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;, set to &quot;truncate&quot; in
							       |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Change the way text is displayed.  This is comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of
	flags:
	lastline	When included, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> much <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> possible of the last line
			in a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will be displayed.  &quot;@@@&quot; is put in the
			last columns of the last screen line to indicate the
			rest of the line is not displayed.
	truncate	Like &quot;lastline&quot;, but &quot;@@@&quot; is displayed in the first
			column of the last screen line.  Overrules &quot;lastline&quot;.
	uhex		Show unprintable characters hexadecimal <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &lt;xx&gt;
			instead of using ^C and ~C.

	When neither &quot;lastline&quot; nor &quot;truncate&quot; is included, a last line that
	doesn't fit is replaced with &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#@">@</A>&quot; lines.


						*<A NAME="'eadirection'"></A><B>'eadirection'</B>* *<A NAME="'ead'"></A><B>'ead'</B>*
<A HREF="#'eadirection'">'eadirection'</A> <A HREF="#'ead'">'ead'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;both&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+vertsplit">+vertsplit</A>|
			feature}
	Tells when the <A HREF="#'equalalways'">'equalalways'</A> option applies:
		ver	vertically, width of <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> is not affected
		hor	horizontally, height of <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> is not affected
		both	width and height of <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> is affected


			   *<A NAME="'ed'"></A><B>'ed'</B>* *<A NAME="'edcompatible'"></A><B>'edcompatible'</B>* *<A NAME="'noed'"></A><B>'noed'</B>* *<A NAME="'noedcompatible'"></A><B>'noedcompatible'</B>*
<A HREF="#'edcompatible'">'edcompatible'</A> <A HREF="#'ed'">'ed'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
	Makes the '<A HREF="index.html#g">g</A>' and '<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>' flags of the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#:substitute">:substitute</A>&quot; command to be
	toggled each time the flag is given.  See |<A HREF="change.html#complex-change">complex-change</A>|.  See
	also <A HREF="#'gdefault'">'gdefault'</A> option.
	Switching this option on may break plugins!


					*<A NAME="'emoji'"></A><B>'emoji'</B>* *<A NAME="'emo'"></A><B>'emo'</B>* *<A NAME="'noemoji'"></A><B>'noemoji'</B>* *<A NAME="'noemo'"></A><B>'noemo'</B>*
<A HREF="#'emoji'">'emoji'</A> <A HREF="#'emo'">'emo'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default: on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
	When on all <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> emoji characters are considered to be full width.



					*<A NAME="'encoding'"></A><B>'encoding'</B>* *<A NAME="'enc'"></A><B>'enc'</B>* *<A NAME="E543"></A><B>E543</B>*
<A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> <A HREF="#'enc'">'enc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;latin1&quot; or value from $LANG)
			global
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Sets the character encoding used inside Vim.  It applies to text in
	the <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>, <A HREF="change.html#registers">registers</A>, Strings in expressions, text stored in the
	<A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A> file, etc.  It sets the kind of characters which Vim can work
	with.  See |<A HREF="mbyte.html#encoding-names">encoding-names</A>| for the possible values.

	NOTE: Changing this option will not change the encoding of the
	existing text in Vim.  It may cause non-ASCII text to become invalid.
	It should normally be kept at its default value, or set when Vim
	starts up.  See |<A HREF="mbyte.html#multibyte">multibyte</A>|.  To <A HREF="editing.html#reload">reload</A> the <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A> see |<A HREF="mlang.html#:menutrans">:menutrans</A>|.

	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>|.  It would most likely
	corrupt the text.

	NOTE: For <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A> 2 or later, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is highly recommended to set <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>
	to &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;.  Although care has been taken to allow different values of
	<A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>, &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; is the natural choice for the environment and
	avoids unnecessary conversion overhead.  &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; has not been made
	the default to prevent different behavior of the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> and <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>
	versions, and to avoid <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the encoding of newly created files
	without your knowledge (in <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> is empty).

	The character encoding of files can be different from <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>.
	This is specified with <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A>.  The conversion is done with
	<A HREF="eval.html#iconv()">iconv()</A> or <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> specified with <A HREF="#'charconvert'">'charconvert'</A>.

	If you need to know whether <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is a <A HREF="mbyte.html#multi-byte">multi-byte</A> encoding, you
	can use:
<B>		if has("multi_byte_encoding")</B>
 
	Normally <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> will be equal to your current <A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A>.  This will
	be the default if Vim recognizes your environment settings.  If
	<A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is not set to the current <A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A>, <A HREF="#'termencoding'">'termencoding'</A> must be
	set to convert typed and displayed text.  See |<A HREF="mbyte.html#encoding-table">encoding-table</A>|.

	When you set this option, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> fires the |<A HREF="autocmd.html#EncodingChanged">EncodingChanged</A>| <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A>
	event so that you can set up fonts if necessary.

	When the option is set, the value is converted to <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A>.  Thus
	you can set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with <A HREF="change.html#uppercase">uppercase</A> values too.  Underscores are translated
	to '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>' <A HREF="sign.html#signs">signs</A>.
	When the encoding is recognized, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is changed to the standard name.
	For example &quot;Latin-1&quot; becomes &quot;latin1&quot;, &quot;ISO_88592&quot; becomes
	&quot;iso-8859-2&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf8">utf8</A>&quot; becomes &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;.

	Note: &quot;latin1&quot; is also used when the encoding could not be detected.
	This only works when editing files in the same encoding!  When the
	actual character set is not latin1, make sure <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> and
	<A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> are empty.  When conversion is needed, switch to using
	<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>.

	When &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#unicode">unicode</A>&quot;, &quot;ucs-2&quot; or &quot;ucs-4&quot; is used, Vim internally uses <A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>.
	You don't notice this while editing, but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> does matter for the
	|<A HREF="starting.html#viminfo-file">viminfo-file</A>|.  And Vim expects the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> to use <A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A> too.  Thus
	setting <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> to one of these values instead of <A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A> only has
	effect for encoding used for files when <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is empty.

	When <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is set to a <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> encoding, and <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> was
	not set yet, the default for <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> is changed.


			*<A NAME="'endofline'"></A><B>'endofline'</B>* *<A NAME="'eol'"></A><B>'eol'</B>* *<A NAME="'noendofline'"></A><B>'noendofline'</B>* *<A NAME="'noeol'"></A><B>'noeol'</B>*
<A HREF="#'endofline'">'endofline'</A> <A HREF="#'eol'">'eol'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	When <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file and this option is off and the <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> option
	is on, or <A HREF="#'fixeol'">'fixeol'</A> option is off, no <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> will be written for the
	last line in the file.  This option is automatically set or reset when
	starting to edit a new file, depending on whether file has an <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A>
	for the last line in the file.  Normally you don't have to set or
	reset this option.
	When <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> is off and <A HREF="#'fixeol'">'fixeol'</A> is on the value is not used when
	<A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> the file.  When <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> is on or <A HREF="#'fixeol'">'fixeol'</A> is off <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is used
	to remember the presence of a <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> for the last line in the file, so
	that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
	be kept.  But you can change <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> if you want to.


			     *<A NAME="'equalalways'"></A><B>'equalalways'</B>* *<A NAME="'ea'"></A><B>'ea'</B>* *<A NAME="'noequalalways'"></A><B>'noequalalways'</B>* *<A NAME="'noea'"></A><B>'noea'</B>*
<A HREF="#'equalalways'">'equalalways'</A> <A HREF="#'ea'">'ea'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on, all the <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> are automatically made the same size after
	splitting or closing a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  This also happens the moment the
	option is switched on.  When off, splitting a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will reduce the
	size of the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> and leave the other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> the same.  When
	closing a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> the extra lines are given to the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> next to <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	(depending on <A HREF="#'splitbelow'">'splitbelow'</A> and <A HREF="#'splitright'">'splitright'</A>).
	When mixing vertically and horizontally split <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>, a minimal size
	is computed and some <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> may be larger if there is room.  The
	<A HREF="#'eadirection'">'eadirection'</A> option tells in which direction the size is affected.
	Changing the height and width of a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> can be avoided by setting
	<A HREF="#'winfixheight'">'winfixheight'</A> and <A HREF="#'winfixwidth'">'winfixwidth'</A>, respectively.
	If a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> size is specified when creating a new <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> sizes are
	currently not equalized (it's complicated, but may be implemented in
	the future).


						*<A NAME="'equalprg'"></A><B>'equalprg'</B>* *<A NAME="'ep'"></A><B>'ep'</B>*
<A HREF="#'equalprg'">'equalprg'</A> <A HREF="#'ep'">'ep'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	External program to use for &quot;<A HREF="change.html#=">=</A>&quot; command.  When this option is empty
	the internal <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A> <A HREF="eval.html#functions">functions</A> are used; either <A HREF="#'lisp'">'lisp'</A>, <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A>
	or <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A>.  When Vim was compiled without internal <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A>,
	the &quot;indent&quot; program is used.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.  See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>|
	about including spaces and backslashes.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


			*<A NAME="'errorbells'"></A><B>'errorbells'</B>* *<A NAME="'eb'"></A><B>'eb'</B>* *<A NAME="'noerrorbells'"></A><B>'noerrorbells'</B>* *<A NAME="'noeb'"></A><B>'noeb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'errorbells'">'errorbells'</A> <A HREF="#'eb'">'eb'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
	Ring the bell (beep or screen flash) for error <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A>.  This only
	makes a difference for error <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A>, the bell will be used always
	for a lot of <A HREF="message.html#errors">errors</A> without a message (e.g., hitting <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> in <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A>
	mode).  See <A HREF="#'visualbell'">'visualbell'</A> on how to make the bell behave like a beep,
	screen flash or <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> nothing. See <A HREF="#'belloff'">'belloff'</A> to finetune when to ring the
	bell.


						*<A NAME="'errorfile'"></A><B>'errorfile'</B>* *<A NAME="'ef'"></A><B>'ef'</B>*
<A HREF="#'errorfile'">'errorfile'</A> <A HREF="#'ef'">'ef'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(Amiga default: &quot;AztecC.Err&quot;,
					others: &quot;errors.err&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+quickfix">+quickfix</A>|
			feature}
	Name of the errorfile for the QuickFix mode (see |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:cf">:cf</A>|).
	When the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-q">-q</A>&quot; command-line argument is used, <A HREF="#'errorfile'">'errorfile'</A> is set to the
	following argument.  See |<A HREF="starting.html#-q">-q</A>|.
	NOT used for the &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make">:make</A>&quot; command.  See <A HREF="#'makeef'">'makeef'</A> for that.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces and backslashes.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'errorformat'"></A><B>'errorformat'</B>* *<A NAME="'efm'"></A><B>'efm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'errorformat'">'errorformat'</A> <A HREF="#'efm'">'efm'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default is very long)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+quickfix">+quickfix</A>|
			feature}
	Scanf-like description of the format for the lines in the error file
	(see |<A HREF="quickfix.html#errorformat">errorformat</A>|).


				     *<A NAME="'esckeys'"></A><B>'esckeys'</B>* *<A NAME="'ek'"></A><B>'ek'</B>* *<A NAME="'noesckeys'"></A><B>'noesckeys'</B>* *<A NAME="'noek'"></A><B>'noek'</B>*
<A HREF="#'esckeys'">'esckeys'</A> <A HREF="#'ek'">'ek'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(Vim default: on, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Function keys that start with an <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> are recognized in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A>
	mode.  When this option is off, the cursor and function keys cannot be
	used in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode if they start with an <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A>.  The advantage of
	this is that the single <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> is recognized immediately, instead of
	after one second.  Instead of resetting this option, you might want to
	try <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the values for <A HREF="#'timeoutlen'">'timeoutlen'</A> and <A HREF="#'ttimeoutlen'">'ttimeoutlen'</A>.  Note that
	when <A HREF="#'esckeys'">'esckeys'</A> is off, you can still map anything, but the cursor keys
	won't work by default.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'eventignore'"></A><B>'eventignore'</B>* *<A NAME="'ei'"></A><B>'ei'</B>*
<A HREF="#'eventignore'">'eventignore'</A> <A HREF="#'ei'">'ei'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+autocmd">+autocmd</A>|
			feature}
	A <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A> event names, which are to be ignored.
	When set to &quot;all&quot; or when &quot;all&quot; is one of the items, all <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A>
	events are ignored, autocommands will not be executed.
	Otherwise this is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of event names.  Example:
<B>	    :set ei=WinEnter,WinLeave</B>
 

				 *<A NAME="'expandtab'"></A><B>'expandtab'</B>* *<A NAME="'et'"></A><B>'et'</B>* *<A NAME="'noexpandtab'"></A><B>'noexpandtab'</B>* *<A NAME="'noet'"></A><B>'noet'</B>*
<A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A> <A HREF="#'et'">'et'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	In <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode: Use the appropriate number of spaces to insert a
	<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>.  Spaces are used in indents with the '<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>' and '<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>' commands and
	when <A HREF="#'autoindent'">'autoindent'</A> is on.  To insert a real <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> when <A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A> is
	on, use CTRL-V&lt;Tab&gt;.  See also |<A HREF="change.html#:retab">:retab</A>| and |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-expandtab">ins-expandtab</A>|.
	This option is reset when the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option is set and restored when
	the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option is reset.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


					*<A NAME="'exrc'"></A><B>'exrc'</B>* *<A NAME="'ex'"></A><B>'ex'</B>* *<A NAME="'noexrc'"></A><B>'noexrc'</B>* *<A NAME="'noex'"></A><B>'noex'</B>*
<A HREF="#'exrc'">'exrc'</A> <A HREF="#'ex'">'ex'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Enables the reading of <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A>, <A HREF="starting.html#.exrc">.exrc</A> and <A HREF="gui.html#.gvimrc">.gvimrc</A> in the current
	directory.

	Setting this option is a potential security leak.  E.g., consider
	unpacking a package or fetching files from github, a <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A> in there
	might be a trojan horse.  BETTER NOT SET THIS OPTION!
	Instead, define an <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A> in your <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A> to set <A HREF="#options">options</A> for a
	matching directory.

	If you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> switch this option on you should also consider setting the
	<A HREF="#'secure'">'secure'</A> option (see |<A HREF="starting.html#initialization">initialization</A>|).
	Also see |<A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A>| and |<A HREF="gui.html#gui-init">gui-init</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


				*<A NAME="'fileencoding'"></A><B>'fileencoding'</B>* *<A NAME="'fenc'"></A><B>'fenc'</B>* *<A NAME="E213"></A><B>E213</B>*
<A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> <A HREF="#'fenc'">'fenc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Sets the character encoding for the file of this buffer.

	When <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is different from <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>, conversion will be
	done when <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> the file.  For reading see below.
	When <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is empty, the same value <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> will be
	used (no conversion when reading or <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file).
	No error will be given when the value is set, only when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is used,
	only when <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file.
	Conversion will also be done when <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> and <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> are
	both a <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> encoding and <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is not <A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>.  That's
	because internally <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> is always stored <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>.
		WARNING: Conversion can cause loss of information!  When
		<A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; or another <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> encoding, conversion
		is most likely done in a way that the reverse conversion
		results in the same text.  When <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is not &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; some
		characters may be lost!

	See <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> for the possible values.  Additionally, values may be
	specified that can be handled by the converter, see
	|<A HREF="mbyte.html#mbyte-conversion">mbyte-conversion</A>|.

	When reading a file <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> will be set from <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A>.
	To read a file in a certain encoding <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> won't work by setting
	<A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A>, use the |<A HREF="editing.html#++enc">++enc</A>| argument.  One exception: when
	<A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> is empty the value of <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is used.
	For a new file the global value of <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is used.

	Prepending &quot;8bit-&quot; and &quot;2byte-&quot; has no meaning here, they are ignored.
	When the option is set, the value is converted to <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A>.  Thus
	you can set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with <A HREF="change.html#uppercase">uppercase</A> values too.  '<A HREF="motion.html#_">_</A>' characters are
	replaced with '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>'.  If a name is recognized from the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> for
	<A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is replaced by the standard name.  For example
	&quot;ISO8859-2&quot; becomes &quot;iso-8859-2&quot;.

	When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the <A HREF="#'modified'">'modified'</A>
	option is set, because the file would be different when written.

	Keep in mind that <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> <A HREF="#'fenc'">'fenc'</A> from a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A> happens
	AFTER the text has been read, thus <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> applies to when the file will be
	written.  If you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> set <A HREF="#'fenc'">'fenc'</A> in a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, you might want to set
	<A HREF="#'nomodified'">'nomodified'</A> to avoid not being able to &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:q">:q</A>&quot;.

	This option can not be changed when <A HREF="#'modifiable'">'modifiable'</A> is off.


							*<A NAME="'fe'"></A><B>'fe'</B>*
	NOTE: Before version 6.0 this option specified the encoding for the
	whole of Vim, this was a mistake.  Now use <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> instead.  The
	old short name was <A HREF="#'fe'">'fe'</A>, which is no longer used.


					*<A NAME="'fileencodings'"></A><B>'fileencodings'</B>* *<A NAME="'fencs'"></A><B>'fencs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> <A HREF="#'fencs'">'fencs'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;ucs-bom&quot;,
				    &quot;ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1&quot; when
				    <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is set to a <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> value)
			global
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	This is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of character encodings considered when starting to edit
	an existing file.  When a file is read, Vim tries to use the first
	mentioned character encoding.  If an error is detected, the next one
	in the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> is tried.  When an encoding is found that works,
	<A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is set to <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.  If all fail, <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is set to
	an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>, which means the value of <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is used.
		WARNING: Conversion can cause loss of information!  When
		<A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; (or one of the other <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> variants)
		conversion is most likely done in a way that the reverse
		conversion results in the same text.  When <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is not
		&quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; some non-ASCII characters may be lost!  You can use
		the |<A HREF="editing.html#++bad">++bad</A>| argument to specify what is done with characters
		that can't be converted.
	For an empty file or a file with only ASCII characters most encodings
	will work and the first entry of <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> will be used (except
	&quot;ucs-bom&quot;, which requires the BOM to be present).  If you prefer
	another encoding use an <A HREF="autocmd.html#BufReadPost">BufReadPost</A> <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A> event to test if your
	preferred encoding is to be used.  Example:
<B>		au BufReadPost * if search('\S', 'w') == 0 |</B>
<B>			\ set fenc=iso-2022-jp | endif</B>
 	This sets <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> to &quot;iso-2022-jp&quot; if the file does not contain
	non-blank characters.
	When the |<A HREF="editing.html#++enc">++enc</A>| argument is used then the value of <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> is
	not used.
	Note that <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> is not used for a new file, the global value
	of <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is used instead.  You can set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with:
<B>		:setglobal fenc=iso-8859-2</B>
 	This means that a non-existing file may get a different encoding than
	an empty file.
	The special value &quot;ucs-bom&quot; can be used to check for a <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> BOM
	(Byte Order <A HREF="motion.html#Mark">Mark</A>) at the start of the file.  It must not be preceded
	by &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; or another <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> encoding for this to work properly.
	An entry for an 8-bit encoding (e.g., &quot;latin1&quot;) should be the last,
	because Vim cannot detect an error, thus the encoding is always
	accepted.
	The special value &quot;default&quot; can be used for the encoding from the
	environment.  This is the default value for <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>.  It is useful
	when <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is set to &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; and your environment uses a
	non-latin1 encoding, such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="russian.html#Russian">Russian</A>.
	When <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; and a file contains an illegal byte
	sequence <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> won't be recognized <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="mbyte.html#UTF-8">UTF-8</A>.  You can use the |<A HREF="various.html#8g8">8g8</A>|
	command to find the illegal byte sequence.
	WRONG VALUES:			WHAT'S WRONG:
		latin1,utf-8		&quot;latin1&quot; will always be used
		utf-8,ucs-bom,latin1	BOM won't be recognized in an <A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>
					file
		cp1250,latin1		&quot;cp1250&quot; will always be used
	If <A HREF="#'fileencodings'">'fileencodings'</A> is empty, <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is not modified.
	See <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> for the possible values.
	Setting this option does not have an effect until the next time a file
	is read.


					*<A NAME="'fileformat'"></A><B>'fileformat'</B>* *<A NAME="'ff'"></A><B>'ff'</B>*
<A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> <A HREF="#'ff'">'ff'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (MS-DOS, <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A>, <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A> default: &quot;<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A>&quot;,
				<A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> default: &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot;,
				<A HREF="os_mac.html#Macintosh">Macintosh</A> default: &quot;<A HREF="os_mac.html#mac">mac</A>&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	This gives the <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> of the current buffer, which is used for
	reading/writing the buffer from/to a file:
	    <A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A>	    <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A> <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;NL&gt;">&lt;NL&gt;</A>
	    <A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>    <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;NL&gt;">&lt;NL&gt;</A>
	    <A HREF="os_mac.html#mac">mac</A>	    <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A>
	When &quot;<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A>&quot; is used, <A HREF="starting.html#CTRL-Z">CTRL-Z</A> at the end of a file is ignored.
	See |<A HREF="editing.html#file-formats">file-formats</A>| and |<A HREF="insert.html#file-read">file-read</A>|.
	For the character encoding of the file see <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A>.
	When <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> is set, the value of <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> is ignored, file I/O
	works like <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was set to &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot;.
	This option is set automatically when starting to edit a file and
	<A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> is not empty and <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> is off.
	When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the <A HREF="#'modified'">'modified'</A>
	option is set, because the file would be different when written.
	This option can not be changed when <A HREF="#'modifiable'">'modifiable'</A> is off.
	For backwards compatibility: When this option is set to &quot;<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A>&quot;,
	<A HREF="#'textmode'">'textmode'</A> is set, otherwise <A HREF="#'textmode'">'textmode'</A> is reset.


					*<A NAME="'fileformats'"></A><B>'fileformats'</B>* *<A NAME="'ffs'"></A><B>'ffs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> <A HREF="#'ffs'">'ffs'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default:
				Vim+Vi	<A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A> <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>: &quot;dos,unix&quot;,
				Vim	<A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;unix,dos&quot;,
				Vim	<A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A>: &quot;mac,unix,dos&quot;,
				<A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A>	Cygwin: &quot;unix,dos&quot;,
				<A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A>	others: &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This gives the end-of-line (&lt;EOL&gt;) formats that will be tried when
	starting to edit a new buffer and when reading a file into an existing
	buffer:
	- When empty, the format defined with <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> will be used
	  always.  It is not set automatically.
	- When set to one name, that format will be used whenever a new buffer
	  is opened.  <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> is set accordingly for that buffer.  The
	  <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> name will be used when a file is read into an existing
	  buffer, no matter what <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> for that buffer is set to.
	- When more than one name is present, separated by commas, automatic
	  <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> detection will be done when reading a file.  When starting to
	  edit a file, a check is done for the <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A>:
	  1. If all lines end in &lt;CR&gt;&lt;NL&gt;, and <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> includes &quot;<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A>&quot;,
	     <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> is set to &quot;<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A>&quot;.
	  2. If a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;NL&gt;">&lt;NL&gt;</A> is found and <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> includes &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot;, <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A>
	     is set to &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot;.  Note that when a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;NL&gt;">&lt;NL&gt;</A> is found without a
	     preceding <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A>, &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot; is preferred over &quot;<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A>&quot;.
	  3. If <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> has not yet been set, and if a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A> is found, and
	     if <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> includes &quot;<A HREF="os_mac.html#mac">mac</A>&quot;, <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> is set to &quot;<A HREF="os_mac.html#mac">mac</A>&quot;.
	     This means that &quot;<A HREF="os_mac.html#mac">mac</A>&quot; is only chosen when:
	      &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot; is not present or no <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;NL&gt;">&lt;NL&gt;</A> is found in the file, and
	      &quot;<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A>&quot; is not present or no &lt;CR&gt;&lt;NL&gt; is found in the file.
	     Except: if &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot; was chosen, but there is a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A> before
	     the first <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;NL&gt;">&lt;NL&gt;</A>, and there appear to be more &lt;CR&gt;s than &lt;NL&gt;s in
	     the first few lines, &quot;<A HREF="os_mac.html#mac">mac</A>&quot; is used.
	  4. If <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> is still not set, the first name from
	     <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> is used.
	  When reading a file into an existing buffer, the same is done, but
	  this happens like <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> has been set appropriately for that
	  file only, the option is not changed.
	When <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> is set, the value of <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> is not used.

	When Vim starts up with an empty buffer the first item is used.  You
	can overrule this by setting <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> in your <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A>.

	For systems with a Dos-like <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> (&lt;CR&gt;&lt;NL&gt;), when reading files that
	are &quot;:source&quot;ed and for <A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A> files, automatic <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> detection may be
	done:
	- When <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> is empty, there is no automatic detection.  Dos
	  format will be used.
	- When <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> is set to one or more names, automatic detection
	  is done.  This is based on the first <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;NL&gt;">&lt;NL&gt;</A> in the file: If there is a
	  <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A> in front of <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>, Dos format is used, otherwise <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> format is
	  used.
	Also see |<A HREF="editing.html#file-formats">file-formats</A>|.
	For backwards compatibility: When this option is set to an empty
	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> or one format (no comma is included), <A HREF="#'textauto'">'textauto'</A> is reset,
	otherwise <A HREF="#'textauto'">'textauto'</A> is set.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


		*<A NAME="'fileignorecase'"></A><B>'fileignorecase'</B>* *<A NAME="'fic'"></A><B>'fic'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofileignorecase'"></A><B>'nofileignorecase'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofic'"></A><B>'nofic'</B>*
<A HREF="#'fileignorecase'">'fileignorecase'</A> <A HREF="#'fic'">'fic'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on for systems where <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> in file
				 names is normally ignored)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When set <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> is ignored when using file names and directories.
	See <A HREF="#'wildignorecase'">'wildignorecase'</A> for only ignoring <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> when doing completion.


					*<A NAME="'filetype'"></A><B>'filetype'</B>* *<A NAME="'ft'"></A><B>'ft'</B>*
<A HREF="#'filetype'">'filetype'</A> <A HREF="#'ft'">'ft'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+autocmd">+autocmd</A>|
			feature}
	When this option is set, the <A HREF="autocmd.html#FileType">FileType</A> <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A> event is triggered.
	All autocommands that match with the value of this option will be
	executed.  Thus the value of <A HREF="#'filetype'">'filetype'</A> is used in place of the file
	name.
	Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current file type.
	This option is normally set when the file type is detected.  To enable
	this use the &quot;:filetype on&quot; command. |<A HREF="filetype.html#:filetype">:filetype</A>|
	Setting this option to a different value is most useful in a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>,
	for a file for which the file type is not automatically recognized.
	Example, for in an IDL file:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		/* vim: set filetype=idl : */ </FONT></B>
	|<A HREF="autocmd.html#FileType">FileType</A>| |<A HREF="filetype.html#filetypes">filetypes</A>|
	When a dot appears in the value then this separates two <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A>
	names.  Example:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		/* vim: set filetype=c.doxygen : */ </FONT></B>
	This will use the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>&quot; <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A> first, then the &quot;doxygen&quot; <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A>.
	This works both for <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A> plugins and for <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> files.  More than
	one dot may appear.
	This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the '<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>' or
	'<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>' flag in <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A>.
	Only normal file name characters can be used, &quot;/\*?[|&lt;&gt;&quot; are illegal.


						*<A NAME="'fillchars'"></A><B>'fillchars'</B>* *<A NAME="'fcs'"></A><B>'fcs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'fillchars'">'fillchars'</A> <A HREF="#'fcs'">'fcs'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;vert:YXXY,fold:-&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			and |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>| features}
	Characters to fill the statuslines and vertical separators.
	It is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of items:

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	  item		default		Used for </FONT></B>
	  stl:c		'' '' or '<A HREF="motion.html#^">^</A>'	statusline of the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	  stlnc:c	'' '' or '<A HREF="change.html#=">=</A>'	statusline of the non-current <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	  vert:c	'&#124;'		vertical separators |<A HREF="windows.html#:vsplit">:vsplit</A>|
	  fold:c	'<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>'		filling <A HREF="#'foldtext'">'foldtext'</A>
	  diff:c	'<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>'		deleted lines of the <A HREF="#'diff'">'diff'</A> option

	Any one that is omitted will fall back to the default.  For &quot;stl&quot; and
	&quot;stlnc&quot; the space will be used when there is highlighting, '<A HREF="motion.html#^">^</A>' or '<A HREF="change.html#=">=</A>'
	otherwise.

	Example:
<B>	    :set fillchars=stl:^,stlnc:=,vert:\|,fold:-,diff:-</B>
 	This is similar to the default, except that these characters will also
	be used when there is highlighting.

	for &quot;stl&quot; and &quot;stlnc&quot; only single-byte values are supported.

	The highlighting used for these items:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	  item		highlight group </FONT></B>
	  stl:c		StatusLine		|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-StatusLine">hl-StatusLine</A>|
	  stlnc:c	StatusLineNC		|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-StatusLineNC">hl-StatusLineNC</A>|
	  vert:c	VertSplit		|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-VertSplit">hl-VertSplit</A>|
	  fold:c	Folded			|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-Folded">hl-Folded</A>|
	  diff:c	DiffDelete		|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-DiffDelete">hl-DiffDelete</A>|


		*<A NAME="'fixendofline'"></A><B>'fixendofline'</B>* *<A NAME="'fixeol'"></A><B>'fixeol'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofixendofline'"></A><B>'nofixendofline'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofixeol'"></A><B>'nofixeol'</B>*
<A HREF="#'fixendofline'">'fixendofline'</A> <A HREF="#'fixeol'">'fixeol'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	When <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file and this option is on, <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> at the end of file
	will be restored if missing. Turn this option off if you want to
	preserve the situation from the original file.
	When the <A HREF="#'binary'">'binary'</A> option is set the value of this option doesn't
	matter.
	See the <A HREF="#'endofline'">'endofline'</A> option.


					*<A NAME="'fkmap'"></A><B>'fkmap'</B>* *<A NAME="'fk'"></A><B>'fk'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofkmap'"></A><B>'nofkmap'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofk'"></A><B>'nofk'</B>*

<A HREF="#'fkmap'">'fkmap'</A> <A HREF="#'fk'">'fk'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)			*<A NAME="E198"></A><B>E198</B>*
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+rightleft">+rightleft</A>|
			feature}
	When on, the keyboard is mapped for the <A HREF="farsi.html#Farsi">Farsi</A> character set.
	Normally you would set <A HREF="#'allowrevins'">'allowrevins'</A> and use CTRL-_ in insert mode to
	toggle this option |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-_">i_CTRL-_</A>|.  See |<A HREF="farsi.html">farsi.txt</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'foldclose'"></A><B>'foldclose'</B>* *<A NAME="'fcl'"></A><B>'fcl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldclose'">'foldclose'</A> <A HREF="#'fcl'">'fcl'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	When set to &quot;all&quot;, a fold is closed when the cursor isn't in <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> and
	its level is higher than <A HREF="#'foldlevel'">'foldlevel'</A>.  Useful if you want <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> to
	automatically close when moving out of them.


						*<A NAME="'foldcolumn'"></A><B>'foldcolumn'</B>* *<A NAME="'fdc'"></A><B>'fdc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldcolumn'">'foldcolumn'</A> <A HREF="#'fdc'">'fdc'</A>	number (default 0)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	When non-zero, a column with the specified width is shown at the side
	of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> which indicates open and closed <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>.  The maximum
	value is 12.
	See |<A HREF="fold.html#folding">folding</A>|.


			*<A NAME="'foldenable'"></A><B>'foldenable'</B>* *<A NAME="'fen'"></A><B>'fen'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofoldenable'"></A><B>'nofoldenable'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofen'"></A><B>'nofen'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldenable'">'foldenable'</A> <A HREF="#'fen'">'fen'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default on)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	When off, all <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> are open.  This option can be used to quickly
	switch between showing all text unfolded and viewing the text with
	<A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> (including manually opened or closed <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>).  It can be toggled
	with the |<A HREF="fold.html#zi">zi</A>| command.  The <A HREF="#'foldcolumn'">'foldcolumn'</A> will remain blank when
	<A HREF="#'foldenable'">'foldenable'</A> is off.
	This option is set by commands that create a new fold or close a fold.
	See |<A HREF="fold.html#folding">folding</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'foldexpr'"></A><B>'foldexpr'</B>* *<A NAME="'fde'"></A><B>'fde'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldexpr'">'foldexpr'</A> <A HREF="#'fde'">'fde'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#0">0</A>&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			or |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>| features}
	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> used for when <A HREF="#'foldmethod'">'foldmethod'</A> is &quot;<A HREF="eval.html#expr">expr</A>&quot;.  It is evaluated
	for each line to obtain its fold level.  See |<A HREF="fold.html#fold-expr">fold-expr</A>|.

	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> will be evaluated in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>| if set from a
	<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, see |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox-option">sandbox-option</A>|.
	This option can't be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| when the <A HREF="#'diff'">'diff'</A> option is
	on.

	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> while
	evaluating <A HREF="#'foldexpr'">'foldexpr'</A> |<A HREF="eval.html#textlock">textlock</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'foldignore'"></A><B>'foldignore'</B>* *<A NAME="'fdi'"></A><B>'fdi'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldignore'">'foldignore'</A> <A HREF="#'fdi'">'fdi'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	Used only when <A HREF="#'foldmethod'">'foldmethod'</A> is &quot;indent&quot;.  Lines starting with
	characters in <A HREF="#'foldignore'">'foldignore'</A> will get their fold level from surrounding
	lines.  White space is skipped before checking for this character.
	The default &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>&quot; works well for C programs.  See |<A HREF="fold.html#fold-indent">fold-indent</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'foldlevel'"></A><B>'foldlevel'</B>* *<A NAME="'fdl'"></A><B>'fdl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldlevel'">'foldlevel'</A> <A HREF="#'fdl'">'fdl'</A>	number (default: 0)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	Sets the fold level: Folds with a higher level will be closed.
	Setting this option to zero will close all <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>.  Higher numbers will
	close fewer <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>.
	This option is set by commands like |<A HREF="fold.html#zm">zm</A>|, |<A HREF="fold.html#zM">zM</A>| and |<A HREF="fold.html#zR">zR</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="fold.html#fold-foldlevel">fold-foldlevel</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'foldlevelstart'"></A><B>'foldlevelstart'</B>* *<A NAME="'fdls'"></A><B>'fdls'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldlevelstart'">'foldlevelstart'</A> <A HREF="#'fdls'">'fdls'</A>	number (default: -1)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	Sets <A HREF="#'foldlevel'">'foldlevel'</A> when starting to edit another buffer in a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	Useful to always start editing with all <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> closed (value zero),
	some <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> closed (one) or no <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> closed (99).
	This is done before reading any <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, thus a setting in a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>
	overrules this option.  Starting to edit a file for |<A HREF="diff.html#diff-mode">diff-mode</A>| also
	ignores this option and closes all <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>.
	It is also done before <A HREF="autocmd.html#BufReadPre">BufReadPre</A> autocommands, to allow an autocmd to
	overrule the <A HREF="#'foldlevel'">'foldlevel'</A> value for specific files.
	When the value is negative, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not used.


						*<A NAME="'foldmarker'"></A><B>'foldmarker'</B>* *<A NAME="'fmr'"></A><B>'fmr'</B>* *<A NAME="E536"></A><B>E536</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldmarker'">'foldmarker'</A> <A HREF="#'fmr'">'fmr'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;{{{,}}}&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	The start and end marker used when <A HREF="#'foldmethod'">'foldmethod'</A> is &quot;marker&quot;.  There
	must be one comma, which separates the start and end marker.  The
	marker is a literal <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (a regular <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> would be too slow).
	See |<A HREF="fold.html#fold-marker">fold-marker</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'foldmethod'"></A><B>'foldmethod'</B>* *<A NAME="'fdm'"></A><B>'fdm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldmethod'">'foldmethod'</A> <A HREF="#'fdm'">'fdm'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;manual&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	The kind of <A HREF="fold.html#folding">folding</A> used for the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Possible values:
	|<A HREF="fold.html#fold-manual">fold-manual</A>|	manual	    Folds are created manually.
	|<A HREF="fold.html#fold-indent">fold-indent</A>|	indent	    Lines with equal indent form a fold.
	|<A HREF="fold.html#fold-expr">fold-expr</A>|	expr	    <A HREF="#'foldexpr'">'foldexpr'</A> gives the fold level of a line.
	|<A HREF="fold.html#fold-marker">fold-marker</A>|	marker	    Markers are used to specify <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>.
	|<A HREF="fold.html#fold-syntax">fold-syntax</A>|	syntax	    <A HREF="autocmd.html#Syntax">Syntax</A> highlighting items specify <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>.
	|<A HREF="fold.html#fold-diff">fold-diff</A>|	diff	    Fold text that is not changed.


						*<A NAME="'foldminlines'"></A><B>'foldminlines'</B>* *<A NAME="'fml'"></A><B>'fml'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldminlines'">'foldminlines'</A> <A HREF="#'fml'">'fml'</A>	number (default: 1)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	Sets the number of screen lines above which a fold can be displayed
	closed.  Also for manually closed <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>.  With the default value of
	one a fold can only be closed if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> takes up two or more screen lines.
	Set to zero to be able to close <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> of just one screen line.
	Note that this only has an effect on what is displayed.  After using
	&quot;<A HREF="fold.html#zc">zc</A>&quot; to close a fold, which is displayed open because it's smaller
	than <A HREF="#'foldminlines'">'foldminlines'</A>, a following &quot;<A HREF="fold.html#zc">zc</A>&quot; may close a containing fold.


						*<A NAME="'foldnestmax'"></A><B>'foldnestmax'</B>* *<A NAME="'fdn'"></A><B>'fdn'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldnestmax'">'foldnestmax'</A> <A HREF="#'fdn'">'fdn'</A>	number (default: 20)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	Sets the maximum nesting of <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> for the &quot;indent&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A>&quot;
	methods.  This avoids that too many <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> will be created.  Using more
	than 20 doesn't work, because the internal limit is 20.


						*<A NAME="'foldopen'"></A><B>'foldopen'</B>* *<A NAME="'fdo'"></A><B>'fdo'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldopen'">'foldopen'</A> <A HREF="#'fdo'">'fdo'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;block,hor,mark,percent,quickfix,
							     search,tag,undo&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies for which type of commands <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> will be opened, if the
	command moves the cursor into a closed fold.  It is a comma separated
	<A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of items.
	NOTE: When the command is part of a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> this option is not used.
	Add the |<A HREF="fold.html#zv">zv</A>| command to the <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> to get the same effect.
	(rationale: the <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> may want to <A HREF="intro.html#control">control</A> opening <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> itself)

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		item		commands </FONT></B>
		all		any
		block		&quot;<A HREF="motion.html#(">(</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#{">{</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#[[">[[</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#[{">[{</A>&quot;, etc.
		hor		horizontal movements: &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A>&quot;, &quot;fx&quot;, etc.
		insert		any command in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
		jump		far jumps: &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#G">G</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#gg">gg</A>&quot;, etc.
		<A HREF="motion.html#mark">mark</A>		jumping to a <A HREF="motion.html#mark">mark</A>: &quot;'m&quot;, <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-O">CTRL-O</A>, etc.
		percent		&quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>&quot;
		<A HREF="quickfix.html#quickfix">quickfix</A>	&quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:cn">:cn</A>&quot;, &quot;:crew&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make">:make</A>&quot;, etc.
		search		search for a <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>: &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>&quot;, &quot;*&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#gd">gd</A>&quot;, etc.
				(not for a search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> in a &quot;<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>&quot; command)
				Also for |<A HREF="spell.html#[s">[s</A>| and |<A HREF="spell.html#]s">]s</A>|.
		<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A>		jumping to a <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A>: &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#:ta">:ta</A>&quot;, <A HREF="tagsrch.html#CTRL-T">CTRL-T</A>, etc.
		<A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A>		<A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> or <A HREF="undo.html#redo">redo</A>: &quot;<A HREF="undo.html#u">u</A>&quot; and <A HREF="undo.html#CTRL-R">CTRL-R</A>
	When a <A HREF="intro.html#movement">movement</A> command is used for an <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A> (e.g., &quot;<A HREF="change.html#dl">dl</A>&quot; or &quot;y&#37;&quot;)
	this option is not used.  This means the <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A> will include the
	whole closed fold.
	Note that vertical movements are not here, because <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> would make <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	very difficult to move onto a closed fold.
	In insert mode the <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> containing the cursor will always be open
	when text is inserted.
	To close <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> you can re-apply <A HREF="#'foldlevel'">'foldlevel'</A> with the |<A HREF="fold.html#zx">zx</A>| command or
	set the <A HREF="#'foldclose'">'foldclose'</A> option to &quot;all&quot;.


						*<A NAME="'foldtext'"></A><B>'foldtext'</B>* *<A NAME="'fdt'"></A><B>'fdt'</B>*
<A HREF="#'foldtext'">'foldtext'</A> <A HREF="#'fdt'">'fdt'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;<A HREF="eval.html#foldtext()">foldtext()</A>&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+folding">+folding</A>|
			feature}
	An <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> which is used to specify the text displayed for a closed
	fold.  See |<A HREF="fold.html#fold-foldtext">fold-foldtext</A>|.

	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> will be evaluated in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>| if set from a
	<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, see |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox-option">sandbox-option</A>|.

	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> while
	evaluating <A HREF="#'foldtext'">'foldtext'</A> |<A HREF="eval.html#textlock">textlock</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'formatexpr'"></A><B>'formatexpr'</B>* *<A NAME="'fex'"></A><B>'fex'</B>*
<A HREF="#'formatexpr'">'formatexpr'</A> <A HREF="#'fex'">'fex'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>|
			feature}
	Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the |<A HREF="change.html#gq">gq</A>|
	<A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A> or automatic <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A> (see <A HREF="#'formatoptions'">'formatoptions'</A>).  When this
	option is empty <A HREF="#'formatprg'">'formatprg'</A> is used.

	The |<A HREF="eval.html#v:lnum">v:lnum</A>|  variable holds the first line to be formatted.
	The |<A HREF="eval.html#v:count">v:count</A>| variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
	The |<A HREF="eval.html#v:char">v:char</A>|  variable holds the character that is going to be
		      inserted if the <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> is being evaluated due to
		      automatic <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A>.  This can be empty.  Don't insert
		      <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> yet!

	Example:
<B>		:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()</B>
 	This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
	autoload/mylang.vim file in <A HREF="#'runtimepath'">'runtimepath'</A>. |<A HREF="eval.html#autoload">autoload</A>|

	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> is also evaluated when <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> is set and adding
	text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	when internal <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A> is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
	same spot relative to the text then!  The |<A HREF="eval.html#mode()">mode()</A>| function will
	return &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="change.html#R">R</A>&quot; in this situation.
	
	When the <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
	the internal format mechanism.

	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> will be evaluated in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>| when set from a
	<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, see |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox-option">sandbox-option</A>|.  That stops the option from working,
	since <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the buffer text is not allowed.
	NOTE: This option is set to &quot;&quot; when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


					*<A NAME="'formatoptions'"></A><B>'formatoptions'</B>* *<A NAME="'fo'"></A><B>'fo'</B>*
<A HREF="#'formatoptions'">'formatoptions'</A> <A HREF="#'fo'">'fo'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (Vim default: &quot;tcq&quot;, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: &quot;vt&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	This is a sequence of letters which describes how automatic
	<A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A> is to be done.  See |<A HREF="change.html#fo-table">fo-table</A>|.  When the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option is
	on, no <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A> is done (like <A HREF="#'formatoptions'">'formatoptions'</A> is empty).  Commas can
	be inserted for readability.
	To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
	&quot;+=&quot; and &quot;-=&quot; feature of &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; |<A HREF="#add-option-flags">add-option-flags</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


					*<A NAME="'formatlistpat'"></A><B>'formatlistpat'</B>* *<A NAME="'flp'"></A><B>'flp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'formatlistpat'">'formatlistpat'</A> <A HREF="#'flp'">'flp'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;^\s*\d\+[\]:.)}\t ]\s*&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	A <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> that is used to recognize a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> header.  This is used for
	the &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>&quot; flag in <A HREF="#'formatoptions'">'formatoptions'</A>.
	The <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> must match exactly the text that will be the indent for
	the line below <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.  You can use |<A HREF="pattern.html#/\ze">/\ze</A>| to <A HREF="motion.html#mark">mark</A> the end of the match
	while still checking more characters.  There must be a character
	following the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>, when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> matches the whole line <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is handled
	like there is no match.
	The default recognizes a number, followed by an optional punctuation
	character and white space.


						*<A NAME="'formatprg'"></A><B>'formatprg'</B>* *<A NAME="'fp'"></A><B>'fp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'formatprg'">'formatprg'</A> <A HREF="#'fp'">'fp'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	The name of an external program that will be used to format the lines
	selected with the |<A HREF="change.html#gq">gq</A>| <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A>.  The program must take the input on
	stdin and produce the output on stdout.  The <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> program &quot;fmt&quot; is
	such a program.
	If the <A HREF="#'formatexpr'">'formatexpr'</A> option is not empty <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be used instead.
	Otherwise, if <A HREF="#'formatprg'">'formatprg'</A> option is an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>, the internal
	format function will be used |<A HREF="indent.html#C-indenting">C-indenting</A>|.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.  See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>|
	about including spaces and backslashes.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


					*<A NAME="'fsync'"></A><B>'fsync'</B>* *<A NAME="'fs'"></A><B>'fs'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofsync'"></A><B>'nofsync'</B>* *<A NAME="'nofs'"></A><B>'nofs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'fsync'">'fsync'</A> <A HREF="#'fs'">'fs'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on, the library function fsync() will be called after <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a
	file.  This will flush a file to disk, ensuring that <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is safely
	written even on filesystems which <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> metadata-only journaling.  This
	will force the harddrive to spin up on Linux systems running in laptop
	mode, so <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> may be undesirable in some situations.  Be warned that
	turning this off increases the chances of data loss after a crash.  On
	systems without an fsync() implementation, this variable is always
	off.
	Also see <A HREF="#'swapsync'">'swapsync'</A> for controlling fsync() on swap files.
	<A HREF="#'fsync'">'fsync'</A> also applies to |<A HREF="eval.html#writefile()">writefile()</A>|, unless a flag is used to
	overrule <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.


				   *<A NAME="'gdefault'"></A><B>'gdefault'</B>* *<A NAME="'gd'"></A><B>'gd'</B>* *<A NAME="'nogdefault'"></A><B>'nogdefault'</B>* *<A NAME="'nogd'"></A><B>'nogd'</B>*
<A HREF="#'gdefault'">'gdefault'</A> <A HREF="#'gd'">'gd'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on, the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#:substitute">:substitute</A>&quot; flag '<A HREF="index.html#g">g</A>' is default on.  This means that
	all matches in a line are substituted instead of one.  When a '<A HREF="index.html#g">g</A>' flag
	is given to a &quot;<A HREF="change.html#:substitute">:substitute</A>&quot; command, this will toggle the substitution
	of all or one match.  See |<A HREF="change.html#complex-change">complex-change</A>|.

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		command		'gdefault' on	'gdefault' off	</FONT></B>
		:s///		  subst. all	  subst. one
		:s///g		  subst. one	  subst. all
		:s///gg		  subst. all	  subst. one

	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.
	DEPRECATED: Setting this option may break plugins that are not aware
	of this option.  Also, many users get confused that adding the /g flag
	has the opposite effect of that <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> normally does.


						*<A NAME="'grepformat'"></A><B>'grepformat'</B>* *<A NAME="'gfm'"></A><B>'gfm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'grepformat'">'grepformat'</A> <A HREF="#'gfm'">'gfm'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&#37;f:&#37;l:&#37;m,&#37;f:&#37;l&#37;m,&#37;f  &#37;l&#37;m&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Format to recognize for the &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:grep">:grep</A>&quot; command output.
	This is a scanf-like <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> that uses the same format <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the
	<A HREF="#'errorformat'">'errorformat'</A> option: see |<A HREF="quickfix.html#errorformat">errorformat</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'grepprg'"></A><B>'grepprg'</B>* *<A NAME="'gp'"></A><B>'gp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'grepprg'">'grepprg'</A> <A HREF="#'gp'">'gp'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#grep">grep</A> <A HREF="starting.html#-n">-n</A> &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#,">,</A>
					<A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#grep">grep</A> <A HREF="starting.html#-n">-n</A> $* /dev/null&quot;,
					<A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>: &quot;findstr /n&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#grep">grep</A> -n&quot;,
						      <A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>: &quot;SEARCH/NUMBERS &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#)">)</A>
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	Program to use for the |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:grep">:grep</A>| command.  This option may contain '<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>'
	and '<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>' characters, which are expanded like when used in a command-
	line.  The placeholder &quot;$*&quot; is allowed to specify where the arguments
	will be included.  Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.  See
	|<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces and backslashes.
	When your &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#grep">grep</A>&quot; accepts the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-H">-H</A>&quot; argument, use this to make &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:grep">:grep</A>&quot;
	also work well with a single file:
<B>		:set grepprg=grep\ -nH</B>
 	<A HREF="eval.html#Special">Special</A> value: When <A HREF="#'grepprg'">'grepprg'</A> is set to &quot;internal&quot; the |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:grep">:grep</A>| command
	works like |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:vimgrep">:vimgrep</A>|, |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:lgrep">:lgrep</A>| like |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:lvimgrep">:lvimgrep</A>|, |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:grepadd">:grepadd</A>| like
	|<A HREF="quickfix.html#:vimgrepadd">:vimgrepadd</A>| and |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:lgrepadd">:lgrepadd</A>| like |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:lvimgrepadd">:lvimgrepadd</A>|.
	See also the section |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make_makeprg">:make_makeprg</A>|, since most of the comments there
	apply equally to <A HREF="#'grepprg'">'grepprg'</A>.
	For <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, the default is &quot;findstr /n&quot; if &quot;findstr.exe&quot; can be found,
	otherwise it's &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#grep">grep</A> -n&quot;.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


			*<A NAME="'guicursor'"></A><B>'guicursor'</B>* *<A NAME="'gcr'"></A><B>'gcr'</B>* *<A NAME="E545"></A><B>E545</B>* *<A NAME="E546"></A><B>E546</B>* *<A NAME="E548"></A><B>E548</B>* *<A NAME="E549"></A><B>E549</B>*
<A HREF="#'guicursor'">'guicursor'</A> <A HREF="#'gcr'">'gcr'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;n-v-c:block-Cursor/lCursor,
					ve:ver35-Cursor,
					o:hor50-Cursor,
					i-ci:ver25-Cursor/lCursor,
					r-cr:hor20-Cursor/lCursor,
					sm:block-Cursor
					-blinkwait175-blinkoff150-blinkon175&quot;,
				for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> console:
					&quot;n-v-c:block,o:hor50,i-ci:hor15,
					r-cr:hor30,sm:block&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> enabled, and
			for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> console}
	This option tells Vim what the cursor should look like in different
	modes.  It fully works in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.  In an <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MSDOS">MSDOS</A> or <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> console, only
	the height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by
	specifying a block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or
	horizontal cursor.
	For a console the <A HREF="term.html#'t_SI'">'t_SI'</A>, <A HREF="term.html#'t_SR'">'t_SR'</A>, and <A HREF="term.html#'t_EI'">'t_EI'</A> <A HREF="intro.html#escape">escape</A> sequences are
	used.

	The option is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of parts.  Each part consist of a
	mode-list and an <A HREF="editing.html#argument-list">argument-list</A>:
		mode-list:argument-list,mode-list:argument-list,..
	The mode-list is a dash separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of these modes:
		<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>	<A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode
		<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>	<A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode
		ve	<A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode with <A HREF="#'selection'">'selection'</A> &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#exclusive">exclusive</A>&quot; (same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> '<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>',
			if not specified)
		<A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A>	<A HREF="intro.html#Operator-pending">Operator-pending</A> mode
		<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>	<A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
		<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>	<A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A> mode
		<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>	<A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> (append) mode
		ci	<A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
		cr	<A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> <A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A> mode
		sm	showmatch in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
		a	all modes
	The <A HREF="editing.html#argument-list">argument-list</A> is a dash separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of these arguments:
		hor{N}	horizontal <A HREF="motion.html#bar">bar</A>, {N} percent of the character height
		ver{N}	vertical <A HREF="motion.html#bar">bar</A>, {N} percent of the character width
		block	block cursor, fills the whole character
			[only one of the above three should be present]

		blinkwait{N}				*<A NAME="cursor-blinking"></A><B>cursor-blinking</B>*
		blinkon{N}
		blinkoff{N}
			blink times for cursor: blinkwait is the delay before
			the cursor starts blinking, blinkon is the time that
			the cursor is shown and blinkoff is the time that the
			cursor is not shown.  The times are in msec.  When one
			of the numbers is zero, there is no blinking.  The
			default is: &quot;blinkwait700-blinkon400-blinkoff250&quot;.
			These numbers are used for a missing entry.  This
			means that blinking is enabled by default.  To switch
			blinking off you can use &quot;blinkon0&quot;.  The cursor only
			blinks when Vim is waiting for input, not while
			executing a command.
			To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see
			|<A HREF="syntax.html#xterm-blink">xterm-blink</A>|.
		<A HREF="syntax.html#{group-name}">{group-name}</A>
			a highlight group name, that sets the color and font
			for the cursor
		{group-name}/{group-name}
			Two highlight group names, the first is used when
			no language mappings are used, the other when they
			are. |<A HREF="map.html#language-mapping">language-mapping</A>|

	Examples of parts:
	   n-c-v:block-nCursor	in <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A>, <A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> and <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode, use a
				block cursor with colors from the &quot;nCursor&quot;
				highlight group
	   i-ci:ver30-iCursor-blinkwait300-blinkon200-blinkoff150
				In <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> and <A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode, use a
				30&#37; vertical <A HREF="motion.html#bar">bar</A> cursor with colors from the
				&quot;iCursor&quot; highlight group.  Blink a bit
				faster.

	The '<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>' mode is different.  It will set the given <A HREF="editing.html#argument-list">argument-list</A> for
	all modes.  It does not reset anything to defaults.  This can be used
	to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> a common setting for all modes.  For example, to switch off
	blinking: &quot;a:blinkon0&quot;

	Examples of cursor highlighting:
<B>	    :highlight Cursor gui=reverse guifg=NONE guibg=NONE</B>
<B>	    :highlight Cursor gui=NONE guifg=bg guibg=fg</B>
 

					*<A NAME="'guifont'"></A><B>'guifont'</B>* *<A NAME="'gfn'"></A><B>'gfn'</B>*

						   *<A NAME="E235"></A><B>E235</B>* *<A NAME="E596"></A><B>E596</B>*
<A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A> <A HREF="#'gfn'">'gfn'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> enabled}
	This is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of fonts which will be used for the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> version of Vim.
	In its simplest form the value is just one font name.  When
	the font cannot be found you will get an error message.  To try other
	font names a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> can be specified, font names separated with commas.
	The first valid font is used.

	On systems where <A HREF="#'guifontset'">'guifontset'</A> is supported (X11) and <A HREF="#'guifontset'">'guifontset'</A> is
	not empty, then <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A> is not used.

	Note: As to the <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A> GUIs, no error is given against any invalid names,
	and the first element of the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> is always picked up and made use of.
	This is because, instead of identifying a given name with a font, the
	<A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A> GUIs use <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to construct a <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> and try to look up a font which
	best matches the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> among available fonts, and this way, the
	matching never fails.  An invalid name doesn't matter because a number
	of font properties other than name will <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> to get the matching done.

	Spaces after a comma are ignored.  To include a comma in a font name
	precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.  Setting an option requires an extra
	<A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> before a space and a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.  See also
	|<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>|.  For example:
<B>	    :set guifont=Screen15,\ 7x13,font\\,with\\,commas</B>
 	will make Vim try to use the font &quot;Screen15&quot; first, and if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> fails <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	will try to use &quot;7x13&quot; and then &quot;font,with,commas&quot; instead.

	If none of the fonts can be loaded, Vim will keep the current setting.
	If an empty font <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> is given, Vim will try using other resource
	settings (for X, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will use the Vim.font resource), and finally <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	will try some builtin default which should always be there (&quot;7x13&quot; in
	the <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> of X).  The font names given should be &quot;normal&quot; fonts.  Vim
	will try to find the related <A HREF="syntax.html#bold">bold</A> and <A HREF="syntax.html#italic">italic</A> fonts.

	For <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A>, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A>, <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A> OS and Photon:
<B>	    :set guifont=*</B>
 	will bring up a font requester, where you can pick the font you want.

	The font name depends on the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> used.  See |<A HREF="gui.html#setting-guifont">setting-guifont</A>| for a
	way to set <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A> for various systems.

	For the <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A> 2 and 3 GUIs, the font name looks like this:
<B>	    :set guifont=Andale\ Mono\ 11</B>
 	That's all.  XLFDs are not used.  For <A HREF="mbyte.html#Chinese">Chinese</A> this is reported to work
	well:
<B>	    if has("gui_gtk2")</B>
<B>	      set guifont=Bitstream\ Vera\ Sans\ Mono\ 12,Fixed\ 12</B>
<B>	      set guifontwide=Microsoft\ Yahei\ 12,WenQuanYi\ Zen\ Hei\ 12</B>
<B>	    endif</B>
 
        (Replace gui_gtk2 with gui_gtk3 for the <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A> 3 <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>)

	For <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A> OSX you can use something like this:
<B>	    :set guifont=Monaco:h10</B>
 	Also see <A HREF="#'macatsui'">'macatsui'</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> can help fix display problems.

								*<A NAME="E236"></A><B>E236</B>*
	Note that the fonts must be mono-spaced (all characters have the same
	width).  An exception is <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A>: all fonts are accepted, but mono-spaced
	fonts look best.

	To preview a font on <A HREF="#X11">X11</A>, you might be able to use the &quot;xfontsel&quot;
	program.  The &quot;xlsfonts&quot; program gives a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of all available fonts.


	For the <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>					*<A NAME="E244"></A><B>E244</B>* *<A NAME="E245"></A><B>E245</B>*
	- takes these <A HREF="#options">options</A> in the font name:
		hXX - height is XX (points, can be floating-point)
		wXX - width is XX (points, can be floating-point)
		<A HREF="motion.html#b">b</A>   - <A HREF="syntax.html#bold">bold</A>
		<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>   - <A HREF="syntax.html#italic">italic</A>
		<A HREF="undo.html#u">u</A>   - <A HREF="syntax.html#underline">underline</A>
		<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>   - strikeout
		cXX - character set XX.  Valid charsets are: ANSI, ARABIC,
		      BALTIC, CHINESEBIG5, DEFAULT, EASTEUROPE, GB2312, GREEK,
		      HANGEUL, HEBREW, JOHAB, MAC, OEM, RUSSIAN, SHIFTJIS,
		      SYMBOL, THAI, TURKISH, VIETNAMESE ANSI and BALTIC.
		      Normally you would use &quot;cDEFAULT&quot;.
		qXX - quality XX.  Valid quality names are: PROOF, DRAFT,
		      ANTIALIASED, NONANTIALIASED, CLEARTYPE, DEFAULT.
		      Normally you would use &quot;qDEFAULT&quot;.
		      Some quality values are not supported in legacy OSs.

	  Use a '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' to separate the <A HREF="#options">options</A>.
	- A '<A HREF="motion.html#_">_</A>' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
	  backslashes to <A HREF="intro.html#escape">escape</A> the spaces.
	- Examples:
<B>	    :set guifont=courier_new:h12:w5:b:cRUSSIAN</B>
<B>	    :set guifont=Andale_Mono:h7.5:w4.5</B>
 	See also |<A HREF="gui_x11.html#font-sizes">font-sizes</A>|.


					*<A NAME="'guifontset'"></A><B>'guifontset'</B>* *<A NAME="'gfs'"></A><B>'gfs'</B>*

					*<A NAME="E250"></A><B>E250</B>* *<A NAME="E252"></A><B>E252</B>* *<A NAME="E234"></A><B>E234</B>* *<A NAME="E597"></A><B>E597</B>* *<A NAME="E598"></A><B>E598</B>*
<A HREF="#'guifontset'">'guifontset'</A> <A HREF="#'gfs'">'gfs'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> enabled and
			with the |<A HREF="various.html#+xfontset">+xfontset</A>| feature}
			{not available in the <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A> GUI}
	When not empty, specifies two (or more) fonts to be used.  The first
	one for normal English, the second one for your special language.  See
	|<A HREF="mbyte.html#xfontset">xfontset</A>|.
	Setting this option also means that all font names will be handled <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	a <A HREF="mbyte.html#fontset">fontset</A> name.  Also the ones used for the &quot;font&quot; argument of the
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#:highlight">:highlight</A>| command.
	The fonts must match with the current <A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A>.  If fonts for the
	character sets that the current <A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A> uses are not included, setting
	<A HREF="#'guifontset'">'guifontset'</A> will fail.
	Note the difference between <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A> and <A HREF="#'guifontset'">'guifontset'</A>: In <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A>
	the comma-separated names are alternative names, one of which will be
	used.  In <A HREF="#'guifontset'">'guifontset'</A> the whole <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> is one <A HREF="mbyte.html#fontset">fontset</A> name,
	including the commas.  It is not possible to specify alternative
	<A HREF="mbyte.html#fontset">fontset</A> names.
	This example works on many <A HREF="#X11">X11</A> systems:
<B>		:set guifontset=-*-*-medium-r-normal--16-*-*-*-c-*-*-*</B>
 

				*<A NAME="'guifontwide'"></A><B>'guifontwide'</B>* *<A NAME="'gfw'"></A><B>'gfw'</B>* *<A NAME="E231"></A><B>E231</B>* *<A NAME="E533"></A><B>E533</B>* *<A NAME="E534"></A><B>E534</B>*
<A HREF="#'guifontwide'">'guifontwide'</A> <A HREF="#'gfw'">'gfw'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> enabled}
	When not empty, specifies a comma-separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of fonts to be used
	for double-width characters.  The first font that can be loaded is
	used.
	Note: The size of these fonts must be exactly <A HREF="if_cscop.html#twice">twice</A> <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> wide <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the one
	specified with <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A> and the same height.

	All <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> versions but <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A>:

	<A HREF="#'guifontwide'">'guifontwide'</A> is only used when <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is set to &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot; and
	<A HREF="#'guifontset'">'guifontset'</A> is empty or invalid.
	When <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A> is set and a valid font is found in <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> and
	<A HREF="#'guifontwide'">'guifontwide'</A> is empty Vim will attempt to find a matching
	double-width font and set <A HREF="#'guifontwide'">'guifontwide'</A> to <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.


	<A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> only:  		    	*<A NAME="guifontwide_gtk"></A><B>guifontwide_gtk</B>*

	If set and valid, <A HREF="#'guifontwide'">'guifontwide'</A> is always used for double width
	characters, even if <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is not set to &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;.
	Vim does not attempt to find an appropriate value for <A HREF="#'guifontwide'">'guifontwide'</A>
	automatically.  If <A HREF="#'guifontwide'">'guifontwide'</A> is empty Pango/Xft will choose the
	font for characters not available in <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A>.  Thus you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not need
	to set <A HREF="#'guifontwide'">'guifontwide'</A> at all unless you want to override the choice
	made by Pango/Xft.


	Windows +multibyte only:		*<A NAME="guifontwide_win_mbyte"></A><B>guifontwide_win_mbyte</B>*

	If set and valid, <A HREF="#'guifontwide'">'guifontwide'</A> is used for <A HREF="mbyte.html#IME">IME</A> instead of <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A>.


						*<A NAME="'guiheadroom'"></A><B>'guiheadroom'</B>* *<A NAME="'ghr'"></A><B>'ghr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'guiheadroom'">'guiheadroom'</A> <A HREF="#'ghr'">'ghr'</A>	number	(default 50)
			global
			{not in Vi} {only for <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A> and <A HREF="#X11">X11</A> GUI}
	The number of pixels subtracted from the screen height when fitting
	the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> on the screen.  Set this before the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> is started,
	e.g., in your |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>| file.  When zero, the whole screen height will
	be used by the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  When positive, the specified number of pixel
	lines will be left for <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> decorations and other items on the
	screen.  Set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to a negative value to allow <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> taller than the
	screen.


						*<A NAME="'guioptions'"></A><B>'guioptions'</B>* *<A NAME="'go'"></A><B>'go'</B>*
<A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A> <A HREF="#'go'">'go'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;egmrLtT&quot;   (MS-Windows, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#t">t</A>&quot; is
						   removed in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|),
					 &quot;aegimrLtT&quot; (GTK, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A> and Athena),
					 )
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> enabled}
	This option only has an effect in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> version of Vim.  It is a
	sequence of letters which describes what components and <A HREF="#options">options</A> of the
	<A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> should be used.
	To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
	&quot;+=&quot; and &quot;-=&quot; feature of &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; |<A HREF="#add-option-flags">add-option-flags</A>|.

	Valid letters are <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> follows:

							*<A NAME="guioptions_a"></A><B>guioptions_a</B>* *<A NAME="'go-a'"></A><B>'go-a'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>'	Autoselect:  If present, then whenever VISUAL mode is started,
		or the <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> area extended, Vim tries to become the owner of
		the windowing system's global selection.  This means that the
		Visually highlighted text is available for pasting into other
		applications <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> well <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> into Vim itself.  When the <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode
		ends, possibly due to an operation on the text, or when an
		application wants to paste the selection, the highlighted text
		is automatically yanked into the &quot;* selection <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>.
		Thus the selection is still available for pasting into other
		applications after the VISUAL mode has ended.
		    If not present, then Vim won't become the owner of the
		windowing system's global selection unless explicitly told to
		by a <A HREF="change.html#yank">yank</A> or delete operation for the &quot;* <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>.
		The same applies to the modeless selection.

								*<A NAME="'go-P'"></A><B>'go-P'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="change.html#P">P</A>'	Like autoselect but using the &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#+">+</A> <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> instead of the &quot;*
		<A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>.

								*<A NAME="'go-A'"></A><B>'go-A'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="insert.html#A">A</A>'	Autoselect for the modeless selection.  Like '<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>', but only
		applies to the modeless selection.

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		    'guioptions'   autoselect Visual  autoselect modeless </FONT></B>
			 &quot;&quot;		 -			 -
			 &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>&quot;		yes			yes
			 &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#A">A</A>&quot;		 -			yes
			 &quot;aA&quot;		yes			yes


								*<A NAME="'go-c'"></A><B>'go-c'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>'	Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
		choices.

								*<A NAME="'go-e'"></A><B>'go-e'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#e">e</A>'	Add <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages when indicated with <A HREF="#'showtabline'">'showtabline'</A>.
		<A HREF="#'guitablabel'">'guitablabel'</A> can be used to change the text in the labels.
		When '<A HREF="motion.html#e">e</A>' is missing a non-GUI <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages line may be used.
		The <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> tabs are only supported on some systems, currently
		<A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A>, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A>, <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A> OS/X and <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A>.

								*<A NAME="'go-f'"></A><B>'go-f'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#f">f</A>'	Foreground: Don't use fork() to detach the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> from the shell
		where <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was started.  Use this for programs that wait for the
		editor to finish (e.g., an e-mail program).  Alternatively you
		can use &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#gvim">gvim</A> -f&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="gui_x11.html#:gui">:gui</A> -f&quot; to start the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> in the
		foreground.  |<A HREF="gui_x11.html#gui-fork">gui-fork</A>|
		Note: Set this option in the <A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A> file.  The forking may have
		happened already when the |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>| file is read.

								*<A NAME="'go-i'"></A><B>'go-i'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>'	Use a Vim icon.  For <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A> with <A HREF="gui_x11.html#KDE">KDE</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is used in the left-upper
		corner of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  It's black&amp;white on non-GTK, because of
		limitations of X11.  For a color icon, see |<A HREF="gui_x11.html#X11-icon">X11-icon</A>|.

								*<A NAME="'go-m'"></A><B>'go-m'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#m">m</A>'	Menu <A HREF="motion.html#bar">bar</A> is present.

								*<A NAME="'go-M'"></A><B>'go-M'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#M">M</A>'	The system menu &quot;$VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim&quot; is not sourced.  Note
		that this flag must be added in the <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A> file, before
		switching on <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> or <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A> recognition (when the |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>|
		file is sourced the system menu has already been loaded; the
		`:syntax on` and `:filetype on` commands load the menu too).

								*<A NAME="'go-g'"></A><B>'go-g'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="index.html#g">g</A>'	Grey menu items: Make menu items that are not active grey.  If
		'<A HREF="index.html#g">g</A>' is not included inactive menu items are not shown at all.
		Exception: <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Athena">Athena</A> will always use grey menu items.

								*<A NAME="'go-t'"></A><B>'go-t'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#t">t</A>'	Include tearoff menu items.  Currently only works for <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>,
		<A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A>, and <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A> 1.2 <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.

								*<A NAME="'go-T'"></A><B>'go-T'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#T">T</A>'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A>, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A>, Photon
		and <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Athena">Athena</A> GUIs.

								*<A NAME="'go-r'"></A><B>'go-r'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>'	Right-hand scrollbar is always present.

								*<A NAME="'go-R'"></A><B>'go-R'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="change.html#R">R</A>'	Right-hand scrollbar is present when there is a vertically
		split <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.

								*<A NAME="'go-l'"></A><B>'go-l'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>'	Left-hand scrollbar is always present.

								*<A NAME="'go-L'"></A><B>'go-L'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#L">L</A>'	Left-hand scrollbar is present when there is a vertically
		split <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.

								*<A NAME="'go-b'"></A><B>'go-b'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#b">b</A>'	Bottom (horizontal) scrollbar is present.  Its size depends on
		the longest visible line, or on the cursor line if the '<A HREF="motion.html#h">h</A>'
		flag is included. |<A HREF="gui.html#gui-horiz-scroll">gui-horiz-scroll</A>|

								*<A NAME="'go-h'"></A><B>'go-h'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#h">h</A>'	Limit horizontal scrollbar size to the length of the cursor
		line.  Reduces computations. |<A HREF="gui.html#gui-horiz-scroll">gui-horiz-scroll</A>|

	And yes, you may even have scrollbars on the left AND the right if
	you really want to :-).  See |<A HREF="gui.html#gui-scrollbars">gui-scrollbars</A>| for more information.


								*<A NAME="'go-v'"></A><B>'go-v'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>'	Use a vertical button layout for dialogs.  When not included,
		a horizontal layout is preferred, but when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> doesn't fit a
		vertical layout is used anyway.

								*<A NAME="'go-p'"></A><B>'go-p'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="change.html#p">p</A>'	Use Pointer callbacks for <A HREF="#X11">X11</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.  This is required for some
		<A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> managers.  If the cursor is not blinking or hollow at
		the right moment, try adding this flag.  This must be done
		before starting the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.  Set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> in your |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>|.  Adding or
		removing <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> after the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> has started has no effect.

								*<A NAME="'go-F'"></A><B>'go-F'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>'	Add a footer.  Only for <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A>.  See |<A HREF="debugger.html#gui-footer">gui-footer</A>|.

								*<A NAME="'go-k'"></A><B>'go-k'</B>*
	  '<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A>'	Keep the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> size when adding/removing a scrollbar, or
		toolbar, tabline, etc.  Instead, the behavior is similar to
		when the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> is maximized and will adjust <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A> and
		<A HREF="#'columns'">'columns'</A> to fit to the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Without the '<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A>' flag Vim will
		try to keep <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A> and <A HREF="#'columns'">'columns'</A> the same when adding and
		removing <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> components.


						*<A NAME="'guipty'"></A><B>'guipty'</B>* *<A NAME="'noguipty'"></A><B>'noguipty'</B>*
<A HREF="#'guipty'">'guipty'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> enabled}
	Only in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>: If on, an attempt is made to open a pseudo-tty for
	I/O to/from shell commands.  See |<A HREF="gui_x11.html#gui-pty">gui-pty</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'guitablabel'"></A><B>'guitablabel'</B>* *<A NAME="'gtl'"></A><B>'gtl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'guitablabel'">'guitablabel'</A> <A HREF="#'gtl'">'gtl'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default empty)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> enabled and
			with the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>| feature}
	When nonempty describes the text to use in a label of the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A>
	pages line.  When empty and when the result is empty Vim will use a
	default label.  See |<A HREF="tabpage.html#setting-guitablabel">setting-guitablabel</A>| for more info.

	The format of this option is like that of <A HREF="#'statusline'">'statusline'</A>.
	<A HREF="#'guitabtooltip'">'guitabtooltip'</A> is used for the tooltip, see below.
	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> will be evaluated in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>| when set from a
	<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, see |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox-option">sandbox-option</A>|.

	Only used when the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages line is displayed.  '<A HREF="motion.html#e">e</A>' must be
	present in <A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A>.  For the non-GUI <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages line <A HREF="#'tabline'">'tabline'</A> is
	used.


						*<A NAME="'guitabtooltip'"></A><B>'guitabtooltip'</B>* *<A NAME="'gtt'"></A><B>'gtt'</B>*
<A HREF="#'guitabtooltip'">'guitabtooltip'</A> <A HREF="#'gtt'">'gtt'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default empty)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> enabled and
			with the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>| feature}
	When nonempty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A>
	pages line.  When empty Vim will use a default tooltip.
	This option is otherwise just like <A HREF="#'guitablabel'">'guitablabel'</A> above.
	You can include a line break.  Simplest method is to use YXXY:let|:
<B>		:let &amp;guitabtooltip = "line one\nline two"</B>
 


						*<A NAME="'helpfile'"></A><B>'helpfile'</B>* *<A NAME="'hf'"></A><B>'hf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'helpfile'">'helpfile'</A> <A HREF="#'hf'">'hf'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default (MSDOS)  &quot;$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt&quot;
					 (others) &quot;$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Name of the main help file.  All distributed help files should be
	placed together in one directory.  Additionally, all &quot;doc&quot; directories
	in <A HREF="#'runtimepath'">'runtimepath'</A> will be used.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.  For example:
	&quot;$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt&quot;.  If <A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A> is not set, <A HREF="starting.html#$VIM">$VIM</A> is also
	tried.  Also see |<A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>| and |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including
	spaces and backslashes.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'helpheight'"></A><B>'helpheight'</B>* *<A NAME="'hh'"></A><B>'hh'</B>*
<A HREF="#'helpheight'">'helpheight'</A> <A HREF="#'hh'">'hh'</A>	number	(default 20)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			feature}
	Minimal initial height of the help <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is opened with the
	&quot;<A HREF="helphelp.html#:help">:help</A>&quot; command.  The initial height of the help <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> is half of the
	current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, or (when the <A HREF="#'ea'">'ea'</A> option is on) the same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> other
	<A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.  When the height is <A HREF="various.html#less">less</A> than <A HREF="#'helpheight'">'helpheight'</A>, the height is
	set to <A HREF="#'helpheight'">'helpheight'</A>.  Set to zero to disable.


						*<A NAME="'helplang'"></A><B>'helplang'</B>* *<A NAME="'hlg'"></A><B>'hlg'</B>*
<A HREF="#'helplang'">'helplang'</A> <A HREF="#'hlg'">'hlg'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> language or empty)
			global
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_lang">+multi_lang</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of languages.  Vim will use the first language
	for which the desired help can be found.  The English help will always
	be used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a last resort.  You can add &quot;en&quot; to prefer English over
	another language, but that will only find <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> that exist in that
	language and not in the English help.
	Example:
<B>		:set helplang=de,it</B>
 	This will first search German, then Italian and finally English help
	files.
	When using |<A HREF="tagsrch.html#CTRL-]">CTRL-]</A>| and &quot;:help!&quot; in a non-English help file Vim will
	try to find the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> in the current language before using this option.
	See |<A HREF="helphelp.html#help-translated">help-translated</A>|.


				     *<A NAME="'hidden'"></A><B>'hidden'</B>* *<A NAME="'hid'"></A><B>'hid'</B>* *<A NAME="'nohidden'"></A><B>'nohidden'</B>* *<A NAME="'nohid'"></A><B>'nohid'</B>*
<A HREF="#'hidden'">'hidden'</A> <A HREF="#'hid'">'hid'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When off a buffer is unloaded when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is |abandon|ed.  When on a
	buffer becomes hidden when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is |abandon|ed.  If the buffer is still
	displayed in another <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> does not become hidden, of course.
	The commands that move through the buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> sometimes make a buffer
	hidden although the <A HREF="#'hidden'">'hidden'</A> option is off: When the buffer is
	modified, <A HREF="#'autowrite'">'autowrite'</A> is off or <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> is not possible, and the '<A HREF="change.html#!">!</A>'
	flag was used.  See also |<A HREF="windows.html">windows.txt</A>|.
	To only make one buffer hidden use the <A HREF="#'bufhidden'">'bufhidden'</A> option.
	This option is set for one command with &quot;:hide {command}&quot; |<A HREF="windows.html#:hide">:hide</A>|.
	WARNING: It's <A HREF="starting.html#easy">easy</A> to forget that you have changes in hidden <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>.
	Think <A HREF="if_cscop.html#twice">twice</A> when using &quot;:q!&quot; or &quot;:qa!&quot;.


						*<A NAME="'highlight'"></A><B>'highlight'</B>* *<A NAME="'hl'"></A><B>'hl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'highlight'">'highlight'</A> <A HREF="#'hl'">'hl'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default (as a single string):
				     &quot;8:SpecialKey,~:EndOfBuffer,@:NonText,
				     d:Directory,e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,
				     l:Search,m:MoreMsg,M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,
				     N:CursorLineNr,r:Question,s:StatusLine,
				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,t:Title,
				     v:Visual,w:WarningMsg,W:WildMenu,f:Folded,
				     F:FoldColumn,A:DiffAdd,C:DiffChange,
				     D:DiffDelete,T:DiffText,&gt;:SignColumn,
				     B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,R:SpellRare,
				     L:SpellLocal,-:Conceal,+:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb,*:TabLine,
				     #:TabLineSel,_:TabLineFill,!:CursorColumn,
				     .:CursorLine,o:ColorColumn,q:QuickFixLine,
				     z:StatusLineTerm,Z:StatusLineTermNC&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This option can be used to set highlighting mode for various
	occasions.  It is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of character pairs.  The
	first character in a pair gives the occasion, the second the mode to
	use for that occasion.  The occasions are:
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-SpecialKey">hl-SpecialKey</A>|	 8  Meta and special keys listed with &quot;<A HREF="map.html#:map">:map</A>&quot;
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-EndOfBuffer">hl-EndOfBuffer</A>|   ~  lines after the last line in the buffer
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-NonText">hl-NonText</A>|	 @  '<A HREF="repeat.html#@">@</A>' at the end of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> and
			    characters from <A HREF="#'showbreak'">'showbreak'</A>
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-Directory">hl-Directory</A>|	 <A HREF="change.html#d">d</A>  directories in <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-D">CTRL-D</A> listing and other special
			    things in listings
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-ErrorMsg">hl-ErrorMsg</A>|	 <A HREF="motion.html#e">e</A>  error <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A>
			 <A HREF="motion.html#h">h</A>  (obsolete, ignored)
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-IncSearch">hl-IncSearch</A>|	 <A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>  <A HREF="#'incsearch'">'incsearch'</A> highlighting
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-Search">hl-Search</A>|	 l  last search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> highlighting (see <A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A>)
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-MoreMsg">hl-MoreMsg</A>|	 m  |<A HREF="message.html#more-prompt">more-prompt</A>|
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-ModeMsg">hl-ModeMsg</A>|	 M  Mode (e.g., &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#--">--</A> INSERT --&quot;)
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-LineNr">hl-LineNr</A>|	 n  line number for &quot;<A HREF="various.html#:number">:number</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="various.html#:#">:#</A>&quot; commands, and
			    when <A HREF="#'number'">'number'</A> or <A HREF="#'relativenumber'">'relativenumber'</A> option is set.
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-CursorLineNr">hl-CursorLineNr</A>|  N like n for when <A HREF="#'cursorline'">'cursorline'</A> or <A HREF="#'relativenumber'">'relativenumber'</A> is
			    set.
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-Question">hl-Question</A>|	 r  |<A HREF="message.html#hit-enter">hit-enter</A>| prompt and yes/no questions
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-StatusLine">hl-StatusLine</A>|	 s  status line of current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> |<A HREF="windows.html#status-line">status-line</A>|
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-StatusLineNC">hl-StatusLineNC</A>|  S  status lines of not-current <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-Title">hl-Title</A>|	 t  Titles for output from &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> all&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="autocmd.html#:autocmd">:autocmd</A>&quot; etc.
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-VertSplit">hl-VertSplit</A>|	 <A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>  column used to separate vertically split <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-Visual">hl-Visual</A>|	 <A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>  Visual mode
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-VisualNOS">hl-VisualNOS</A>|	 V  Visual mode when Vim does is &quot;Not Owning the
			    Selection&quot; Only <A HREF="#X11">X11</A> Gui's |<A HREF="gui_x11.html#gui-x11">gui-x11</A>| and
			    |<A HREF="term.html#xterm-clipboard">xterm-clipboard</A>|.
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-WarningMsg">hl-WarningMsg</A>|	 <A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A>  warning <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A>
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-WildMenu">hl-WildMenu</A>|	 W  <A HREF="editing.html#wildcard">wildcard</A> matches displayed for <A HREF="#'wildmenu'">'wildmenu'</A>
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-Folded">hl-Folded</A>|	 <A HREF="motion.html#f">f</A>  line used for closed <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-FoldColumn">hl-FoldColumn</A>|	 F  <A HREF="#'foldcolumn'">'foldcolumn'</A>
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-DiffAdd">hl-DiffAdd</A>|	 A  added line in <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-DiffChange">hl-DiffChange</A>|	 C  changed line in <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-DiffDelete">hl-DiffDelete</A>|	 D  deleted line in <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-DiffText">hl-DiffText</A>|	 T  inserted text in <A HREF="diff.html#diff">diff</A> mode
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-SignColumn">hl-SignColumn</A>|	 <A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>  column used for |<A HREF="sign.html#signs">signs</A>|
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-SpellBad">hl-SpellBad</A>|	 B  misspelled <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> |<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>|
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-SpellCap">hl-SpellCap</A>|	 <A HREF="change.html#P">P</A>  <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> that should start with capital |<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>|
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-SpellRare">hl-SpellRare</A>|	 R  rare <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> |<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>|
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-SpellLocal">hl-SpellLocal</A>|	 L  <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> from other region |<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>|
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-Conceal">hl-Conceal</A>|	 -  the placeholders used for concealed characters
			    (see <A HREF="#'conceallevel'">'conceallevel'</A>)
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-Pmenu">hl-Pmenu</A>|       +  popup menu normal line
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-PmenuSel">hl-PmenuSel</A>|    =  popup menu normal line
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-PmenuSbar">hl-PmenuSbar</A>|   <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>  popup menu scrollbar
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-PmenuThumb">hl-PmenuThumb</A>|  X  popup menu scrollbar thumb

	The display modes are:
		<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>	reverse		(termcap entry &quot;mr&quot; and &quot;me&quot;)
		<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>	<A HREF="syntax.html#italic">italic</A>		(termcap entry &quot;ZH&quot; and &quot;ZR&quot;)
		<A HREF="motion.html#b">b</A>	<A HREF="syntax.html#bold">bold</A>		(termcap entry &quot;md&quot; and &quot;me&quot;)
		<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>	<A HREF="syntax.html#standout">standout</A>	(termcap entry &quot;so&quot; and &quot;se&quot;)
		<A HREF="undo.html#u">u</A>	<A HREF="syntax.html#underline">underline</A>	(termcap entry &quot;us&quot; and &quot;ue&quot;)
		<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>	<A HREF="syntax.html#undercurl">undercurl</A>	(termcap entry &quot;Cs&quot; and &quot;Ce&quot;)
		t	<A HREF="syntax.html#strikethrough">strikethrough</A>	(termcap entry &quot;Ts&quot; and &quot;Te&quot;)
		<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>	no highlighting
		-	no highlighting
		:	use a highlight group
	The default is used for occasions that are not included.
	If you want to change what the display modes do, see |<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos-colors">dos-colors</A>|
	for an example.
	When using the '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' display mode, this must be followed by the name of
	a highlight group.  A highlight group can be used to define any type
	of highlighting, including using color.  See |<A HREF="syntax.html#:highlight">:highlight</A>| on how to
	define one.  The default uses a different group for each occasion.
	See |<A HREF="syntax.html#highlight-default">highlight-default</A>| for the default highlight groups.


						*<A NAME="'history'"></A><B>'history'</B>* *<A NAME="'hi'"></A><B>'hi'</B>*
<A HREF="#'history'">'history'</A> <A HREF="#'hi'">'hi'</A>		number	(Vim default: 50, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: 0,
						 set to 200 in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	A <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> of &quot;<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>&quot; commands, and a <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> of previous search patterns
	is remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
	each of these histories (see |<A HREF="cmdline.html#cmdline-editing">cmdline-editing</A>|).
	The maximum value is 10000.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


					 *<A NAME="'hkmap'"></A><B>'hkmap'</B>* *<A NAME="'hk'"></A><B>'hk'</B>* *<A NAME="'nohkmap'"></A><B>'nohkmap'</B>* *<A NAME="'nohk'"></A><B>'nohk'</B>*
<A HREF="#'hkmap'">'hkmap'</A> <A HREF="#'hk'">'hk'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+rightleft">+rightleft</A>|
			feature}
	When on, the keyboard is mapped for the Hebrew character set.
	Normally you would set <A HREF="#'allowrevins'">'allowrevins'</A> and use CTRL-_ in insert mode to
	toggle this option.  See |<A HREF="rileft.html">rileft.txt</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


				 *<A NAME="'hkmapp'"></A><B>'hkmapp'</B>* *<A NAME="'hkp'"></A><B>'hkp'</B>* *<A NAME="'nohkmapp'"></A><B>'nohkmapp'</B>* *<A NAME="'nohkp'"></A><B>'nohkp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'hkmapp'">'hkmapp'</A> <A HREF="#'hkp'">'hkp'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+rightleft">+rightleft</A>|
			feature}
	When on, phonetic keyboard <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> is used.  <A HREF="#'hkmap'">'hkmap'</A> must also be on.
	This is useful if you have a non-Hebrew keyboard.
	See |<A HREF="rileft.html">rileft.txt</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


				 *<A NAME="'hlsearch'"></A><B>'hlsearch'</B>* *<A NAME="'hls'"></A><B>'hls'</B>* *<A NAME="'nohlsearch'"></A><B>'nohlsearch'</B>* *<A NAME="'nohls'"></A><B>'nohls'</B>*
<A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A> <A HREF="#'hls'">'hls'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+extra_search">+extra_search</A>| feature}
	When there is a previous search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>, highlight all its matches.
	The type of highlighting used can be set with the '<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>' occasion in the
	<A HREF="#'highlight'">'highlight'</A> option.  This uses the &quot;Search&quot; highlight group by
	default.  Note that only the matching text is highlighted, any offsets
	are not applied.
	See also: <A HREF="#'incsearch'">'incsearch'</A> and |<A HREF="pattern.html#:match">:match</A>|.
	When you get bored looking at the highlighted matches, you can turn <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	off with |<A HREF="pattern.html#:nohlsearch">:nohlsearch</A>|.  This does not change the option value, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	soon <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> you use a search command, the highlighting comes back.
	<A HREF="#'redrawtime'">'redrawtime'</A> specifies the maximum time spent on finding matches.
	When the search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> can match an end-of-line, Vim will try to
	highlight all of the matched text.  However, this depends on where the
	search starts.  This will be the first line in the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> or the first
	line below a closed fold.  A match in a previous line which is not
	drawn may not continue in a newly drawn line.
	You can specify whether the highlight status is restored on <A HREF="starting.html#startup">startup</A>
	with the 'h' flag in <A HREF="#'viminfo'">'viminfo'</A> |<A HREF="#viminfo-h">viminfo-h</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'icon'"></A><B>'icon'</B>* *<A NAME="'noicon'"></A><B>'noicon'</B>*
<A HREF="#'icon'">'icon'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off, on when title can be restored)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+title">+title</A>|
			feature}
	When on, the icon text of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will be set to the value of
	<A HREF="#'iconstring'">'iconstring'</A> (if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not empty), or to the name of the file
	currently being edited.  Only the last part of the name is used.
	Overridden by the <A HREF="#'iconstring'">'iconstring'</A> option.
	Only works if the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> supports setting <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> icons (currently
	only <A HREF="#X11">X11</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> and terminals with a non-empty <A HREF="term.html#'t_IS'">'t_IS'</A> option - these are
	<A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> xterm and iris-ansi by default, where <A HREF="term.html#'t_IS'">'t_IS'</A> is taken from the
	builtin <A HREF="term.html#termcap">termcap</A>).
	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original icon will be
	restored if possible |<A HREF="#X11">X11</A>|.  See |<A HREF="gui_x11.html#X11-icon">X11-icon</A>| for <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the icon on
	<A HREF="#X11">X11</A>.
	For <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A> the icon can be changed, see |<A HREF="os_win32.html#windows-icon">windows-icon</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'iconstring'"></A><B>'iconstring'</B>*
<A HREF="#'iconstring'">'iconstring'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+title">+title</A>|
			feature}
	When this option is not empty, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be used for the icon text of
	the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  This happens only when the <A HREF="#'icon'">'icon'</A> option is on.
	Only works if the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> supports setting <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> icon text
	(currently only <A HREF="#X11">X11</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> and terminals with a non-empty <A HREF="term.html#'t_IS'">'t_IS'</A> option).
	Does not work for MS Windows.
	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original icon will be
	restored if possible |<A HREF="#X11">X11</A>|.
	When this option contains printf-style '<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>' items, they will be
	expanded according to the rules used for <A HREF="#'statusline'">'statusline'</A>.  See
	<A HREF="#'titlestring'">'titlestring'</A> for example settings.
	{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+statusline">+statusline</A>| feature}


			*<A NAME="'ignorecase'"></A><B>'ignorecase'</B>* *<A NAME="'ic'"></A><B>'ic'</B>* *<A NAME="'noignorecase'"></A><B>'noignorecase'</B>* *<A NAME="'noic'"></A><B>'noic'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> <A HREF="#'ic'">'ic'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
	Ignore <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> in search patterns.  Also used when searching in the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A>
	file.
	Also see <A HREF="#'smartcase'">'smartcase'</A> and <A HREF="#'tagcase'">'tagcase'</A>.
	Can be overruled by using &quot;\c&quot; or &quot;\C&quot; in the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>, see
	|<A HREF="pattern.html#/ignorecase">/ignorecase</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'imactivatefunc'"></A><B>'imactivatefunc'</B>* *<A NAME="'imaf'"></A><B>'imaf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'imactivatefunc'">'imactivatefunc'</A> <A HREF="#'imaf'">'imaf'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with YXXY+mbyte|}
	This option specifies a function that will be called to
	activate or deactivate the Input Method.
	It is not used in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.

	Example:
<B>		function ImActivateFunc(active)</B>
<B>		  if a:active</B>
<B>		    ... do something</B>
<B>		  else</B>
<B>		    ... do something</B>
<B>		  endif</B>
<B>		  " return value is not used</B>
<B>		endfunction</B>
<B>		set imactivatefunc=ImActivateFunc</B>
 

						*<A NAME="'imactivatekey'"></A><B>'imactivatekey'</B>* *<A NAME="'imak'"></A><B>'imak'</B>*
<A HREF="#'imactivatekey'">'imactivatekey'</A> <A HREF="#'imak'">'imak'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with |<A HREF="various.html#+xim">+xim</A>| and

			YXXY+GUI_GTK|}				*<A NAME="E599"></A><B>E599</B>*
	Specifies the key that your Input Method in X-Windows uses for
	activation.  When this is specified correctly, vim can fully <A HREF="intro.html#control">control</A>
	IM with <A HREF="#'imcmdline'">'imcmdline'</A>, <A HREF="#'iminsert'">'iminsert'</A> and <A HREF="#'imsearch'">'imsearch'</A>.
	You can't use this option to change the activation key, the option
	tells Vim what the key is.
	Format:
		[MODIFIER_FLAG-]KEY_STRING

	These characters can be used for MODIFIER_FLAG (case is ignored):
		<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>	    Shift key
		<A HREF="motion.html#L">L</A>	    Lock key
		C	    Control key
		1	    Mod1 key
		2	    Mod2 key
		3	    Mod3 key
		4	    Mod4 key
		5	    Mod5 key
	Combinations are allowed, for example &quot;S-C-space&quot; or &quot;SC-space&quot; are
	both shift+ctrl+space.
	See &lt;X11/keysymdef.h&gt; and XStringToKeysym for KEY_STRING.

	Example:
<B>		:set imactivatekey=S-space</B>
 	&quot;S-space&quot; means shift+space.  This is the activation key for kinput2 +
	canna (Japanese), and ami (Korean).


				*<A NAME="'imcmdline'"></A><B>'imcmdline'</B>* *<A NAME="'imc'"></A><B>'imc'</B>* *<A NAME="'noimcmdline'"></A><B>'noimcmdline'</B>* *<A NAME="'noimc'"></A><B>'noimc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'imcmdline'">'imcmdline'</A> <A HREF="#'imc'">'imc'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with YXXY+mbyte|}
	When set the Input Method is always on when starting to edit a command
	line, unless entering a search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> (see <A HREF="#'imsearch'">'imsearch'</A> for that).
	Setting this option is useful when your input method allows entering
	English characters directly, e.g., when it's used to type accented
	characters with dead keys.


				*<A NAME="'imdisable'"></A><B>'imdisable'</B>* *<A NAME="'imd'"></A><B>'imd'</B>* *<A NAME="'noimdisable'"></A><B>'noimdisable'</B>* *<A NAME="'noimd'"></A><B>'noimd'</B>*
<A HREF="#'imdisable'">'imdisable'</A> <A HREF="#'imd'">'imd'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off, on for some systems (SGI))
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with YXXY+mbyte|}
	When set the Input Method is never used.  This is useful to disable
	the IM when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> doesn't work properly.
	Currently this option is on by default for SGI/IRIX machines.  This
	may change in later releases.


						*<A NAME="'iminsert'"></A><B>'iminsert'</B>* *<A NAME="'imi'"></A><B>'imi'</B>*
<A HREF="#'iminsert'">'iminsert'</A> <A HREF="#'imi'">'imi'</A>	number (default 0)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	Specifies whether <A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A> or an Input Method (IM) is to be used in
	<A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode.  Valid values:
		0	<A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A> is off and IM is off
		1	<A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A> is ON and IM is off
		2	<A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A> is off and IM is ON
	To always reset the option to zero when leaving <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode with <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A>
	this can be used:
<B>		:inoremap &lt;ESC&gt; &lt;ESC&gt;:set iminsert=0&lt;CR&gt;</B>
 	This makes <A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A> and IM turn off automatically when leaving <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A>
	mode.
	Note that this option changes when using <A HREF="editing.html#CTRL-^">CTRL-^</A> in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
	|<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-^">i_CTRL-^</A>|.
	The value is set to 1 when setting <A HREF="#'keymap'">'keymap'</A> to a valid keymap name.
	It is also used for the argument of commands like &quot;<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#f">f</A>&quot;.
	The value 0 may not work correctly with <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Athena">Athena</A> and <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A> with some <A HREF="mbyte.html#XIM">XIM</A>
	methods.  Use <A HREF="#'imdisable'">'imdisable'</A> to disable <A HREF="mbyte.html#XIM">XIM</A> then.

	You can set <A HREF="#'imactivatefunc'">'imactivatefunc'</A> and <A HREF="#'imstatusfunc'">'imstatusfunc'</A> to handle IME/XIM
	via external command if vim is not compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+xim">+xim</A>|,
	|<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte_ime">+multi_byte_ime</A>| or |<A HREF="mbyte.html#global-ime">global-ime</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'imsearch'"></A><B>'imsearch'</B>* *<A NAME="'ims'"></A><B>'ims'</B>*
<A HREF="#'imsearch'">'imsearch'</A> <A HREF="#'ims'">'ims'</A>	number (default -1)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	Specifies whether <A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A> or an Input Method (IM) is to be used when
	entering a search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>.  Valid values:
		-1	the value of <A HREF="#'iminsert'">'iminsert'</A> is used, makes <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> look like
			<A HREF="#'iminsert'">'iminsert'</A> is also used when typing a search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>
		0	<A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A> is off and IM is off
		1	<A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A> is ON and IM is off
		2	<A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A> is off and IM is ON
	Note that this option changes when using <A HREF="editing.html#CTRL-^">CTRL-^</A> in <A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> mode
	|<A HREF="cmdline.html#c_CTRL-^">c_CTRL-^</A>|.
	The value is set to 1 when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not -1 and setting the <A HREF="#'keymap'">'keymap'</A>
	option to a valid keymap name.
	The value 0 may not work correctly with <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Athena">Athena</A> and <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A> with some <A HREF="mbyte.html#XIM">XIM</A>
	methods.  Use <A HREF="#'imdisable'">'imdisable'</A> to disable <A HREF="mbyte.html#XIM">XIM</A> then.


						*<A NAME="'imstatusfunc'"></A><B>'imstatusfunc'</B>* *<A NAME="'imsf'"></A><B>'imsf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'imstatusfunc'">'imstatusfunc'</A> <A HREF="#'imsf'">'imsf'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with YXXY+mbyte|}
	This option specifies a function that is called to obtain the status
	of Input Method.  It must return a positive number when <A HREF="mbyte.html#IME">IME</A> is active.
	It is not used in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.

	Example:
<B>		function ImStatusFunc()</B>
<B>		  let is_active = ...do something</B>
<B>		  return is_active ? 1 : 0</B>
<B>		endfunction</B>
<B>		set imstatusfunc=ImStatusFunc</B>
 
	NOTE: This function is invoked very often.  Keep <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> fast.


						*<A NAME="'imstyle'"></A><B>'imstyle'</B>* *<A NAME="'imst'"></A><B>'imst'</B>*
<A HREF="#'imstyle'">'imstyle'</A> <A HREF="#'imst'">'imst'</A>	number (default 1)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with |<A HREF="various.html#+xim">+xim</A>| and
			YXXY+GUI_GTK|}
	This option specifies the input style of Input Method:
	0   use on-the-spot style
	1   over-the-spot style
	See: |<A HREF="mbyte.html#xim-input-style">xim-input-style</A>|

	For a long time on-the-spot style had been used in the <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A> version of
	vim, however, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is known that <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> causes troubles when using mappings,
	|<A HREF="repeat.html#single-repeat">single-repeat</A>|, etc.  Therefore over-the-spot style becomes the
	default now.  This should work fine for most people, however if you
	have any problem with <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>, try using on-the-spot style.


						*<A NAME="'include'"></A><B>'include'</B>* *<A NAME="'inc'"></A><B>'inc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'include'">'include'</A> <A HREF="#'inc'">'inc'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;^\s*#\s*include&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+find_in_path">+find_in_path</A>| feature}
	<A HREF="pattern.html#Pattern">Pattern</A> to be used to find an include command.  It is a search
	pattern, just like for the &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot; command (See |<A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>|).  The default
	value is for C programs.  This option is used for the commands &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#[i">[i</A>&quot;,
	&quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#]I">]I</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#[d">[d</A>&quot;, etc.
	Normally the <A HREF="#'isfname'">'isfname'</A> option is used to recognize the file name that
	comes after the matched <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>.  But if &quot;\zs&quot; appears in the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>
	then the text matched from &quot;\zs&quot; to the end, or until &quot;\ze&quot; if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>
	appears, is used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the file name.  Use this to include characters
	that are not in <A HREF="#'isfname'">'isfname'</A>, such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a space.  You can then use
	<A HREF="#'includeexpr'">'includeexpr'</A> to process the matched text.
	See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces and backslashes.


						*<A NAME="'includeexpr'"></A><B>'includeexpr'</B>* *<A NAME="'inex'"></A><B>'inex'</B>*
<A HREF="#'includeexpr'">'includeexpr'</A> <A HREF="#'inex'">'inex'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+find_in_path">+find_in_path</A>| or |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>| features}
	Expression to be used to transform the <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> found with the <A HREF="#'include'">'include'</A>
	option to a file name.  Mostly useful to change &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; to &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot; for Java:
<B>		:set includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')</B>
 	The &quot;v:fname&quot; variable will be set to the file name that was detected.

	Also used for the |<A HREF="editing.html#gf">gf</A>| command if an unmodified file name can't be
	found.  Allows doing &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#gf">gf</A>&quot; on the name after an <A HREF="#'include'">'include'</A> statement.
	Also used for |<A HREF="cmdline.html#&lt;cfile&gt;">&lt;cfile&gt;</A>|.

	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> will be evaluated in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>| when set from a
	<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, see |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox-option">sandbox-option</A>|.

	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> while
	evaluating <A HREF="#'includeexpr'">'includeexpr'</A> |<A HREF="eval.html#textlock">textlock</A>|.


				 *<A NAME="'incsearch'"></A><B>'incsearch'</B>* *<A NAME="'is'"></A><B>'is'</B>* *<A NAME="'noincsearch'"></A><B>'noincsearch'</B>* *<A NAME="'nois'"></A><B>'nois'</B>*
<A HREF="#'incsearch'">'incsearch'</A> <A HREF="#'is'">'is'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off, set in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>| if the
						<A HREF="various.html#+reltime">+reltime</A> feature is supported)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+extra_search">+extra_search</A>| features}
	While typing a search command, show where the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was typed
	so far, matches.  The matched <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> is highlighted.  If the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>
	is invalid or not found, nothing is shown.  The screen will be updated
	often, this is only useful on fast terminals.
	Note that the match will be shown, but the cursor will return to its
	original position when no match is found and when pressing <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A>.  You
	still need to finish the search command with <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Enter&gt;">&lt;Enter&gt;</A> to move the
	cursor to the match.
	You can use the <A HREF="editing.html#CTRL-G">CTRL-G</A> and <A HREF="tagsrch.html#CTRL-T">CTRL-T</A> keys to move to the next and
	previous match. |<A HREF="cmdline.html#c_CTRL-G">c_CTRL-G</A>| |<A HREF="cmdline.html#c_CTRL-T">c_CTRL-T</A>|
	When compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+reltime">+reltime</A>| feature Vim only searches for about
	half a second.  With a complicated <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> and/or a lot of text the
	match may not be found.  This is to avoid that Vim hangs while you
	are typing the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>.
	The highlighting can be set with the '<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>' flag in <A HREF="#'highlight'">'highlight'</A>.
	When <A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A> is on, all matched strings are highlighted too while
	typing a search command. See also: <A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A>.
	If you don't want turn <A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A> on, but want to highlight all matches
	while searching, you can turn on and off <A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A> with autocmd.
	Example:
<B>		augroup vimrc-incsearch-highlight</B>
<B>		  autocmd!</B>
<B>		  autocmd CmdlineEnter /,\? :set hlsearch</B>
<B>		  autocmd CmdlineLeave /,\? :set nohlsearch</B>
<B>		augroup END</B>
 
	<A HREF="various.html#CTRL-L">CTRL-L</A> can be used to add one character from after the current match
	to the command line.  If <A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> and <A HREF="#'smartcase'">'smartcase'</A> are set and the
	command line has no <A HREF="change.html#uppercase">uppercase</A> characters, the added character is
	converted to <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A>.
	<A HREF="undo.html#CTRL-R">CTRL-R</A> <A HREF="index.html#CTRL-W">CTRL-W</A> can be used to add the <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> at the end of the current
	match, excluding the characters that were already typed.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'indentexpr'"></A><B>'indentexpr'</B>* *<A NAME="'inde'"></A><B>'inde'</B>*
<A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A> <A HREF="#'inde'">'inde'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cindent">+cindent</A>|
			or |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>| features}
	Expression which is evaluated to obtain the proper indent for a line.
	It is used when a new line is created, for the |<A HREF="change.html#=">=</A>| <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A> and
	in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> specified with the <A HREF="#'indentkeys'">'indentkeys'</A> option.
	When this option is not empty, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> overrules the <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> and
	<A HREF="#'smartindent'">'smartindent'</A> indenting.  When <A HREF="#'lisp'">'lisp'</A> is set, this option is
	overridden by the Lisp indentation algorithm.
	When <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set this option is not used for indenting.
	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> is evaluated with |<A HREF="eval.html#v:lnum">v:lnum</A>| set to the line number for
	which the indent is to be computed.  The cursor is also in this line
	when the <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> is evaluated (but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> may be moved around).
	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> must return the number of spaces worth of indent.  It
	can return &quot;-1&quot; to keep the current indent (this means <A HREF="#'autoindent'">'autoindent'</A> is
	used for the indent).
	Functions useful for computing the indent are |<A HREF="eval.html#indent()">indent()</A>|, |<A HREF="eval.html#cindent()">cindent()</A>|
	and |<A HREF="eval.html#lispindent()">lispindent()</A>|.
	The evaluation of the <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> must not have side effects!  It must
	not change the text, jump to another <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, etc.  Afterwards the
	cursor position is always restored, thus the cursor may be moved.
	Normally this option would be set to call a function:
<B>		:set indentexpr=GetMyIndent()</B>
 	Error <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> will be suppressed, unless the <A HREF="#'debug'">'debug'</A> option contains
	&quot;msg&quot;.
	See |<A HREF="indent.html#indent-expression">indent-expression</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is set to &quot;&quot; when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.

	The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> will be evaluated in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>| when set from a
	<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, see |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox-option">sandbox-option</A>|.

	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> while
	evaluating <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A> |<A HREF="eval.html#textlock">textlock</A>|.



						*<A NAME="'indentkeys'"></A><B>'indentkeys'</B>* *<A NAME="'indk'"></A><B>'indk'</B>*
<A HREF="#'indentkeys'">'indentkeys'</A> <A HREF="#'indk'">'indk'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;0{,0},:,0#,!^F,o,O,e&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+cindent">+cindent</A>|
			feature}
	A <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of keys that, when typed in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode, cause reindenting of
	the current line.  Only happens if <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A> isn't empty.
	The format is identical to <A HREF="#'cinkeys'">'cinkeys'</A>, see |<A HREF="indent.html#indentkeys-format">indentkeys-format</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="indent.html#C-indenting">C-indenting</A>| and |<A HREF="indent.html#indent-expression">indent-expression</A>|.


			*<A NAME="'infercase'"></A><B>'infercase'</B>* *<A NAME="'inf'"></A><B>'inf'</B>* *<A NAME="'noinfercase'"></A><B>'noinfercase'</B>* *<A NAME="'noinf'"></A><B>'noinf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'infercase'">'infercase'</A> <A HREF="#'inf'">'inf'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	When doing keyword completion in insert mode |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-completion">ins-completion</A>|, and
	<A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> is also on, the <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> of the match is adjusted depending
	on the typed text.  If the typed text contains a <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A> <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A>
	where the match has an upper <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A>, the completed part is made
	<A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A>.  If the typed text has no <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A> letters and the match
	has a <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A> <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A> where the typed text has an <A HREF="change.html#uppercase">uppercase</A> <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A>,
	and there is a <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A> before <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>, the completed part is made <A HREF="change.html#uppercase">uppercase</A>.
	With <A HREF="#'noinfercase'">'noinfercase'</A> the match is used as-is.


			*<A NAME="'insertmode'"></A><B>'insertmode'</B>* *<A NAME="'im'"></A><B>'im'</B>* *<A NAME="'noinsertmode'"></A><B>'noinsertmode'</B>* *<A NAME="'noim'"></A><B>'noim'</B>*
<A HREF="#'insertmode'">'insertmode'</A> <A HREF="#'im'">'im'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Makes Vim work in a way that <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode is the default mode.  Useful
	if you want to use Vim <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a modeless editor.  Used for |<A HREF="starting.html#evim">evim</A>|.
	These <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode commands will be useful:
	- Use the cursor keys to move around.
	- Use CTRL-O to execute one <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode command |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-O">i_CTRL-O</A>|.  When
	  this is a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is executed <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> if <A HREF="#'insertmode'">'insertmode'</A> was off.
	  <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode remains active until the <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> is finished.
	- Use <A HREF="various.html#CTRL-L">CTRL-L</A> to execute a number of <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode commands, then use
	  <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> to get back to <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode.  Note that <A HREF="various.html#CTRL-L">CTRL-L</A> moves the cursor
	  left, like <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> does when <A HREF="#'insertmode'">'insertmode'</A> isn't set.  |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-L">i_CTRL-L</A>|

	These items change when <A HREF="#'insertmode'">'insertmode'</A> is set:
	- when starting to edit of a file, Vim goes to <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode.
	- <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode is a no-op and beeps.
	- <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> in <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode makes Vim go to <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode.
	- <A HREF="various.html#CTRL-L">CTRL-L</A> in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode is a command, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not inserted.

	- CTRL-Z in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode suspends Vim, see |<A HREF="starting.html#CTRL-Z">CTRL-Z</A>|.	*<A NAME="i_CTRL-Z"></A><B>i_CTRL-Z</B>*
	However, when <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> is used inside a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> behaves like
	<A HREF="#'insertmode'">'insertmode'</A> was not set.  This was done to be able to use the same
	mappings with <A HREF="#'insertmode'">'insertmode'</A> set or not set.
	When executing commands with |<A HREF="various.html#:normal">:normal</A>| <A HREF="#'insertmode'">'insertmode'</A> is not used.

	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'isfname'"></A><B>'isfname'</B>* *<A NAME="'isf'"></A><B>'isf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'isfname'">'isfname'</A> <A HREF="#'isf'">'isf'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> and <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>:
			     &quot;@,48-57,/,\,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,&#37;,{,},[,],:,@-@,!,~,=&quot;
			    for AMIGA: &quot;@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,$,:&quot;
			    for <A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>: &quot;@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,&#37;,&lt;,&gt;,[,],:,;,~&quot;
			    for OS/390: &quot;@,240-249,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,&#37;,~,=&quot;
			    otherwise: &quot;@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,&#37;,~,=&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	The characters specified by this option are included in file names and
	path names.  Filenames are used for commands like &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#gf">gf</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#[i">[i</A>&quot; and in
	the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file.  It is also used for &quot;\f&quot; in a |<A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>|.
	Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
	characters up to 255 are specified with this option.
	For <A HREF="mbyte.html#UTF-8">UTF-8</A> the characters 0xa0 to 0xff are included <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> well.
	Think <A HREF="if_cscop.html#twice">twice</A> before adding white space to this option.  Although a
	space may appear inside a file name, the effect will be that Vim
	doesn't know where a file name starts or ends when doing completion.
	It most likely works better without a space in <A HREF="#'isfname'">'isfname'</A>.

	Note that on systems using a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> path separator, Vim tries to
	<A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> its best to make <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> work <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> you would expect.  That is a bit
	tricky, since <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> originally used the <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> to <A HREF="intro.html#escape">escape</A> special
	characters.  Vim will not remove a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> in front of a normal file
	name character on these systems, but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will on <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> and alikes.  The
	'<A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A>' and '<A HREF="motion.html#^">^</A>' are not included by default, because these are special for
	cmd.exe.

	The format of this option is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of parts, separated with commas.
	Each part can be a single character number or a range.  A range is two
	character numbers with '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>' in between.  A character number can be a
	decimal number between 0 and 255 or the ASCII character itself (does
	not work for digits).  Example:
		&quot;_,-,128-140,#-43&quot;	(include '<A HREF="motion.html#_">_</A>' and '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>' and the range
					128 to 140 and '<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>' to 43)
	If a part starts with '<A HREF="motion.html#^">^</A>', the following character number or range
	will be excluded from the option.  The option is interpreted from left
	to right.  Put the excluded character after the range where <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is
	included.  To include '<A HREF="motion.html#^">^</A>' itself use <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the last character of the
	option or the end of a range.  Example:
		&quot;^a-z,#,^&quot;	(exclude '<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>' to '<A HREF="index.html#z">z</A>', include '<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>' and '<A HREF="motion.html#^">^</A>')
	If the character is '<A HREF="repeat.html#@">@</A>', all characters where isalpha() returns <A HREF="eval.html#TRUE">TRUE</A>
	are included.  Normally these are the characters a to <A HREF="index.html#z">z</A> and A to Z,
	plus accented characters.  To include '<A HREF="repeat.html#@">@</A>' itself use &quot;@-@&quot;.  Examples:
		&quot;@,^a-z&quot;	All alphabetic characters, excluding lower
				<A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> ASCII letters.
		&quot;a-z,A-Z,@-@&quot;	All letters plus the '<A HREF="repeat.html#@">@</A>' character.
	A comma can be included by using <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> where a character number is
	expected.  Example:
		&quot;48-57,,,_&quot;	Digits, comma and underscore.
	A comma can be excluded by prepending a '<A HREF="motion.html#^">^</A>'.  Example:
		&quot; -~,^,,9&quot;	All characters from space to '<A HREF="change.html#~">~</A>', excluding
				comma, plus <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>.
	See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces and backslashes.


						*<A NAME="'isident'"></A><B>'isident'</B>* *<A NAME="'isi'"></A><B>'isi'</B>*
<A HREF="#'isident'">'isident'</A> <A HREF="#'isi'">'isi'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> and <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>:
					   &quot;@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235&quot;
				otherwise: &quot;@,48-57,_,192-255&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	The characters given by this option are included in identifiers.
	Identifiers are used in recognizing environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> and after a
	match of the <A HREF="#'define'">'define'</A> option.  It is also used for &quot;\i&quot; in a
	|<A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>|.  See <A HREF="#'isfname'">'isfname'</A> for a description of the format of this
	option.
	Careful: If you change this option, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> might break expanding
	environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A>.  E.g., when '<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>' is included and Vim tries to
	expand &quot;$HOME/.viminfo&quot;.  Maybe you should change <A HREF="#'iskeyword'">'iskeyword'</A> instead.


						*<A NAME="'iskeyword'"></A><B>'iskeyword'</B>* *<A NAME="'isk'"></A><B>'isk'</B>*
<A HREF="#'iskeyword'">'iskeyword'</A> <A HREF="#'isk'">'isk'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (Vim default for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>:
					    &quot;@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235&quot;
				   otherwise:  &quot;@,48-57,_,192-255&quot;
				<A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: &quot;@,48-57,_&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	Keywords are used in searching and recognizing with many commands:
	&quot;<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A>&quot;, &quot;*&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#[i">[i</A>&quot;, etc.  It is also used for &quot;\k&quot; in a |<A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>|.  See
	<A HREF="#'isfname'">'isfname'</A> for a description of the format of this option.  For C
	programs you could use &quot;a-z,A-Z,48-57,_,.,-,&gt;&quot;.
	For a help file <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is set to all non-blank printable characters except
	'*', &#39;&#34;'' and '&#124;' (so that <A HREF="tagsrch.html#CTRL-]">CTRL-]</A> on a command finds the help for that
	command).
	When the <A HREF="#'lisp'">'lisp'</A> option is on the '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>' character is always included.
	This option also influences <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> highlighting, unless the <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A>
	uses |<A HREF="syntax.html#:syn-iskeyword">:syn-iskeyword</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'isprint'"></A><B>'isprint'</B>* *<A NAME="'isp'"></A><B>'isp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'isprint'">'isprint'</A> <A HREF="#'isp'">'isp'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A> and <A HREF="os_mac.html#Macintosh">Macintosh</A>:
				&quot;@,~-255&quot;; otherwise: &quot;@,161-255&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
	screen.  It is also used for &quot;\p&quot; in a |<A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>|.  The characters from
	space (ASCII 32) to '<A HREF="change.html#~">~</A>' (ASCII 126) are always displayed directly,
	even when they are not included in <A HREF="#'isprint'">'isprint'</A> or excluded.  See
	<A HREF="#'isfname'">'isfname'</A> for a description of the format of this option.

	Non-printable characters are displayed with two characters:
		  0 -  31	&quot;^@&quot; - &quot;^_&quot;
		 32 - 126	always single characters
		   127		&quot;^?&quot;
		128 - 159	&quot;~@&quot; - &quot;~_&quot;
		160 - 254	&quot;| &quot; - &quot;|~&quot;
		   255		&quot;~?&quot;
	When <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is a <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> one, illegal bytes from 128 to 255 are
	displayed <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &lt;xx&gt;, with the hexadecimal value of the byte.
	When <A HREF="#'display'">'display'</A> contains &quot;uhex&quot; all unprintable characters are
	displayed <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &lt;xx&gt;.
	The SpecialKey highlighting will be used for unprintable characters.
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-SpecialKey">hl-SpecialKey</A>|

	Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
	characters up to 255 are specified with this option.  When a character
	is printable but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not available in the current font, a
	replacement character will be shown.
	Unprintable and zero-width <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> characters are displayed <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &lt;xxxx&gt;.
	There is no option to specify these characters.


			*<A NAME="'joinspaces'"></A><B>'joinspaces'</B>* *<A NAME="'js'"></A><B>'js'</B>* *<A NAME="'nojoinspaces'"></A><B>'nojoinspaces'</B>* *<A NAME="'nojs'"></A><B>'nojs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'joinspaces'">'joinspaces'</A> <A HREF="#'js'">'js'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> two spaces after a '<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>', '<A HREF="pattern.html#?">?</A>' and '<A HREF="change.html#!">!</A>' with a join command.
	When <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> includes the '<A HREF="motion.html#j">j</A>' flag, only <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> this after a '<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>'.
	Otherwise only one space is inserted.
	NOTE: This option is set when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


							*<A NAME="'key'"></A><B>'key'</B>*
<A HREF="#'key'">'key'</A>			<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+cryptv">+cryptv</A>|
			feature}
	The key that is used for encrypting and decrypting the current buffer.
	See |<A HREF="editing.html#encryption">encryption</A>| and <A HREF="#'cryptmethod'">'cryptmethod'</A>.
	Careful: Do not set the key value by hand, someone might see the typed
	key.  Use the |<A HREF="editing.html#:X">:X</A>| command.  But you can make <A HREF="#'key'">'key'</A> empty:
<B>		:set key=</B>
 	It is not possible to get the value of this option with &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'key'">key</A>&quot; or
	&quot;echo &amp;key&quot;.  This is to avoid showing <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to someone who shouldn't
	know.  It also means you cannot see <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> yourself once you have set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>,
	be careful not to make a typing error!
	You can use &quot;&amp;key&quot; in an <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> to detect whether <A HREF="editing.html#encryption">encryption</A> is
	enabled.  When <A HREF="#'key'">'key'</A> is set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> returns &quot;*****&quot; (five stars).


					*<A NAME="'keymap'"></A><B>'keymap'</B>* *<A NAME="'kmp'"></A><B>'kmp'</B>* *<A NAME="E544"></A><B>E544</B>*
<A HREF="#'keymap'">'keymap'</A> <A HREF="#'kmp'">'kmp'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+keymap">+keymap</A>|
			feature}
	Name of a keyboard <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>.  See |<A HREF="mbyte.html#mbyte-keymap">mbyte-keymap</A>|.
	Setting this option to a valid keymap name has the side effect of
	setting <A HREF="#'iminsert'">'iminsert'</A> to one, so that the keymap becomes effective.
	<A HREF="#'imsearch'">'imsearch'</A> is also set to one, unless <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was -1
	Only normal file name characters can be used, &quot;/\*?[|&lt;&gt;&quot; are illegal.


					*<A NAME="'keymodel'"></A><B>'keymodel'</B>* *<A NAME="'km'"></A><B>'km'</B>*
<A HREF="#'keymodel'">'keymodel'</A> <A HREF="#'km'">'km'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> of comma separated words, which enable special things that keys
	can <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A>.  These values can be used:
	   startsel	Using a shifted special key starts selection (either
			<A HREF="visual.html#Select">Select</A> mode or <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode, depending on &quot;key&quot; being
			present in <A HREF="#'selectmode'">'selectmode'</A>).
	   stopsel	Using a not-shifted special key stops selection.
	<A HREF="eval.html#Special">Special</A> keys in this context are the cursor keys, <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;End&gt;">&lt;End&gt;</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Home&gt;">&lt;Home&gt;</A>,
	<A HREF="scroll.html#&lt;PageUp&gt;">&lt;PageUp&gt;</A> and <A HREF="scroll.html#&lt;PageDown&gt;">&lt;PageDown&gt;</A>.
	The <A HREF="#'keymodel'">'keymodel'</A> option is set by the |<A HREF="gui.html#:behave">:behave</A>| command.


					*<A NAME="'keywordprg'"></A><B>'keywordprg'</B>* *<A NAME="'kp'"></A><B>'kp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'keywordprg'">'keywordprg'</A> <A HREF="#'kp'">'kp'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;man&quot; or &quot;man -s&quot;,  <A HREF="os_dos.html#DOS">DOS</A>: &quot;<A HREF="helphelp.html#:help">:help</A>&quot;,
								  <A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>: &quot;help&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	Program to use for the |<A HREF="various.html#K">K</A>| command.  Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are
	expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.  &quot;<A HREF="helphelp.html#:help">:help</A>&quot; may be used to access the Vim internal
	help.  (Note that previously setting the global option to the empty
	value did this, which is now deprecated.)
	When the first character is &quot;<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>&quot;, the command is invoked <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a Vim
	<A HREF="intro.html#Ex">Ex</A> command prefixed with <A HREF="intro.html#[count]">[count]</A>.
	When &quot;man&quot;, &quot;man -s&quot; or an <A HREF="intro.html#Ex">Ex</A> command is used, Vim will automatically
	translate a <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> for the &quot;<A HREF="various.html#K">K</A>&quot; command and pass <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the first
	argument.  For &quot;man -s&quot; the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-s">-s</A>&quot; is removed when there is no <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A>.
	See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces and backslashes.
	Example:
<B>		:set keywordprg=man\ -s</B>
 	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


					*<A NAME="'langmap'"></A><B>'langmap'</B>* *<A NAME="'lmap'"></A><B>'lmap'</B>* *<A NAME="E357"></A><B>E357</B>* *<A NAME="E358"></A><B>E358</B>*
<A HREF="#'langmap'">'langmap'</A> <A HREF="#'lmap'">'lmap'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+langmap">+langmap</A>|
			feature}
	This option allows switching your keyboard into a special language
	mode.  When you are typing text in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode the characters are
	inserted directly.  When in <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode the <A HREF="#'langmap'">'langmap'</A> option takes
	care of translating these special characters to the original meaning
	of the key.  This means you don't have to change the keyboard mode to
	be able to execute <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode commands.
	This is the opposite of the <A HREF="#'keymap'">'keymap'</A> option, where characters are
	mapped in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode.
	Also consider resetting <A HREF="#'langremap'">'langremap'</A> to avoid <A HREF="#'langmap'">'langmap'</A> applies to
	characters resulting from a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


	Example (for Greek, in UTF-8):				*<A NAME="greek"></A><B>greek</B>* 
<B>	    :set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz</B>
 	Example (exchanges meaning of <A HREF="index.html#z">z</A> and <A HREF="change.html#y">y</A> for commands):
<B>	    :set langmap=zy,yz,ZY,YZ</B>
 
	The <A HREF="#'langmap'">'langmap'</A> option is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of parts, separated with commas.  Each
	part can be in one of two forms:
	1.  A <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of pairs.  Each pair is a &quot;from&quot; character immediately
	    followed by the &quot;to&quot; character.  Examples: &quot;aA&quot;, &quot;aAbBcC&quot;.
	2.  A <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of &quot;from&quot; characters, a semi-colon and a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of &quot;to&quot;
	    characters.  Example: &quot;abc;ABC&quot;
	Example: &quot;aA,fgh;FGH,cCdDeE&quot;
	<A HREF="eval.html#Special">Special</A> characters need to be preceded with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.  These are
	&quot;<A HREF="motion.html#;">;</A>&quot;, '<A HREF="motion.html#,">,</A>' and <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> itself.

	This will allow you to activate vim actions without having to switch
	back and forth between the languages.  Your language characters will
	be understood <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> normal vim English characters (according to the
	langmap mappings) in the following cases:
	 <A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A> Normal/Visual mode (commands, buffer/register names, user mappings)
	 <A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A> Insert/Replace Mode: Register names after <A HREF="undo.html#CTRL-R">CTRL-R</A>
	 <A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A> Insert/Replace Mode: Mappings
	Characters entered in <A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> mode will NOT be affected by
	this option.   Note that this option can be changed at any time
	allowing to switch between mappings for different languages/encodings.
	Use a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> to avoid having to type <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> each time!


					*<A NAME="'langmenu'"></A><B>'langmenu'</B>* *<A NAME="'lm'"></A><B>'lm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'langmenu'">'langmenu'</A> <A HREF="#'lm'">'lm'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+menu">+menu</A>| and
			|<A HREF="various.html#+multi_lang">+multi_lang</A>| features}
	Language to use for menu translation.  Tells which file is loaded
	from the &quot;lang&quot; directory in <A HREF="#'runtimepath'">'runtimepath'</A>:
<B>		"lang/menu_" . &amp;langmenu . ".vim"</B>
 	(without the spaces).  For example, to always use the Dutch <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A>, no
	matter what $LANG is set to:
<B>		:set langmenu=nl_NL.ISO_8859-1</B>
 	When <A HREF="#'langmenu'">'langmenu'</A> is empty, |<A HREF="eval.html#v:lang">v:lang</A>| is used.
	Only normal file name characters can be used, &quot;/\*?[|&lt;&gt;&quot; are illegal.
	If your $LANG is set to a non-English language but you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> want to use
	the English <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A>:
<B>		:set langmenu=none</B>
 	This option must be set before loading <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A>, switching on <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A>
	detection or <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> highlighting.  Once the <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A> are defined setting
	this option has no effect.  But you could <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> this:
<B>		:source $VIMRUNTIME/delmenu.vim</B>
<B>		:set langmenu=de_DE.ISO_8859-1</B>
<B>		:source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim</B>
 	Warning: This deletes all <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A> that you defined yourself!


			*<A NAME="'langnoremap'"></A><B>'langnoremap'</B>* *<A NAME="'lnr'"></A><B>'lnr'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolangnoremap'"></A><B>'nolangnoremap'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolnr'"></A><B>'nolnr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'langnoremap'">'langnoremap'</A> <A HREF="#'lnr'">'lnr'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off, set in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+langmap">+langmap</A>|
			feature}
	This is just like <A HREF="#'langremap'">'langremap'</A> but with the value inverted.  It only
	exists for backwards compatibility.  When setting <A HREF="#'langremap'">'langremap'</A> then
	<A HREF="#'langnoremap'">'langnoremap'</A> is set to the inverted value, and the other way around.


			*<A NAME="'langremap'"></A><B>'langremap'</B>* *<A NAME="'lrm'"></A><B>'lrm'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolangremap'"></A><B>'nolangremap'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolrm'"></A><B>'nolrm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'langremap'">'langremap'</A> <A HREF="#'lrm'">'lrm'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default on, reset in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+langmap">+langmap</A>|
			feature}
	When off, setting <A HREF="#'langmap'">'langmap'</A> does not apply to characters resulting from
	a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>.  This basically means, if you noticed that setting
	<A HREF="#'langmap'">'langmap'</A> disables some of your mappings, try resetting this option.
	This option defaults to on for backwards compatibility.  Set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> off if
	that works for you to avoid mappings to break.


					*<A NAME="'laststatus'"></A><B>'laststatus'</B>* *<A NAME="'ls'"></A><B>'ls'</B>*
<A HREF="#'laststatus'">'laststatus'</A> <A HREF="#'ls'">'ls'</A>	number	(default 1)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	The value of this option influences when the last <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will have a
	status line:
		0: never
		1: only if there are at least two <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
		2: always
	The screen looks nicer with a status line if you have several
	<A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>, but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> takes another screen line. |<A HREF="windows.html#status-line">status-line</A>|


			*<A NAME="'lazyredraw'"></A><B>'lazyredraw'</B>* *<A NAME="'lz'"></A><B>'lz'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolazyredraw'"></A><B>'nolazyredraw'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolz'"></A><B>'nolz'</B>*
<A HREF="#'lazyredraw'">'lazyredraw'</A> <A HREF="#'lz'">'lz'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When this option is set, the screen will not be redrawn while
	executing macros, <A HREF="change.html#registers">registers</A> and other commands that have not been
	typed.  Also, updating the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> title is postponed.  To force an
	update use |<A HREF="various.html#:redraw">:redraw</A>|.


			*<A NAME="'linebreak'"></A><B>'linebreak'</B>* *<A NAME="'lbr'"></A><B>'lbr'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolinebreak'"></A><B>'nolinebreak'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolbr'"></A><B>'nolbr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'linebreak'">'linebreak'</A> <A HREF="#'lbr'">'lbr'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+linebreak">+linebreak</A>|
			feature}
	If on, Vim will wrap long lines at a character in <A HREF="#'breakat'">'breakat'</A> rather
	than at the last character that fits on the screen.  Unlike
	<A HREF="#'wrapmargin'">'wrapmargin'</A> and <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A>, this does not insert &lt;EOL&gt;s in the file,
	<A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.
	If <A HREF="#'breakindent'">'breakindent'</A> is set, line is visually indented. Then, the value
	of <A HREF="#'showbreak'">'showbreak'</A> is used to put in front of wrapped lines. This option
	is not used when the <A HREF="#'wrap'">'wrap'</A> option is off.
	Note that <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> characters after an <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> are mostly not displayed
	with the right amount of white space.


						*<A NAME="'lines'"></A><B>'lines'</B>* *<A NAME="E593"></A><B>E593</B>*
<A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A>			number	(default 24 or <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> height)
			global
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of lines of the Vim <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	Normally you don't need to set this.  It is done automatically by the
	<A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> <A HREF="starting.html#initialization">initialization</A> code.  Also see |<A HREF="vi_diff.html#posix-screen-size">posix-screen-size</A>|.
	When Vim is running in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> or in a resizable <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, setting this
	option will cause the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> size to be changed.  When you only want
	to use the size for the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>, put the command in your |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>| file.
	Vim <A HREF="vi_diff.html#limits">limits</A> the number of lines to what fits on the screen.  You can
	use this command to get the tallest <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> possible:
<B>		:set lines=999</B>
 	Minimum value is 2, maximum value is 1000.
	If you get fewer lines than expected, check the <A HREF="#'guiheadroom'">'guiheadroom'</A> option.
	When you set this option and Vim is unable to change the physical
	number of lines of the display, the display may be messed up.


						*<A NAME="'linespace'"></A><B>'linespace'</B>* *<A NAME="'lsp'"></A><B>'lsp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'linespace'">'linespace'</A> <A HREF="#'lsp'">'lsp'</A>	number	(default 0, 1 for <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only in the GUI}
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of pixel lines inserted between characters.  Useful if the font
	uses the full character cell height, making lines touch each other.
	When non-zero there is room for underlining.
	With some fonts there can be too much room between lines (to have
	space for ascents and descents).  Then <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> makes sense to set
	<A HREF="#'linespace'">'linespace'</A> to a negative value.  This may cause display problems
	though!


						*<A NAME="'lisp'"></A><B>'lisp'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolisp'"></A><B>'nolisp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'lisp'">'lisp'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+lispindent">+lispindent</A>|
			feature}
	Lisp mode: When <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Enter&gt;">&lt;Enter&gt;</A> is typed in insert mode set the indent for
	the next line to Lisp standards (well, sort of).  Also happens with
	&quot;<A HREF="change.html#cc">cc</A>&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>&quot;.  <A HREF="#'autoindent'">'autoindent'</A> must also be on for this to work.  The '<A HREF="change.html#p">p</A>'
	flag in <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> changes the method of indenting: <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible or
	better.  Also see <A HREF="#'lispwords'">'lispwords'</A>.
	The '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>' character is included in keyword characters.  Redefines the
	&quot;<A HREF="change.html#=">=</A>&quot; <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A> to use this same indentation algorithm rather than
	calling an external program if <A HREF="#'equalprg'">'equalprg'</A> is empty.
	This option is not used when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set.
	{Vi: Does <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> a little bit differently}


						*<A NAME="'lispwords'"></A><B>'lispwords'</B>* *<A NAME="'lw'"></A><B>'lw'</B>*
<A HREF="#'lispwords'">'lispwords'</A> <A HREF="#'lw'">'lw'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default is very long)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+lispindent">+lispindent</A>|
			feature}
	Comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of words that influence the Lisp indenting.
	|<A HREF="#'lisp'">'lisp'</A>|


						*<A NAME="'list'"></A><B>'list'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolist'"></A><B>'nolist'</B>*
<A HREF="#'list'">'list'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> mode: Show tabs <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-I">CTRL-I</A> is displayed, display $ after end of
	line.  Useful to see the difference between tabs and spaces and for
	trailing blanks.  Further changed by the <A HREF="#'listchars'">'listchars'</A> option.

	The cursor is displayed at the start of the space a <A HREF="intro.html#Tab">Tab</A> character
	occupies, not at the end <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> usual in <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode.  To get this cursor
	position while displaying Tabs with spaces, use:
<B>		:set list lcs=tab:\ \ </B>
 
	Note that <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> mode will also affect <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A> (set with <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A>
	or <A HREF="#'wrapmargin'">'wrapmargin'</A>) when <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> includes '<A HREF="motion.html#L">L</A>'.  See <A HREF="#'listchars'">'listchars'</A> for
	<A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the way tabs are displayed.


						*<A NAME="'listchars'"></A><B>'listchars'</B>* *<A NAME="'lcs'"></A><B>'lcs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'listchars'">'listchars'</A> <A HREF="#'lcs'">'lcs'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;eol:$&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Strings to use in <A HREF="#'list'">'list'</A> mode and for the |<A HREF="various.html#:list">:list</A>| command.  It is a
	comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> settings.

							*<A NAME="lcs-eol"></A><B>lcs-eol</B>*
	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
			line.

							*<A NAME="lcs-tab"></A><B>lcs-tab</B>*
	  tab:xy	Two characters to be used to show a <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A>.  The first
			char is used once.  The second char is repeated to
			fill the space that the <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> normally occupies.
			&quot;tab:&gt;-&quot; will show a <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> that takes four spaces <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
			&quot;&gt;---&quot;.  When omitted, a <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> is show <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> ^I.

							*<A NAME="lcs-space"></A><B>lcs-space</B>*
	  space:c	Character to show for a space.  When omitted, spaces
			are left blank.

							*<A NAME="lcs-trail"></A><B>lcs-trail</B>*
	  trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
			trailing spaces are blank.  Overrides the &quot;space&quot;
			setting for trailing spaces.

							*<A NAME="lcs-extends"></A><B>lcs-extends</B>*
	  extends:c	Character to show in the last column, when <A HREF="#'wrap'">'wrap'</A> is
			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
			screen.

							*<A NAME="lcs-precedes"></A><B>lcs-precedes</B>*
	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when <A HREF="#'wrap'">'wrap'</A>
			is off and there is text preceding the character
			visible in the first column.

							*<A NAME="lcs-conceal"></A><B>lcs-conceal</B>*
	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
			<A HREF="#'conceallevel'">'conceallevel'</A> is set to 1.

							*<A NAME="lcs-nbsp"></A><B>lcs-nbsp</B>*
	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space character
			(0xA0 (160 decimal) and U+202F).  Left blank when
			omitted.

	The characters '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' and '<A HREF="motion.html#,">,</A>' should not be used.  <A HREF="mbyte.html#UTF-8">UTF-8</A> characters can
	be used when <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;, otherwise only printable
	characters are allowed.  All characters must be single width.

	Examples:
<B>	    :set lcs=tab:&gt;-,trail:-</B>
<B>	    :set lcs=tab:&gt;-,eol:&lt;,nbsp:%</B>
<B>	    :set lcs=extends:&gt;,precedes:&lt;</B>
 	The &quot;NonText&quot; highlighting will be used for &quot;eol&quot;, &quot;extends&quot; and
	&quot;precedes&quot;.  &quot;SpecialKey&quot; for &quot;nbsp&quot;, &quot;space&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A>&quot; and &quot;trail&quot;.
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-NonText">hl-NonText</A>| |<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-SpecialKey">hl-SpecialKey</A>|


			*<A NAME="'lpl'"></A><B>'lpl'</B>* *<A NAME="'nolpl'"></A><B>'nolpl'</B>* *<A NAME="'loadplugins'"></A><B>'loadplugins'</B>* *<A NAME="'noloadplugins'"></A><B>'noloadplugins'</B>*
<A HREF="#'loadplugins'">'loadplugins'</A> <A HREF="#'lpl'">'lpl'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on the plugin scripts are loaded when starting up |<A HREF="starting.html#load-plugins">load-plugins</A>|.
	This option can be reset in your |<A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A>| file to disable the loading
	of plugins.
	Note that using the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-u">-u</A> NONE&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-u">-u</A> DEFAULTS&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#--noplugin">--noplugin</A>&quot; command
	line arguments reset this option.  See |<A HREF="starting.html#-u">-u</A>| and |<A HREF="starting.html#--noplugin">--noplugin</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'luadll'"></A><B>'luadll'</B>*
<A HREF="#'luadll'">'luadll'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default depends on the build)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+lua/dyn">+lua/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_lua.html#Lua">Lua</A> shared library. The default is
	DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'macatsui'"></A><B>'macatsui'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomacatsui'"></A><B>'nomacatsui'</B>*
<A HREF="#'macatsui'">'macatsui'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{only available in <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> version}
	This is a workaround for when drawing doesn't work properly.  When set
	and compiled with <A HREF="mbyte.html#multi-byte">multi-byte</A> support ATSUI text drawing is used.  When
	not set ATSUI text drawing is not used.  Switch this option off when
	you experience drawing problems.  In a future version the problems may
	be solved and this option becomes obsolete.  Therefore use this method
	to unset <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>:
<B>		if exists('&amp;macatsui')</B>
<B>		   set nomacatsui</B>
<B>		endif</B>
 	Another option to check if you have drawing problems is
	<A HREF="#'termencoding'">'termencoding'</A>.


						*<A NAME="'magic'"></A><B>'magic'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomagic'"></A><B>'nomagic'</B>*
<A HREF="#'magic'">'magic'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
	Changes the special characters that can be used in search patterns.
	See |<A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>|.
	WARNING: Switching this option off most likely breaks plugins!  That
	is because many patterns assume it's on and will fail when it's off.
	Only switch <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> off when working with old <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> scripts.  In any other
	situation write patterns that work when <A HREF="#'magic'">'magic'</A> is on.  Include &quot;\M&quot;
	when you want to |<A HREF="pattern.html#/\M">/\M</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'makeef'"></A><B>'makeef'</B>* *<A NAME="'mef'"></A><B>'mef'</B>*
<A HREF="#'makeef'">'makeef'</A> <A HREF="#'mef'">'mef'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+quickfix">+quickfix</A>|
			feature}
	Name of the errorfile for the |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make">:make</A>| command (see |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make_makeprg">:make_makeprg</A>|)
	and the |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:grep">:grep</A>| command.
	When <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is empty, an internally generated temp file will be used.
	When &quot;##&quot; is included, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is replaced by a number to make the name
	unique.  This makes sure that the &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make">:make</A>&quot; command doesn't overwrite an
	existing file.
	NOT used for the &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:cf">:cf</A>&quot; command.  See <A HREF="#'errorfile'">'errorfile'</A> for that.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces and backslashes.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


					*<A NAME="'makeencoding'"></A><B>'makeencoding'</B>* *<A NAME="'menc'"></A><B>'menc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'makeencoding'">'makeencoding'</A> <A HREF="#'menc'">'menc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Encoding used for reading the output of external commands.  When empty,
	encoding is not converted.
	This is used for `:make`, `:lmake`, `:grep`, `:lgrep`, `:grepadd`,
	`:lgrepadd`, `:cfile`, `:cgetfile`, `:caddfile`, `:lfile`, `:lgetfile`,
	and `:laddfile`.

	This would be mostly useful when you use <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A> and set <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>
	to &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;.  If |<A HREF="various.html#+iconv">+iconv</A>| is enabled and GNU libiconv is used, setting
	<A HREF="#'makeencoding'">'makeencoding'</A> to &quot;char&quot; has the same effect <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> setting to the system
	<A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A> encoding.  Example:
<B>		:set encoding=utf-8</B>
<B>		:set makeencoding=char	" system locale is used</B>
 

						*<A NAME="'makeprg'"></A><B>'makeprg'</B>* *<A NAME="'mp'"></A><B>'mp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'makeprg'">'makeprg'</A> <A HREF="#'mp'">'mp'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;make&quot;, <A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>: &quot;MMS&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	Program to use for the &quot;:make&quot; command.  See |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make_makeprg">:make_makeprg</A>|.
	This option may contain '&#37;' and '#' characters (see  |<A HREF="cmdline.html#:_&#37;">:_&#37;</A>| and |<A HREF="cmdline.html#:_#">:_#</A>|), 
	which are expanded to the current and alternate file name.  Use |<A HREF="cmdline.html#::S">::S</A>| 
	to <A HREF="intro.html#escape">escape</A> file names in <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> they contain special characters.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.  See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>|
	about including spaces and backslashes.
	Note that a '&#124;' must be escaped <A HREF="if_cscop.html#twice">twice</A>: once for &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A>&quot; and once for
	the interpretation of a command.  When you use a <A HREF="change.html#filter">filter</A> called
	&quot;myfilter&quot; <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> like this:
<B>	    :set makeprg=gmake\ \\\|\ myfilter</B>
 	The placeholder &quot;$*&quot; can be given (even multiple times) to specify
	where the arguments will be included, for example:
<B>	    :set makeprg=latex\ \\\\nonstopmode\ \\\\input\\{$*}</B>
 	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'matchpairs'"></A><B>'matchpairs'</B>* *<A NAME="'mps'"></A><B>'mps'</B>*
<A HREF="#'matchpairs'">'matchpairs'</A> <A HREF="#'mps'">'mps'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;(:),{:},[:]&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	Characters that form pairs.  The |<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>| command jumps from one to the
	other.
	Only character pairs are allowed that are different, thus you cannot
	jump between two double <A HREF="quotes.html#quotes">quotes</A>.
	The characters must be separated by a colon.
	The pairs must be separated by a comma.  Example for including '<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>' and
	'<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>' (HTML):
<B>		:set mps+=&lt;:&gt;</B>

 	A more exotic example, to jump between the '<A HREF="change.html#=">=</A>' and '<A HREF="motion.html#;">;</A>' in an
	assignment, useful for languages like C and Java:
<B>		:au FileType c,cpp,java set mps+==:;</B>

 	For a more advanced way of using &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>&quot;, see the matchit.vim <A HREF="usr_05.html#plugin">plugin</A> in
	the $VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/matchit directory. |<A HREF="usr_05.html#add-local-help">add-local-help</A>|


						*<A NAME="'matchtime'"></A><B>'matchtime'</B>* *<A NAME="'mat'"></A><B>'mat'</B>*
<A HREF="#'matchtime'">'matchtime'</A> <A HREF="#'mat'">'mat'</A>	number	(default 5)
			global
			{not in Vi}{in Nvi}
	Tenths of a second to show the matching paren, when <A HREF="#'showmatch'">'showmatch'</A> is
	set.  Note that this is not in milliseconds, like other <A HREF="#options">options</A> that
	set a time.  This is to be compatible with <A HREF="intro.html#Nvi">Nvi</A>.


						*<A NAME="'maxcombine'"></A><B>'maxcombine'</B>* *<A NAME="'mco'"></A><B>'mco'</B>*
<A HREF="#'maxcombine'">'maxcombine'</A> <A HREF="#'mco'">'mco'</A>	number (default 2)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
	The maximum number of combining characters supported for displaying.
	Only used when <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;.
	The default is OK for most languages.  Hebrew may require 4.
	Maximum value is 6.
	Even when this option is set to 2 you can still edit text with more
	combining characters, you just can't see them.  Use |<A HREF="various.html#g8">g8</A>| or |<A HREF="various.html#ga">ga</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="mbyte.html#mbyte-combining">mbyte-combining</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'maxfuncdepth'"></A><B>'maxfuncdepth'</B>* *<A NAME="'mfd'"></A><B>'mfd'</B>*
<A HREF="#'maxfuncdepth'">'maxfuncdepth'</A> <A HREF="#'mfd'">'mfd'</A>	number	(default 100)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>|
			feature}
	Maximum depth of function calls for user <A HREF="eval.html#functions">functions</A>.  This normally
	catches endless recursion.  When using a recursive function with
	more depth, set <A HREF="#'maxfuncdepth'">'maxfuncdepth'</A> to a bigger number.  But this will use
	more memory, there is the danger of failing when memory is exhausted.
	Increasing this limit above 200 also changes the maximum for <A HREF="intro.html#Ex">Ex</A>
	command resursion, see |<A HREF="message.html#E169">E169</A>|.
	See also |<A HREF="eval.html#:function">:function</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'maxmapdepth'"></A><B>'maxmapdepth'</B>* *<A NAME="'mmd'"></A><B>'mmd'</B>* *<A NAME="E223"></A><B>E223</B>*
<A HREF="#'maxmapdepth'">'maxmapdepth'</A> <A HREF="#'mmd'">'mmd'</A>	number	(default 1000)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Maximum number of times a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> is done without resulting in a
	character to be used.  This normally catches endless mappings, like
	&quot;<A HREF="map.html#:map">:map</A> <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A> y&quot; with &quot;<A HREF="map.html#:map">:map</A> <A HREF="change.html#y">y</A> x&quot;.  It still does not catch &quot;<A HREF="map.html#:map">:map</A> <A HREF="index.html#g">g</A> wg&quot;,
	because the '<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A>' is used before the next <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> is done.  See also
	|<A HREF="map.html#key-mapping">key-mapping</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'maxmem'"></A><B>'maxmem'</B>* *<A NAME="'mm'"></A><B>'mm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'maxmem'">'maxmem'</A> <A HREF="#'mm'">'mm'</A>		number	(default between 256 to 5120 (system
				 dependent) or half the amount of memory
				 available)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Maximum amount of memory (in Kbyte) to use for one buffer.  When this
	limit is reached allocating extra memory for a buffer will cause
	other memory to be freed.  The maximum usable value is about 2000000.
	Use this to work without a limit.  Also see <A HREF="#'maxmemtot'">'maxmemtot'</A>.


						*<A NAME="'maxmempattern'"></A><B>'maxmempattern'</B>* *<A NAME="'mmp'"></A><B>'mmp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'maxmempattern'">'maxmempattern'</A> <A HREF="#'mmp'">'mmp'</A>	number	(default 1000)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Maximum amount of memory (in Kbyte) to use for <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> matching.
	The maximum value is about 2000000.  Use this to work without a limit.

							*<A NAME="E363"></A><B>E363</B>*
	When Vim runs into the limit <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> gives an error message and mostly
	behaves like <A HREF="pattern.html#CTRL-C">CTRL-C</A> was typed.
	Running into the limit often means that the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> is very
	inefficient or too complex.  This may already happen with the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>
	&quot;\(.\)*&quot; on a very long line.  &quot;.*&quot; works much better.
	Vim may run out of memory before hitting the <A HREF="#'maxmempattern'">'maxmempattern'</A> limit.


						*<A NAME="'maxmemtot'"></A><B>'maxmemtot'</B>* *<A NAME="'mmt'"></A><B>'mmt'</B>*
<A HREF="#'maxmemtot'">'maxmemtot'</A> <A HREF="#'mmt'">'mmt'</A>	number	(default between 2048 and 10240 (system
				 dependent) or half the amount of memory
				 available)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Maximum amount of memory in Kbyte to use for all <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> together.
	The maximum usable value is about 2000000 (2 Gbyte).  Use this to work
	without a limit.
	On 64 bit machines higher values might work.  But hey, <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> you really
	need more than 2 Gbyte for text editing?  Keep in mind that text is
	stored in the swap file, one can edit files <A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A> 2 Gbyte anyway.  We <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A>
	need the memory to store <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> info.
	Also see <A HREF="#'maxmem'">'maxmem'</A>.


						*<A NAME="'menuitems'"></A><B>'menuitems'</B>* *<A NAME="'mis'"></A><B>'mis'</B>*
<A HREF="#'menuitems'">'menuitems'</A> <A HREF="#'mis'">'mis'</A>	number	(default 25)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+menu">+menu</A>|
			feature}
	Maximum number of items to use in a menu.  Used for <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A> that are
	generated from a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of items, e.g., the Buffers menu.  Changing this
	option has no direct effect, the menu must be refreshed first.


						*<A NAME="'mkspellmem'"></A><B>'mkspellmem'</B>* *<A NAME="'msm'"></A><B>'msm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'mkspellmem'">'mkspellmem'</A> <A HREF="#'msm'">'msm'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;460000,2000,500&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	Parameters for |<A HREF="spell.html#:mkspell">:mkspell</A>|.  This tunes when to start compressing the
	<A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> tree.  Compression can be slow when there are many words, but
	it's needed to avoid running out of memory.  The amount of memory used
	per <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> depends very much on how similar the words are, that's why
	this tuning is complicated.

	There are three numbers, separated by commas:
		{start},{inc},{added}

	For most languages the uncompressed <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> tree fits in memory.  {start}
	gives the amount of memory in Kbyte that can be used before any
	compression is done.  It should be a bit smaller than the amount of
	memory that is available to Vim.

	When going over the {start} limit the {inc} number specifies the
	amount of memory in Kbyte that can be allocated before another
	compression is done.  A low number means compression is done after
	<A HREF="various.html#less">less</A> words are added, which is slow.  A high number means more memory
	will be allocated.

	After doing compression, {added} times 1024 words can be added before
	the {inc} limit is ignored and compression is done when any extra
	amount of memory is needed.  A low number means there is a smaller
	chance of hitting the {inc} limit, <A HREF="various.html#less">less</A> memory is used but it's
	slower.

	The languages for which these numbers are important are Italian and
	Hungarian.  The default works for when you have about 512 Mbyte.  If
	you have 1 Gbyte you could use:
<B>		:set mkspellmem=900000,3000,800</B>
 	If you have <A HREF="various.html#less">less</A> than 512 Mbyte |<A HREF="spell.html#:mkspell">:mkspell</A>| may fail for some
	languages, no matter what you set <A HREF="#'mkspellmem'">'mkspellmem'</A> to.


				   *<A NAME="'modeline'"></A><B>'modeline'</B>* *<A NAME="'ml'"></A><B>'ml'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomodeline'"></A><B>'nomodeline'</B>* *<A NAME="'noml'"></A><B>'noml'</B>*
<A HREF="#'modeline'">'modeline'</A> <A HREF="#'ml'">'ml'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(Vim default: on (off for root),
				 Debian: off, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: off)
			local to buffer

						*<A NAME="'modelines'"></A><B>'modelines'</B>* *<A NAME="'mls'"></A><B>'mls'</B>*
<A HREF="#'modelines'">'modelines'</A> <A HREF="#'mls'">'mls'</A>	number	(default 5)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	If <A HREF="#'modeline'">'modeline'</A> is on <A HREF="#'modelines'">'modelines'</A> gives the number of lines that is
	checked for set commands.  If <A HREF="#'modeline'">'modeline'</A> is off or <A HREF="#'modelines'">'modelines'</A> is zero
	no lines are checked.  See |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>|.
	NOTE: <A HREF="#'modeline'">'modeline'</A> is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


				*<A NAME="'modifiable'"></A><B>'modifiable'</B>* *<A NAME="'ma'"></A><B>'ma'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomodifiable'"></A><B>'nomodifiable'</B>* *<A NAME="'noma'"></A><B>'noma'</B>*
<A HREF="#'modifiable'">'modifiable'</A> <A HREF="#'ma'">'ma'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			local to buffer

			{not in Vi}		*<A NAME="E21"></A><B>E21</B>*
	When off the buffer contents cannot be changed.  The <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> and
	<A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A> also can't be changed.
	Can be reset on <A HREF="starting.html#startup">startup</A> with the |<A HREF="starting.html#-M">-M</A>| command line argument.


				*<A NAME="'modified'"></A><B>'modified'</B>* *<A NAME="'mod'"></A><B>'mod'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomodified'"></A><B>'nomodified'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomod'"></A><B>'nomod'</B>*
<A HREF="#'modified'">'modified'</A> <A HREF="#'mod'">'mod'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	When on, the buffer is considered to be modified.  This option is set
	when:
	1. A change was made to the text since <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was last written.  Using the
	   |<A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A>| command to go back to the original text will reset the
	   option.  But undoing changes that were made before <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> the
	   buffer will set the option again, since the text is different from
	   when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was written.
	2. <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> or <A HREF="#'fileencoding'">'fileencoding'</A> is different from its original
	   value.  The original value is set when the buffer is read or
	   written.  A &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'nomodified'">nomodified</A>&quot; command also resets the original
	   values to the current values and the <A HREF="#'modified'">'modified'</A> option will be
	   reset.
	   Similarly for <A HREF="#'eol'">'eol'</A> and <A HREF="#'bomb'">'bomb'</A>.
	This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the
	result of a <A HREF="autocmd.html#BufNewFile">BufNewFile</A>, BufRead/BufReadPost, <A HREF="autocmd.html#BufWritePost">BufWritePost</A>,
	<A HREF="autocmd.html#FileAppendPost">FileAppendPost</A> or <A HREF="autocmd.html#VimLeave">VimLeave</A> <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A> event.  See |<A HREF="autocmd.html#gzip-example">gzip-example</A>| for
	an explanation.
	When <A HREF="#'buftype'">'buftype'</A> is &quot;nowrite&quot; or &quot;nofile&quot; this option may be set, but
	will be ignored.


						*<A NAME="'more'"></A><B>'more'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomore'"></A><B>'nomore'</B>*
<A HREF="#'more'">'more'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(Vim default: on, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on, listings pause when the whole screen is filled.  You will get
	the |<A HREF="message.html#more-prompt">more-prompt</A>|.  When this option is off there are no pauses, the
	listing continues until finished.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'mouse'"></A><B>'mouse'</B>* *<A NAME="E538"></A><B>E538</B>*
<A HREF="#'mouse'">'mouse'</A>			<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#a">a</A>&quot; for <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>, <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>,
						 set to &quot;a&quot; in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Enable the use of the mouse.  Only works for certain terminals
	(xterm, <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> |<A HREF="os_win32.html#win32-mouse">win32-mouse</A>|, <A HREF="os_qnx.html#QNX">QNX</A> pterm, *BSD console with
	<A HREF="term.html#sysmouse">sysmouse</A> and Linux console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the
	<A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>, see |<A HREF="gui.html#gui-mouse">gui-mouse</A>|.
	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
		<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>	<A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode and Terminal modes
		<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>	<A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode
		<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>	<A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
		<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>	<A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> mode
		<A HREF="motion.html#h">h</A>	all previous modes when editing a help file
		a	all previous modes
		r	for |<A HREF="message.html#hit-enter">hit-enter</A>| and |<A HREF="message.html#more-prompt">more-prompt</A>| prompt
	Normally you would enable the mouse in all four modes with:
<B>		:set mouse=a</B>
 	When the mouse is not enabled, the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> will still use the mouse for
	modeless selection.  This doesn't move the text cursor.

	See |<A HREF="term.html#mouse-using">mouse-using</A>|.  Also see |<A HREF="#'clipboard'">'clipboard'</A>|.

	Note: When enabling the mouse in a <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>, copy/paste will use the
	&quot;* <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A> if there is access to an X-server.  The xterm handling of
	the mouse buttons can still be used by keeping the <A HREF="intro.html#shift">shift</A> key pressed.
	Also see the <A HREF="#'clipboard'">'clipboard'</A> option.


			*<A NAME="'mousefocus'"></A><B>'mousefocus'</B>* *<A NAME="'mousef'"></A><B>'mousef'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomousefocus'"></A><B>'nomousefocus'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomousef'"></A><B>'nomousef'</B>*
<A HREF="#'mousefocus'">'mousefocus'</A> <A HREF="#'mousef'">'mousef'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only works in the GUI}
	The <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> that the mouse pointer is on is automatically activated.
	When <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> layout or <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> focus in another way, the
	mouse pointer is moved to the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> with keyboard focus.  Off is the
	default because <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> makes using the pull down <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A> a little goofy, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	a pointer transit may activate a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> unintentionally.


			*<A NAME="'mousehide'"></A><B>'mousehide'</B>* *<A NAME="'mh'"></A><B>'mh'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomousehide'"></A><B>'nomousehide'</B>* *<A NAME="'nomh'"></A><B>'nomh'</B>*
<A HREF="#'mousehide'">'mousehide'</A> <A HREF="#'mh'">'mh'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only works in the GUI}
	When on, the mouse pointer is hidden when characters are typed.
	The mouse pointer is restored when the mouse is moved.


						*<A NAME="'mousemodel'"></A><B>'mousemodel'</B>* *<A NAME="'mousem'"></A><B>'mousem'</B>*
<A HREF="#'mousemodel'">'mousemodel'</A> <A HREF="#'mousem'">'mousem'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;extend&quot;, &quot;popup&quot; for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Sets the model to use for the mouse.  The name mostly specifies what
	the right mouse button is used for:
	   extend	Right mouse button extends a selection.  This works
			like in an xterm.
	   popup	Right mouse button pops up a menu.  The shifted left
			mouse button extends a selection.  This works like
			with Microsoft Windows.
	   popup_setpos Like &quot;popup&quot;, but the cursor will be moved to the
			position where the mouse was clicked, and thus the
			selected operation will act upon the clicked object.
			If clicking inside a selection, that selection will
			be acted upon, i.e. no cursor move.  This implies of
			course, that right clicking outside a selection will
			end <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode.
	Overview of what button does what for each model:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	mouse		    extend		popup(_setpos) </FONT></B>
	left click	    place cursor	place cursor
	left drag	    start selection	start selection
	shift-left	    search <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A>		extend selection
	right click	    extend selection	popup menu (place cursor)
	right drag	    extend selection	-
	middle click	    paste		paste

	In the &quot;popup&quot; model the right mouse button produces a pop-up menu.
	You need to define this first, see |<A HREF="gui.html#popup-menu">popup-menu</A>|.

	Note that you can further refine the meaning of buttons with mappings.
	See |<A HREF="gui.html#gui-mouse-mapping">gui-mouse-mapping</A>|.  But mappings are NOT used for modeless
	selection (because that's handled in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> code directly).

	The <A HREF="#'mousemodel'">'mousemodel'</A> option is set by the |<A HREF="gui.html#:behave">:behave</A>| command.


					*<A NAME="'mouseshape'"></A><B>'mouseshape'</B>* *<A NAME="'mouses'"></A><B>'mouses'</B>* *<A NAME="E547"></A><B>E547</B>*
<A HREF="#'mouseshape'">'mouseshape'</A> <A HREF="#'mouses'">'mouses'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;i:beam,r:beam,s:updown,sd:cross,
					m:no,ml:up-arrow,v:rightup-arrow&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+mouseshape">+mouseshape</A>|
			feature}
	This option tells Vim what the mouse pointer should look like in
	different modes.  The option is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of parts, much
	like used for <A HREF="#'guicursor'">'guicursor'</A>.  Each part consist of a mode/location-list
	and an <A HREF="editing.html#argument-list">argument-list</A>:
		mode-list:shape,mode-list:shape,..
	The mode-list is a dash separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of these modes/locations:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">			In a normal window: </FONT></B>
		<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>	<A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode
		<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>	<A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode
		ve	<A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode with <A HREF="#'selection'">'selection'</A> &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#exclusive">exclusive</A>&quot; (same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> '<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>',
			if not specified)
		<A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A>	<A HREF="intro.html#Operator-pending">Operator-pending</A> mode
		<A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>	<A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode
		<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>	<A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A> mode

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">			Others: </FONT></B>
		<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>	appending to the command-line
		ci	<A HREF="insert.html#inserting">inserting</A> in the command-line
		cr	<A HREF="change.html#replacing">replacing</A> in the command-line
		<A HREF="motion.html#m">m</A>	at the 'Hit ENTER' or 'More' prompts
		ml	idem, but cursor in the last line
		<A HREF="motion.html#e">e</A>	any mode, pointer below last <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
		<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>	any mode, pointer on a status line
		sd	any mode, while dragging a status line
		vs	any mode, pointer on a vertical separator line
		vd	any mode, while dragging a vertical separator line
		a	everywhere

	The shape is one of the following:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	avail	name		looks like </FONT></B>
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A> <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	arrow		<A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mouse pointer
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A> <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	blank		no pointer at all (use with care!)
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A> <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	beam		I-beam
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A> <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	updown		up-down sizing arrows
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A> <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	leftright	left-right sizing arrows
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A> <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	busy		The system's usual busy pointer
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A> <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	no		The system's usual 'no input' pointer
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	udsizing	indicates up-down resizing
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	lrsizing	indicates left-right resizing
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	crosshair	like a big thin +
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	hand1		black hand
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	hand2		white hand
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	pencil		what you write with
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	question	big ?
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	rightup-arrow	arrow pointing right-up
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A> <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	up-arrow	arrow pointing up
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	&lt;number&gt;	any <A HREF="#X11">X11</A> pointer number (see X11/cursorfont.h)

	The &quot;avail&quot; column contains a '<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A>' if the shape is available for <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>,
	<A HREF="change.html#x">x</A> for <A HREF="#X11">X11</A>.
	Any modes not specified or shapes not available use the normal mouse
	pointer.

	Example:
<B>		:set mouseshape=s:udsizing,m:no</B>
 	will make the mouse turn to a sizing arrow over the status lines and
	indicate no input when the <A HREF="message.html#hit-enter">hit-enter</A> prompt is displayed (since
	clicking the mouse has no effect in this state.)


						*<A NAME="'mousetime'"></A><B>'mousetime'</B>* *<A NAME="'mouset'"></A><B>'mouset'</B>*
<A HREF="#'mousetime'">'mousetime'</A> <A HREF="#'mouset'">'mouset'</A>	number	(default 500)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Only for <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>, <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> and <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> with xterm.  Defines the maximum
	time in msec between two mouse clicks for the second click to be
	recognized <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a multi click.


						*<A NAME="'mzschemedll'"></A><B>'mzschemedll'</B>*
<A HREF="#'mzschemedll'">'mzschemedll'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default depends on the build)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+mzscheme/dyn">+mzscheme/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_mzsch.html#MzScheme">MzScheme</A> shared library. The default is
	DYNAMIC_MZSCH_DLL which was specified at compile time.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	The value must be set in the |<A HREF="starting.html#vimrc">vimrc</A>| <A HREF="usr_41.html#script">script</A> or earlier.  In the
	<A HREF="starting.html#startup">startup</A>, before the |<A HREF="starting.html#load-plugins">load-plugins</A>| step.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'mzschemegcdll'"></A><B>'mzschemegcdll'</B>*
<A HREF="#'mzschemegcdll'">'mzschemegcdll'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default depends on the build)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+mzscheme/dyn">+mzscheme/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_mzsch.html#MzScheme">MzScheme</A> GC shared library. The default is
	DYNAMIC_MZGC_DLL which was specified at compile time.
	The value can be equal to <A HREF="#'mzschemedll'">'mzschemedll'</A> if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> includes the GC code.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						    *<A NAME="'mzquantum'"></A><B>'mzquantum'</B>* *<A NAME="'mzq'"></A><B>'mzq'</B>*
<A HREF="#'mzquantum'">'mzquantum'</A> <A HREF="#'mzq'">'mzq'</A>	number	(default 100)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+mzscheme">+mzscheme</A>|
			feature}
	The number of milliseconds between polls for <A HREF="if_mzsch.html#MzScheme">MzScheme</A> threads.
	Negative or zero value means no thread scheduling.
	NOTE: This option is set to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A>
	is reset.


							*<A NAME="'nrformats'"></A><B>'nrformats'</B>* *<A NAME="'nf'"></A><B>'nf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'nrformats'">'nrformats'</A> <A HREF="#'nf'">'nf'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;bin,octal,hex&quot;,
					   set to &quot;bin,hex&quot; in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	This defines what bases Vim will consider for numbers when using the
	<A HREF="change.html#CTRL-A">CTRL-A</A> and <A HREF="change.html#CTRL-X">CTRL-X</A> commands for adding to and subtracting from a number
	respectively; see |<A HREF="change.html#CTRL-A">CTRL-A</A>| for more info on these commands.
	alpha	If included, single alphabetical characters will be
		incremented or decremented.  This is useful for a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> with a

		<A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A> index <A HREF="motion.html#a)">a)</A>, b), etc.		*<A NAME="octal-nrformats"></A><B>octal-nrformats</B>*
	<A HREF="eval.html#octal">octal</A>	If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
		to be <A HREF="eval.html#octal">octal</A>.  Example: Using <A HREF="change.html#CTRL-A">CTRL-A</A> on &quot;007&quot; results in &quot;010&quot;.
	hex	If included, numbers starting with &quot;0x&quot; or &quot;0X&quot; will be
		considered to be hexadecimal.  Example: Using <A HREF="change.html#CTRL-X">CTRL-X</A> on
		&quot;0x100&quot; results in &quot;0x0ff&quot;.
	bin	If included, numbers starting with &quot;0b&quot; or &quot;0B&quot; will be
		considered to be binary.  Example: Using <A HREF="change.html#CTRL-X">CTRL-X</A> on
		&quot;0b1000&quot; subtracts one, resulting in &quot;0b0111&quot;.
	Numbers which simply begin with a digit in the range 1-9 are always
	considered decimal.  This also happens for numbers that are not
	recognized <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="eval.html#octal">octal</A> or hex.


				*<A NAME="'number'"></A><B>'number'</B>* *<A NAME="'nu'"></A><B>'nu'</B>* *<A NAME="'nonumber'"></A><B>'nonumber'</B>* *<A NAME="'nonu'"></A><B>'nonu'</B>*
<A HREF="#'number'">'number'</A> <A HREF="#'nu'">'nu'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	Print the line number in front of each line.  When the '<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>' option is
	excluded from <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> a wrapped line will not use the column of
	line numbers (this is the default when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> isn't set).
	The <A HREF="#'numberwidth'">'numberwidth'</A> option can be used to set the room used for the line
	number.
	When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>'
	characters are put before the number.
	See |<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-LineNr">hl-LineNr</A>|  and |<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-CursorLineNr">hl-CursorLineNr</A>| for the highlighting used for
	the number.

						*<A NAME="number_relativenumber"></A><B>number_relativenumber</B>*
	The <A HREF="#'relativenumber'">'relativenumber'</A> option changes the displayed number to be
	relative to the cursor.  Together with <A HREF="#'number'">'number'</A> there are these
	four combinations (cursor in line 3):

		<A HREF="#'nonu'">'nonu'</A>          <A HREF="#'nu'">'nu'</A>            <A HREF="#'nonu'">'nonu'</A>          <A HREF="#'nu'">'nu'</A>
		<A HREF="#'nornu'">'nornu'</A>         <A HREF="#'nornu'">'nornu'</A>         <A HREF="#'rnu'">'rnu'</A>           <A HREF="#'rnu'">'rnu'</A>

	    |apple          &#124;  1 apple      &#124;  2 apple      &#124;  2 apple
	    |pear           &#124;  2 pear       &#124;  1 pear       &#124;  1 pear
	    |nobody         &#124;  3 nobody     &#124;  0 nobody     |3   nobody
	    |there          &#124;  4 there      &#124;  1 there      &#124;  1 there


						*<A NAME="'numberwidth'"></A><B>'numberwidth'</B>* *<A NAME="'nuw'"></A><B>'nuw'</B>*
<A HREF="#'numberwidth'">'numberwidth'</A> <A HREF="#'nuw'">'nuw'</A>	number	(Vim default: 4  <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: 8)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+linebreak">+linebreak</A>|
			feature}
	Minimal number of columns to use for the line number.  Only relevant
	when the <A HREF="#'number'">'number'</A> or <A HREF="#'relativenumber'">'relativenumber'</A> option is set or <A HREF="print.html#printing">printing</A> lines
	with a line number. Since one space is always between the number and
	the text, there is one <A HREF="various.html#less">less</A> character for the number itself.
	The value is the minimum width.  A bigger width is used when needed to
	fit the highest line number in the buffer respectively the number of
	rows in the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, depending on whether <A HREF="#'number'">'number'</A> or <A HREF="#'relativenumber'">'relativenumber'</A>
	is set. Thus with the Vim default of 4 there is room for a line number
	up to 999. When the buffer has 1000 lines five columns will be used.
	The minimum value is 1, the maximum value is 10.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'omnifunc'"></A><B>'omnifunc'</B>* *<A NAME="'ofu'"></A><B>'ofu'</B>*
<A HREF="#'omnifunc'">'omnifunc'</A> <A HREF="#'ofu'">'ofu'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: empty)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+eval">+eval</A>|
			or |<A HREF="various.html#+insert_expand">+insert_expand</A>| features}
	This option specifies a function to be used for <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode omni
	completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O. |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O</A>|
	See |<A HREF="insert.html#complete-functions">complete-functions</A>| for an explanation of how the function is
	invoked and what <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> should return.
	This option is usually set by a <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A> <A HREF="usr_05.html#plugin">plugin</A>:
	|<A HREF="filetype.html#:filetype-plugin-on">:filetype-plugin-on</A>|
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.



			    *<A NAME="'opendevice'"></A><B>'opendevice'</B>* *<A NAME="'odev'"></A><B>'odev'</B>* *<A NAME="'noopendevice'"></A><B>'noopendevice'</B>* *<A NAME="'noodev'"></A><B>'noodev'</B>*
<A HREF="#'opendevice'">'opendevice'</A> <A HREF="#'odev'">'odev'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A> and OS/2}
	Enable reading and <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> from devices.  This may get Vim stuck on a
	device that can be opened but doesn't actually <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> the I/O.  Therefore
	<A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is off by default.
	Note that on <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A> editing &quot;aux.h&quot;, &quot;lpt1.txt&quot; and the like also
	result in editing a device.



						*<A NAME="'operatorfunc'"></A><B>'operatorfunc'</B>* *<A NAME="'opfunc'"></A><B>'opfunc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'operatorfunc'">'operatorfunc'</A> <A HREF="#'opfunc'">'opfunc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: empty)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This option specifies a function to be called by the |<A HREF="map.html#g@">g@</A>| <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A>.
	See |<A HREF="map.html#:map-operator">:map-operator</A>| for more info and an example.

	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.



					*<A NAME="'osfiletype'"></A><B>'osfiletype'</B>* *<A NAME="'oft'"></A><B>'oft'</B>*
<A HREF="#'osfiletype'">'osfiletype'</A> <A HREF="#'oft'">'oft'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default: &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	This option was supported on RISC OS, which has been removed.



				*<A NAME="'packpath'"></A><B>'packpath'</B>* *<A NAME="'pp'"></A><B>'pp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'packpath'">'packpath'</A> <A HREF="#'pp'">'pp'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: see <A HREF="#'runtimepath'">'runtimepath'</A>)
			{not in Vi}
	Directories used to find packages.  See |<A HREF="repeat.html#packages">packages</A>|.



						*<A NAME="'paragraphs'"></A><B>'paragraphs'</B>* *<A NAME="'para'"></A><B>'para'</B>*
<A HREF="#'paragraphs'">'paragraphs'</A> <A HREF="#'para'">'para'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;IPLPPPQPP TPHPLIPpLpItpplpipbp&quot;)
			global
	Specifies the nroff macros that separate paragraphs.  These are pairs
	of two letters (see |<A HREF="motion.html#object-motions">object-motions</A>|).


						*<A NAME="'paste'"></A><B>'paste'</B>* *<A NAME="'nopaste'"></A><B>'nopaste'</B>*
<A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Put Vim in Paste mode.  This is useful if you want to cut or copy
	some text from one <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> and paste <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> in Vim.  This will avoid
	unexpected effects.
	Setting this option is useful when using Vim in a <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>, where Vim
	cannot distinguish between typed text and pasted text.  In the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>, Vim
	knows about pasting and will mostly <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> the right thing without <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A>
	being set.  The same is true for a <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> where Vim handles the
	mouse clicks itself.
	This option is reset when starting the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.  Thus if you set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> in
	your <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will work in a <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>, but not in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.  Setting
	<A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> has side effects: e.g., the Paste toolbar button
	will no longer work in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode, because <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> uses a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>.
	When the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option is switched on (also when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was already on):
		- <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode and <A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> mode is disabled
		- <A HREF="map.html#abbreviations">abbreviations</A> are disabled
		- <A HREF="#'autoindent'">'autoindent'</A> is reset
		- <A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A> is reset
		- <A HREF="#'formatoptions'">'formatoptions'</A> is used like <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is empty
		- <A HREF="#'revins'">'revins'</A> is reset
		- <A HREF="#'ruler'">'ruler'</A> is reset
		- <A HREF="#'showmatch'">'showmatch'</A> is reset
		- <A HREF="#'smartindent'">'smartindent'</A> is reset
		- <A HREF="#'smarttab'">'smarttab'</A> is reset
		- <A HREF="#'softtabstop'">'softtabstop'</A> is set to 0
		- <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> is set to 0
		- <A HREF="#'wrapmargin'">'wrapmargin'</A> is set to 0
	These <A HREF="#options">options</A> keep their value, but their effect is disabled:
		- <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A>
		- <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A>
		- <A HREF="#'lisp'">'lisp'</A>
	NOTE: When you start editing another file while the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option is
	on, settings from the modelines or autocommands may change the
	settings again, causing trouble when pasting text.  You might want to
	set the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option again.
	When the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option is reset the mentioned <A HREF="#options">options</A> are restored to
	the value before the moment <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> was switched from off to on.
	Resetting <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> before ever setting <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> does not have any effect.
	Since <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> doesn't work while <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is active, you need to use
	the <A HREF="#'pastetoggle'">'pastetoggle'</A> option to toggle the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option with some key.


						*<A NAME="'pastetoggle'"></A><B>'pastetoggle'</B>* *<A NAME="'pt'"></A><B>'pt'</B>*
<A HREF="#'pastetoggle'">'pastetoggle'</A> <A HREF="#'pt'">'pt'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When non-empty, specifies the key sequence that toggles the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A>
	option.  This is like specifying a <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>:
<B>	    :map {keys} :set invpaste&lt;CR&gt;</B>
 	Where {keys} is the value of <A HREF="#'pastetoggle'">'pastetoggle'</A>.
	The difference is that <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will work even when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set.
	<A HREF="#'pastetoggle'">'pastetoggle'</A> works in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode and <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode, but not in
	<A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> mode.
	Mappings are checked first, thus overrule <A HREF="#'pastetoggle'">'pastetoggle'</A>.  However,
	when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is on mappings are ignored in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode, thus you can <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A>
	this:
<B>	    :map &lt;F10&gt; :set paste&lt;CR&gt;</B>
<B>	    :map &lt;F11&gt; :set nopaste&lt;CR&gt;</B>
<B>	    :imap &lt;F10&gt; &lt;C-O&gt;:set paste&lt;CR&gt;</B>
<B>	    :imap &lt;F11&gt; &lt;nop&gt;</B>
<B>	    :set pastetoggle=&lt;F11&gt;</B>
 	This will make <A HREF="term.html#&lt;F10&gt;">&lt;F10&gt;</A> start paste mode and <A HREF="term.html#&lt;F11&gt;">&lt;F11&gt;</A> stop paste mode.
	Note that typing <A HREF="term.html#&lt;F10&gt;">&lt;F10&gt;</A> in paste mode inserts &quot;<A HREF="term.html#&lt;F10&gt;">&lt;F10&gt;</A>&quot;, since in paste
	mode everything is inserted literally, except the <A HREF="#'pastetoggle'">'pastetoggle'</A> key
	sequence.
	When the value has several bytes <A HREF="#'ttimeoutlen'">'ttimeoutlen'</A> applies.


						*<A NAME="'pex'"></A><B>'pex'</B>* *<A NAME="'patchexpr'"></A><B>'patchexpr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'patchexpr'">'patchexpr'</A> <A HREF="#'pex'">'pex'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+diff">+diff</A>|
			feature}
	Expression which is evaluated to apply a patch to a file and generate
	the resulting new version of the file.  See |<A HREF="diff.html#diff-patchexpr">diff-patchexpr</A>|.


					*<A NAME="'patchmode'"></A><B>'patchmode'</B>* *<A NAME="'pm'"></A><B>'pm'</B>* *<A NAME="E205"></A><B>E205</B>* *<A NAME="E206"></A><B>E206</B>*
<A HREF="#'patchmode'">'patchmode'</A> <A HREF="#'pm'">'pm'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When non-empty the oldest version of a file is kept.  This can be used
	to keep the original version of a file if you are <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> files in a
	source <A HREF="intro.html#distribution">distribution</A>.  Only the first time that a file is written a
	copy of the original file will be kept.  The name of the copy is the
	name of the original file with the <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> in the <A HREF="#'patchmode'">'patchmode'</A> option
	appended.  This option should start with a dot.  Use a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> like
	&quot;.orig&quot; or &quot;.org&quot;.  <A HREF="#'backupdir'">'backupdir'</A> must not be empty for this to work
	(Detail: The <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file is renamed to the patchmode file after the
	new file has been successfully written, that's why <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> must be possible
	to write a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> file).  If there was no file to be backed up, an
	empty file is created.
	When the <A HREF="#'backupskip'">'backupskip'</A> <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> matches, a patchmode file is not made.
	Using <A HREF="#'patchmode'">'patchmode'</A> for compressed files appends the extension at the
	end (e.g., &quot;file.gz.orig&quot;), thus the resulting name isn't always
	recognized <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a compressed file.
	Only normal file name characters can be used, &quot;/\*?[|&lt;&gt;&quot; are illegal.


				*<A NAME="'path'"></A><B>'path'</B>* *<A NAME="'pa'"></A><B>'pa'</B>* *<A NAME="E343"></A><B>E343</B>* *<A NAME="E345"></A><B>E345</B>* *<A NAME="E347"></A><B>E347</B>* *<A NAME="E854"></A><B>E854</B>*
<A HREF="#'path'">'path'</A> <A HREF="#'pa'">'pa'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default on <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;.,/usr/include,,&quot;
				   on <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>:	  &quot;.,/emx/include,,&quot;
				   other systems: &quot;.,,&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	This is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of directories which will be searched when using the
	|<A HREF="editing.html#gf">gf</A>|, <A HREF="editing.html#[f">[f</A>, <A HREF="editing.html#]f">]f</A>, ^Wf, |<A HREF="editing.html#:find">:find</A>|, |<A HREF="windows.html#:sfind">:sfind</A>|, |<A HREF="tabpage.html#:tabfind">:tabfind</A>| and other commands,
	provided that the file being searched for has a relative path (not
	starting with &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot;, &quot;./&quot; or &quot;../&quot;).  The directories in the <A HREF="#'path'">'path'</A>
	option may be relative or absolute.
	- Use commas to separate directory names:
<B>		:set path=.,/usr/local/include,/usr/include</B>
 	- Spaces can also be used to separate directory names (for backwards
	  compatibility with version 3.0).  To have a space in a directory
	  name, precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with an extra <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>, and <A HREF="intro.html#escape">escape</A> the space:
<B>		:set path=.,/dir/with\\\ space</B>
 	- To include a comma in a directory name precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with an extra
	  <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>:
<B>		:set path=.,/dir/with\\,comma</B>
 	- To search relative to the directory of the current file, use:
<B>		:set path=.</B>
 	- To search in the current directory use an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> between two
	  commas:
<B>		:set path=,,</B>
 	- A directory name may end in a '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' or '<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>'.
	- Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	- When using |<A HREF="netrw.html">netrw.vim</A>| URLs can be used.  For example, adding
 &quot;http://www.vim.org&quot; will make &quot;:find index.html&quot; work.
	- Search upwards and downwards in a directory tree using &quot;*&quot;, &quot;**&quot; and
	  &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#;">;</A>&quot;.  See |<A HREF="editing.html#file-searching">file-searching</A>| for info and <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A>.
	  {not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+path_extra">+path_extra</A>| feature}
	- Careful with '\' characters, type two to get one in the option:
<B>		:set path=.,c:\\include</B>
 	  Or just use '<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>' instead:
<B>		:set path=.,c:/include</B>
 	Don't forget &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; or files won't even be found in the same directory <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	the file!
	The maximum length is limited.  How much depends on the system, mostly
	<A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is something like 256 or 1024 characters.
	You can check if all the include files are found, using the value of
	<A HREF="#'path'">'path'</A>, see |<A HREF="tagsrch.html#:checkpath">:checkpath</A>|.
	The use of |<A HREF="#:set+=">:set+=</A>| and |<A HREF="#:set-=">:set-=</A>| is preferred when adding or removing
	directories from the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  This avoids problems when a future version
	uses another default.  To remove the current directory use:
<B>		:set path-=</B>
 	To add the current directory use:
<B>		:set path+=</B>
 	To use an environment variable, you probably need to replace the
	separator.  Here is an example to append $INCL, in which directory
	names are separated with a semi-colon:
<B>		:let &amp;path = &amp;path . "," . substitute($INCL, ';', ',', 'g')</B>
 	<A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A> the '<A HREF="motion.html#;">;</A>' with a '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' or whatever separator is used.  Note that
	this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.


						*<A NAME="'perldll'"></A><B>'perldll'</B>*
<A HREF="#'perldll'">'perldll'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default depends on the build)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+perl/dyn">+perl/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_perl.html#Perl">Perl</A> shared library. The default is
	DYNAMIC_PERL_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


			*<A NAME="'preserveindent'"></A><B>'preserveindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'pi'"></A><B>'pi'</B>* *<A NAME="'nopreserveindent'"></A><B>'nopreserveindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'nopi'"></A><B>'nopi'</B>*
<A HREF="#'preserveindent'">'preserveindent'</A> <A HREF="#'pi'">'pi'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	When <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the indent of the current line, preserve <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> much of the
	indent structure <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> possible.  Normally the indent is replaced by a
	series of tabs followed by spaces <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> required (unless |<A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A>| is
	enabled, in which <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> only spaces are used).  Enabling this option
	means the indent will preserve <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> many existing characters <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> possible
	for indenting, and only add additional tabs or spaces <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> required.
	<A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A> does not apply to the preserved white space, a <A HREF="intro.html#Tab">Tab</A> remains
	a <A HREF="intro.html#Tab">Tab</A>.
	NOTE: When using &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&gt;&gt;">&gt;&gt;</A>&quot; multiple times the resulting indent is a mix of
	tabs and spaces.  You might not like this.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.
	Also see <A HREF="#'copyindent'">'copyindent'</A>.
	Use |<A HREF="change.html#:retab">:retab</A>| to clean up white space.


					*<A NAME="'previewheight'"></A><B>'previewheight'</B>* *<A NAME="'pvh'"></A><B>'pvh'</B>*
<A HREF="#'previewheight'">'previewheight'</A> <A HREF="#'pvh'">'pvh'</A>	number (default 12)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>| or
			|<A HREF="various.html#+quickfix">+quickfix</A>| features}
	Default height for a preview <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Used for |<A HREF="windows.html#:ptag">:ptag</A>| and associated
	commands.  Used for |<A HREF="windows.html#CTRL-W_}">CTRL-W_}</A>| when no <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> is given.


					*<A NAME="'previewwindow'"></A><B>'previewwindow'</B>* *<A NAME="'nopreviewwindow'"></A><B>'nopreviewwindow'</B>*

					*<A NAME="'pvw'"></A><B>'pvw'</B>* *<A NAME="'nopvw'"></A><B>'nopvw'</B>* *<A NAME="E590"></A><B>E590</B>*
<A HREF="#'previewwindow'">'previewwindow'</A> <A HREF="#'pvw'">'pvw'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>| or
			|<A HREF="various.html#+quickfix">+quickfix</A>| features}
	Identifies the preview <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Only one <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> can have this option
	set.  It's normally not set directly, but by using one of the commands
	|<A HREF="windows.html#:ptag">:ptag</A>|, |<A HREF="windows.html#:pedit">:pedit</A>|, etc.


						*<A NAME="'printdevice'"></A><B>'printdevice'</B>* *<A NAME="'pdev'"></A><B>'pdev'</B>*
<A HREF="#'printdevice'">'printdevice'</A> <A HREF="#'pdev'">'pdev'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default empty)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+printer">+printer</A>|
			feature}
	The name of the printer to be used for |<A HREF="print.html#:hardcopy">:hardcopy</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="print.html#pdev-option">pdev-option</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'printencoding'"></A><B>'printencoding'</B>* *<A NAME="'penc'"></A><B>'penc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'printencoding'">'printencoding'</A> <A HREF="#'penc'">'penc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#String">String</A>	(default empty, except for some systems)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+printer">+printer</A>|
			and |<A HREF="various.html#+postscript">+postscript</A>| features}
	Sets the character encoding used when <A HREF="print.html#printing">printing</A>.
	See |<A HREF="print.html#penc-option">penc-option</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'printexpr'"></A><B>'printexpr'</B>* *<A NAME="'pexpr'"></A><B>'pexpr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'printexpr'">'printexpr'</A> <A HREF="#'pexpr'">'pexpr'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#String">String</A>	(default: see below)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+printer">+printer</A>|
			and |<A HREF="various.html#+postscript">+postscript</A>| features}
	Expression used to print the PostScript produced with |<A HREF="print.html#:hardcopy">:hardcopy</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="print.html#pexpr-option">pexpr-option</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'printfont'"></A><B>'printfont'</B>* *<A NAME="'pfn'"></A><B>'pfn'</B>*
<A HREF="#'printfont'">'printfont'</A> <A HREF="#'pfn'">'pfn'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;courier&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+printer">+printer</A>|
			feature}
	The name of the font that will be used for |<A HREF="print.html#:hardcopy">:hardcopy</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="print.html#pfn-option">pfn-option</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'printheader'"></A><B>'printheader'</B>* *<A NAME="'pheader'"></A><B>'pheader'</B>*
<A HREF="#'printheader'">'printheader'</A> <A HREF="#'pheader'">'pheader'</A>  <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>  (default &quot;&#37;&lt;&#37;f&#37;h&#37;m&#37;=Page &#37;N&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+printer">+printer</A>|
			feature}
	The format of the header produced in |<A HREF="print.html#:hardcopy">:hardcopy</A>| output.
	See |<A HREF="print.html#pheader-option">pheader-option</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'printmbcharset'"></A><B>'printmbcharset'</B>* *<A NAME="'pmbcs'"></A><B>'pmbcs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'printmbcharset'">'printmbcharset'</A> <A HREF="#'pmbcs'">'pmbcs'</A>  <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+printer">+printer</A>|,
			|<A HREF="various.html#+postscript">+postscript</A>| and |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>| features}
	The CJK character set to be used for CJK output from |<A HREF="print.html#:hardcopy">:hardcopy</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="print.html#pmbcs-option">pmbcs-option</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'printmbfont'"></A><B>'printmbfont'</B>* *<A NAME="'pmbfn'"></A><B>'pmbfn'</B>*
<A HREF="#'printmbfont'">'printmbfont'</A> <A HREF="#'pmbfn'">'pmbfn'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+printer">+printer</A>|,
			|<A HREF="various.html#+postscript">+postscript</A>| and |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>| features}
	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> of font names to be used for CJK output from |<A HREF="print.html#:hardcopy">:hardcopy</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="print.html#pmbfn-option">pmbfn-option</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'printoptions'"></A><B>'printoptions'</B>* *<A NAME="'popt'"></A><B>'popt'</B>*
<A HREF="#'printoptions'">'printoptions'</A> <A HREF="#'popt'">'popt'</A> <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with |<A HREF="various.html#+printer">+printer</A>| feature}
	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> of items that <A HREF="intro.html#control">control</A> the format of the output of |<A HREF="print.html#:hardcopy">:hardcopy</A>|.
	See |<A HREF="print.html#popt-option">popt-option</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'prompt'"></A><B>'prompt'</B>* *<A NAME="'noprompt'"></A><B>'noprompt'</B>*
<A HREF="#'prompt'">'prompt'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
	When on a &quot;<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>&quot; prompt is used in <A HREF="intro.html#Ex">Ex</A> mode.


						*<A NAME="'pumheight'"></A><B>'pumheight'</B>* *<A NAME="'ph'"></A><B>'ph'</B>*
<A HREF="#'pumheight'">'pumheight'</A> <A HREF="#'ph'">'ph'</A>	number	(default 0)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+insert_expand">+insert_expand</A>| feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Determines the maximum number of items to show in the popup menu for
	<A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode completion.  When zero <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> much space <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> available is used.
	|<A HREF="insert.html#ins-completion-menu">ins-completion-menu</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'pythondll'"></A><B>'pythondll'</B>*
<A HREF="#'pythondll'">'pythondll'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default depends on the build)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+python/dyn">+python/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_pyth.html#Python">Python</A> 2.x shared library. The default is
	DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'pythonhome'"></A><B>'pythonhome'</B>*
<A HREF="#'pythonhome'">'pythonhome'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+python/dyn">+python/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_pyth.html#Python">Python</A> 2.x home directory. When <A HREF="#'pythonhome'">'pythonhome'</A>
	and the PYTHONHOME environment variable are not set, PYTHON_HOME,
	which was specified at compile time, will be used for the <A HREF="if_pyth.html#Python">Python</A> 2.x
	home directory.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'pythonthreedll'"></A><B>'pythonthreedll'</B>*
<A HREF="#'pythonthreedll'">'pythonthreedll'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default depends on the build)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+python3/dyn">+python3/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_pyth.html#Python">Python</A> 3 shared library. The default is
	DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'pythonthreehome'"></A><B>'pythonthreehome'</B>*
<A HREF="#'pythonthreehome'">'pythonthreehome'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+python3/dyn">+python3/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_pyth.html#Python">Python</A> 3 home directory. When
	<A HREF="#'pythonthreehome'">'pythonthreehome'</A> and the PYTHONHOME environment variable are not set,
	PYTHON3_HOME, which was specified at compile time, will be used for
	the <A HREF="if_pyth.html#Python">Python</A> 3 home directory.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'pyxversion'"></A><B>'pyxversion'</B>* *<A NAME="'pyx'"></A><B>'pyx'</B>*
<A HREF="#'pyxversion'">'pyxversion'</A> <A HREF="#'pyx'">'pyx'</A>	number	(default depends on the build)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+python">+python</A>| or
			the |<A HREF="various.html#+python3">+python3</A>| feature}
	Specifies the <A HREF="if_pyth.html#python">python</A> version used for pyx* <A HREF="eval.html#functions">functions</A> and commands
	|<A HREF="if_pyth.html#python_x">python_x</A>|.  The default value is <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> follows:

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		Compiled with		     Default </FONT></B>
		|<A HREF="various.html#+python">+python</A>| and |<A HREF="various.html#+python3">+python3</A>|	0
		only |<A HREF="various.html#+python">+python</A>|			2
		only |<A HREF="various.html#+python3">+python3</A>|			3

	Available values are 0, 2 and 3.
	If <A HREF="#'pyxversion'">'pyxversion'</A> is 0, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is set to 2 or 3 after the first execution of
	any python2/3 commands or <A HREF="eval.html#functions">functions</A>.  E.g. `:py` sets to 2, and `:py3`
	sets to 3. `:pyx` sets <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to 3 if <A HREF="if_pyth.html#Python">Python</A> 3 is available, otherwise sets
	to 2 if <A HREF="if_pyth.html#Python">Python</A> 2 is available.
	See also: |<A HREF="if_pyth.html#has-pythonx">has-pythonx</A>|

	If Vim is compiled with only |<A HREF="various.html#+python">+python</A>| or |<A HREF="various.html#+python3">+python3</A>| setting
	<A HREF="#'pyxversion'">'pyxversion'</A> has no effect.  The pyx* <A HREF="eval.html#functions">functions</A> and commands are
	always the same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the compiled version.

	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'quoteescape'"></A><B>'quoteescape'</B>* *<A NAME="'qe'"></A><B>'qe'</B>*
<A HREF="#'quoteescape'">'quoteescape'</A> <A HREF="#'qe'">'qe'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;\&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	The characters that are used to <A HREF="intro.html#escape">escape</A> <A HREF="quotes.html#quotes">quotes</A> in a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>.  Used for
	<A HREF="index.html#objects">objects</A> like a', a&quot; and <A HREF="motion.html#a`">a`</A> |<A HREF="motion.html#a'">a'</A>|.
	When one of the characters in this option is found inside a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>,
	the following character will be skipped.  The default value makes the
	text &quot;foo\&quot;bar\\&quot; considered to be one <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>.


				   *<A NAME="'readonly'"></A><B>'readonly'</B>* *<A NAME="'ro'"></A><B>'ro'</B>* *<A NAME="'noreadonly'"></A><B>'noreadonly'</B>* *<A NAME="'noro'"></A><B>'noro'</B>*
<A HREF="#'readonly'">'readonly'</A> <A HREF="#'ro'">'ro'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
	If on, writes fail unless you use a '<A HREF="change.html#!">!</A>'.  Protects you from
	accidentally overwriting a file.  Default on when Vim is started
	in read-only mode (&quot;vim -R&quot;) or when the executable is called &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#view">view</A>&quot;.
	When using &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:w!">:w!</A>&quot; the <A HREF="#'readonly'">'readonly'</A> option is reset for the current
	buffer, unless the 'Z' flag is in <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A>.
	{not in Vi:}  When using the &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:view">:view</A>&quot; command the <A HREF="#'readonly'">'readonly'</A> option is
	set for the newly edited buffer.
	See <A HREF="#'modifiable'">'modifiable'</A> for disallowing changes to the buffer.


						*<A NAME="'redrawtime'"></A><B>'redrawtime'</B>* *<A NAME="'rdt'"></A><B>'rdt'</B>*
<A HREF="#'redrawtime'">'redrawtime'</A> <A HREF="#'rdt'">'rdt'</A>	number	(default 2000)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+reltime">+reltime</A>|
			feature}
	The time in milliseconds for redrawing the display.  This applies to
	searching for patterns for <A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A>, |<A HREF="pattern.html#:match">:match</A>| highlighting an <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A>
	highlighting.
	When redrawing takes more than this many milliseconds no further
	matches will be highlighted.
	For <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> highlighting the time applies per <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  When over the
	limit <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> highlighting is disabled until |<A HREF="various.html#CTRL-L">CTRL-L</A>| is used.
	This is used to avoid that Vim hangs when using a very complicated
	<A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A>.


						*<A NAME="'regexpengine'"></A><B>'regexpengine'</B>* *<A NAME="'re'"></A><B>'re'</B>*
<A HREF="#'regexpengine'">'regexpengine'</A> <A HREF="#'re'">'re'</A>	number	(default 0)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This selects the default <A HREF="pattern.html#regexp">regexp</A> engine. |<A HREF="pattern.html#two-engines">two-engines</A>|
	The possible values are:
		0	automatic selection
		1	old engine
		2	<A HREF="pattern.html#NFA">NFA</A> engine
	Note that when using the <A HREF="pattern.html#NFA">NFA</A> engine and the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> contains something
	that is not supported the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> will not match.  This is only useful
	for debugging the <A HREF="pattern.html#regexp">regexp</A> engine.
	Using automatic selection enables Vim to switch the engine, if the
	default engine becomes too costly.  E.g., when the <A HREF="pattern.html#NFA">NFA</A> engine uses too
	many states.  This should prevent Vim from hanging on a combination of
	a complex <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> with long text.


		*<A NAME="'relativenumber'"></A><B>'relativenumber'</B>* *<A NAME="'rnu'"></A><B>'rnu'</B>* *<A NAME="'norelativenumber'"></A><B>'norelativenumber'</B>* *<A NAME="'nornu'"></A><B>'nornu'</B>*
<A HREF="#'relativenumber'">'relativenumber'</A> <A HREF="#'rnu'">'rnu'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
	Show the line number relative to the line with the cursor in front of
	each line. Relative line numbers help you use the |<A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A>| you can
	precede some vertical motion commands (e.g. <A HREF="motion.html#j">j</A> <A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A> + -) with, without
	having to calculate <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> yourself. Especially useful in combination with
	other commands (e.g. <A HREF="change.html#y">y</A> <A HREF="change.html#d">d</A> <A HREF="change.html#c">c</A> <A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A> <A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A> <A HREF="change.html#gq">gq</A> <A HREF="change.html#gw">gw</A> =).
	When the '<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>' option is excluded from <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> a wrapped
	line will not use the column of line numbers (this is the default when
	<A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> isn't set).
	The <A HREF="#'numberwidth'">'numberwidth'</A> option can be used to set the room used for the line
	number.
	When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>'
	characters are put before the number.
	See |<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-LineNr">hl-LineNr</A>|  and |<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-CursorLineNr">hl-CursorLineNr</A>| for the highlighting used for
	the number.
	
	The number in front of the cursor line also depends on the value of
	<A HREF="#'number'">'number'</A>, see |<A HREF="#number_relativenumber">number_relativenumber</A>| for all combinations of the two
	<A HREF="#options">options</A>.


						*<A NAME="'remap'"></A><B>'remap'</B>* *<A NAME="'noremap'"></A><B>'noremap'</B>*
<A HREF="#'remap'">'remap'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
	Allows for mappings to work recursively.  If you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not want this for
	a single entry, use the :noremap[!] command.
	NOTE: To avoid portability problems with Vim scripts, always keep
	this option at the default &quot;on&quot;.  Only switch <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> off when working with
	old <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> scripts.


                                               *<A NAME="'renderoptions'"></A><B>'renderoptions'</B>* *<A NAME="'rop'"></A><B>'rop'</B>*
<A HREF="#'renderoptions'">'renderoptions'</A> <A HREF="#'rop'">'rop'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>  (default: empty)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> and DIRECTX on
			MS-Windows}
	<A HREF="visual.html#Select">Select</A> a text renderer and set its <A HREF="#options">options</A>.  The <A HREF="#options">options</A> depend on the
	renderer.

	<A HREF="autocmd.html#Syntax">Syntax</A>:
<B>		set rop=type:{renderer}(,{name}:{value})*</B>
 
	Currently, only one optional renderer is available.

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	render	behavior    </FONT></B>
	directx	Vim will draw text using DirectX (DirectWrite).  It makes
		drawn glyphs more beautiful than default GDI.
		It requires <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;, and only works on
		<A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A> Vista or newer version.

		Options:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		  name	    meaning		type	value       </FONT></B>
		  gamma	    gamma		float	1.0 - 2.2 (maybe)
		  contrast  enhancedContrast	float	(unknown)
		  level	    clearTypeLevel	float	(unknown)
		  geom	    pixelGeometry	int	0 - 2 (see below)
		  renmode   renderingMode	int	0 - 6 (see below)
		  taamode   textAntialiasMode	int	0 - 3 (see below)
		  scrlines  Scroll Lines	int	(deprecated)

		See this URL for detail (except for scrlines):
		  https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368190.aspx

		For geom: structure of a device pixel.
		  0 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_FLAT
		  1 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_RGB
		  2 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_BGR

		See this URL for detail:
		  https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368114.aspx

		For renmode: method of rendering glyphs.
		  0 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_DEFAULT
		  1 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_ALIASED
		  2 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_GDI_CLASSIC
		  3 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_GDI_NATURAL
		  4 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_NATURAL
		  5 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_NATURAL_SYMMETRIC
		  6 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_OUTLINE

		See this URL for detail:
		  https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368118.aspx

		For taamode: antialiasing mode used for drawing text.
		  0 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_DEFAULT
		  1 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_CLEARTYPE
		  2 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_GRAYSCALE
		  3 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_ALIASED

		See this URL for detail:
		  https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368170.aspx

		For scrlines:
		This was used for optimizing <A HREF="scroll.html#scrolling">scrolling</A> behavior, however this
		is now deprecated.  If specified, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is simply ignored.

		Example:
<B>		  set encoding=utf-8</B>
<B>		  set gfn=Ricty_Diminished:h12</B>
<B>		  set rop=type:directx</B>
 
		If select a raster font (Courier, Terminal or FixedSys which
		have &quot;.fon&quot; extension in file name) to <A HREF="#'guifont'">'guifont'</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be
		drawn by GDI <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a fallback.

		NOTE: It is known that some fonts and <A HREF="#options">options</A> combination
		causes trouble on drawing glyphs.

		  - 'renmode:5' and 'renmode:6' will not work with some
		    special made fonts (True-Type fonts which includes only
		    bitmap glyphs).
		  - 'taamode:3' will not work with some vector fonts.

		NOTE: With this option, you can display colored emoji
		(emoticon) in Windows 8.1 or later.  To display colored emoji,
		there are some conditions which you should notice.

		  - If your font includes non-colored emoji already, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will
		    be used.
		  - If your font doesn't have emoji, the system chooses an
		    alternative symbol font.  On Windows 10, &quot;Segoe UI Emoji&quot;
		    will be used.
		  - When this alternative font didn't have fixed width glyph,
		    emoji might be rendered beyond the bounding box of drawing
		    cell.

	Other render types are currently not supported.


						*<A NAME="'report'"></A><B>'report'</B>*
<A HREF="#'report'">'report'</A>		number	(default 2)
			global
	Threshold for reporting number of lines changed.  When the number of
	changed lines is more than <A HREF="#'report'">'report'</A> a message will be given for most
	&quot;<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>&quot; commands.  If you want <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> always, set <A HREF="#'report'">'report'</A> to 0.
	For the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#:substitute">:substitute</A>&quot; command the number of substitutions is used
	instead of the number of lines.


			 *<A NAME="'restorescreen'"></A><B>'restorescreen'</B>* *<A NAME="'rs'"></A><B>'rs'</B>* *<A NAME="'norestorescreen'"></A><B>'norestorescreen'</B>* *<A NAME="'nors'"></A><B>'nors'</B>*
<A HREF="#'restorescreen'">'restorescreen'</A> <A HREF="#'rs'">'rs'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}  {only in Windows 95/NT console version}
	When set, the screen contents is restored when <A HREF="starting.html#exiting">exiting</A> Vim.  This also
	happens when executing external commands.

	For non-Windows Vim: You can set or reset the <A HREF="term.html#'t_ti'">'t_ti'</A> and <A HREF="term.html#'t_te'">'t_te'</A>
	<A HREF="#options">options</A> in your <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A>.  To disable restoring:
		set t_ti= t_te=
	To enable restoring (for an xterm):
		set t_ti=^[7^[[r^[[?47h t_te=^[[?47l^[8
	(Where ^[ is an <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A>, type <A HREF="visual.html#CTRL-V">CTRL-V</A> <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> to insert <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>)


				*<A NAME="'revins'"></A><B>'revins'</B>* *<A NAME="'ri'"></A><B>'ri'</B>* *<A NAME="'norevins'"></A><B>'norevins'</B>* *<A NAME="'nori'"></A><B>'nori'</B>*
<A HREF="#'revins'">'revins'</A> <A HREF="#'ri'">'ri'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+rightleft">+rightleft</A>|
			feature}
	Inserting characters in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode will work backwards.  See &quot;typing
	backwards&quot; |<A HREF="rileft.html#ins-reverse">ins-reverse</A>|.  This option can be toggled with the CTRL-_
	command in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode, when <A HREF="#'allowrevins'">'allowrevins'</A> is set.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.
	This option is reset when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set and restored when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is
	reset.


				 *<A NAME="'rightleft'"></A><B>'rightleft'</B>* *<A NAME="'rl'"></A><B>'rl'</B>* *<A NAME="'norightleft'"></A><B>'norightleft'</B>* *<A NAME="'norl'"></A><B>'norl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'rightleft'">'rightleft'</A> <A HREF="#'rl'">'rl'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+rightleft">+rightleft</A>|
			feature}
	When on, display orientation becomes right-to-left, i.e., characters
	that are stored in the file appear from the right to the left.
	Using this option, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is possible to edit files for languages that
	are written from the right to the left such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> Hebrew and <A HREF="arabic.html#Arabic">Arabic</A>.
	This option is per <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, so <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is possible to edit mixed files
	simultaneously, or to <A HREF="starting.html#view">view</A> the same file in both ways (this is
	useful whenever you have a mixed text file with both right-to-left
	and left-to-right strings so that both sets are displayed properly
	in different <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>).  Also see |<A HREF="rileft.html">rileft.txt</A>|.


			*<A NAME="'rightleftcmd'"></A><B>'rightleftcmd'</B>* *<A NAME="'rlc'"></A><B>'rlc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'rightleftcmd'">'rightleftcmd'</A> <A HREF="#'rlc'">'rlc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;search&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+rightleft">+rightleft</A>|
			feature}
	Each <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> in this option enables the command line editing to work in
	right-to-left mode for a group of commands:

		search		&quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#?">?</A>&quot; commands

	This is useful for languages such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> Hebrew, <A HREF="arabic.html#Arabic">Arabic</A> and <A HREF="farsi.html#Farsi">Farsi</A>.
	The <A HREF="#'rightleft'">'rightleft'</A> option must be set for <A HREF="#'rightleftcmd'">'rightleftcmd'</A> to take effect.


						*<A NAME="'rubydll'"></A><B>'rubydll'</B>*
<A HREF="#'rubydll'">'rubydll'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: depends on the build)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+ruby/dyn">+ruby/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_ruby.html#Ruby">Ruby</A> shared library. The default is
	DYNAMIC_RUBY_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


					 *<A NAME="'ruler'"></A><B>'ruler'</B>* *<A NAME="'ru'"></A><B>'ru'</B>* *<A NAME="'noruler'"></A><B>'noruler'</B>* *<A NAME="'noru'"></A><B>'noru'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ruler'">'ruler'</A> <A HREF="#'ru'">'ru'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off, set in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+cmdline_info">+cmdline_info</A>| feature}
	Show the line and column number of the cursor position, separated by a
	comma.  When there is room, the relative position of the displayed
	text in the file is shown on the far right:
		Top	first line is visible
		Bot	last line is visible
		All	first and last line are visible
		45&#37;	relative position in the file
	If <A HREF="#'rulerformat'">'rulerformat'</A> is set, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will determine the contents of the ruler.
	Each <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> has its own ruler.  If a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> has a status line, the
	ruler is shown there.  Otherwise <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is shown in the last line of the
	screen.  If the statusline is given by <A HREF="#'statusline'">'statusline'</A> (i.e. not empty),
	this option takes precedence over <A HREF="#'ruler'">'ruler'</A> and <A HREF="#'rulerformat'">'rulerformat'</A>
	If the number of characters displayed is different from the number of
	bytes in the text (e.g., for a TAB or a <A HREF="mbyte.html#multi-byte">multi-byte</A> character), both
	the text column (byte number) and the screen column are shown,
	separated with a dash.
	For an empty line &quot;0-1&quot; is shown.
	For an empty buffer the line number will also be zero: &quot;0,0-1&quot;.
	This option is reset when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set and restored when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is
	reset.
	If you don't want to see the ruler all the time but want to know where
	you are, use &quot;g CTRL-G&quot; |<A HREF="editing.html#g_CTRL-G">g_CTRL-G</A>|.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'rulerformat'"></A><B>'rulerformat'</B>* *<A NAME="'ruf'"></A><B>'ruf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'rulerformat'">'rulerformat'</A> <A HREF="#'ruf'">'ruf'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default empty)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+statusline">+statusline</A>|
			feature}
	When this option is not empty, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> determines the content of the ruler
	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> displayed for the <A HREF="#'ruler'">'ruler'</A> option.
	The format of this option is like that of <A HREF="#'statusline'">'statusline'</A>.
	The default ruler width is 17 characters.  To make the ruler 15
	characters wide, put &quot;&#37;15(&quot; at the start and &quot;&#37;)&quot; at the end.
	Example:
<B>		:set rulerformat=%15(%c%V\ %p%%%)</B>
 

				*<A NAME="'runtimepath'"></A><B>'runtimepath'</B>* *<A NAME="'rtp'"></A><B>'rtp'</B>* *<A NAME="vimfiles"></A><B>vimfiles</B>*
<A HREF="#'runtimepath'">'runtimepath'</A> <A HREF="#'rtp'">'rtp'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default:
					<A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;$HOME/.vim,
						$VIM/vimfiles,
						<A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>,
						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
						$HOME/.vim/after&quot;
					<A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A>: &quot;home:vimfiles,
						$VIM/vimfiles,
						<A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>,
						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
						home:vimfiles/after&quot;
					PC, <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>: &quot;$HOME/vimfiles,
						$VIM/vimfiles,
						<A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>,
						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
						$HOME/vimfiles/after&quot;
					<A HREF="os_mac.html#Macintosh">Macintosh</A>: &quot;$VIM:vimfiles,
						<A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>,
						$VIM:vimfiles:after&quot;
					<A HREF="os_risc.html#RISC-OS">RISC-OS</A>: &quot;Choices:vimfiles,
						<A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>,
						Choices:vimfiles/after&quot;
					<A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>: &quot;sys$login:vimfiles,
						$VIM/vimfiles,
						<A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>,
						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
						sys$login:vimfiles/after&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of directories which will be searched for runtime
	files:
	  filetype.vim	<A HREF="filetype.html#filetypes">filetypes</A> by file name |<A HREF="filetype.html#new-filetype">new-filetype</A>|
	  scripts.vim	<A HREF="filetype.html#filetypes">filetypes</A> by file contents |<A HREF="filetype.html#new-filetype-scripts">new-filetype-scripts</A>|
	  autoload/	automatically loaded scripts |<A HREF="eval.html#autoload-functions">autoload-functions</A>|
	  colors/	color scheme files |<A HREF="syntax.html#:colorscheme">:colorscheme</A>|
	  compiler/	compiler files |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:compiler">:compiler</A>|
	  doc/		documentation |<A HREF="usr_41.html#write-local-help">write-local-help</A>|
	  ftplugin/	filetype plugins |<A HREF="usr_41.html#write-filetype-plugin">write-filetype-plugin</A>|
	  indent/	indent scripts |<A HREF="indent.html#indent-expression">indent-expression</A>|
	  keymap/	key <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> files |<A HREF="mbyte.html#mbyte-keymap">mbyte-keymap</A>|
	  lang/		menu translations |<A HREF="mlang.html#:menutrans">:menutrans</A>|
	  menu.vim	<A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A> |<A HREF="menu.html">menu.vim</A>|
	  pack/		<A HREF="repeat.html#packages">packages</A> |<A HREF="repeat.html#:packadd">:packadd</A>|
	  plugin/	plugin scripts |<A HREF="usr_41.html#write-plugin">write-plugin</A>|
	  print/	files for <A HREF="print.html#printing">printing</A> |<A HREF="print.html#postscript-print-encoding">postscript-print-encoding</A>|
	  spell/	spell checking files |<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>|
	  syntax/	syntax files |<A HREF="syntax.html#mysyntaxfile">mysyntaxfile</A>|
	  tutor/	files for <A HREF="usr_01.html#vimtutor">vimtutor</A> |<A HREF="usr_01.html#tutor">tutor</A>|

	And any other file searched for with the |<A HREF="repeat.html#:runtime">:runtime</A>| command.

	The defaults for most systems are setup to search five locations:
	1. In your home directory, for your personal preferences.
	2. In a system-wide Vim directory, for preferences from the system
	   administrator.
	3. In <A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>, for files distributed with Vim.

							*<A NAME="after-directory"></A><B>after-directory</B>*
	4. In the &quot;after&quot; directory in the system-wide Vim directory.  This is
	   for the system administrator to overrule or add to the distributed
	   defaults (rarely needed)
	5. In the &quot;after&quot; directory in your home directory.  This is for
	   personal preferences to overrule or add to the distributed defaults
	   or system-wide settings (rarely needed).

	More entries are added when using |<A HREF="repeat.html#packages">packages</A>|.  If <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> gets very long
	then `:set rtp` will be truncated, use `:echo &amp;rtp` to see the full
	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>.

	Note that, unlike <A HREF="#'path'">'path'</A>, no <A HREF="editing.html#wildcards">wildcards</A> like &quot;**&quot; are allowed.  <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A>
	<A HREF="editing.html#wildcards">wildcards</A> are allowed, but can significantly slow down searching for
	runtime files.  For speed, use <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> few items <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> possible and avoid
	<A HREF="editing.html#wildcards">wildcards</A>.
	See |<A HREF="repeat.html#:runtime">:runtime</A>|.
	Example:
<B>		:set runtimepath=~/vimruntime,/mygroup/vim,$VIMRUNTIME</B>
 	This will use the directory &quot;~/vimruntime&quot; first (containing your
	personal Vim runtime files), then &quot;/mygroup/vim&quot; (shared between a
	group of people) and finally &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>&quot; (the distributed runtime
	files).
	You probably should always include <A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A> somewhere, to use the
	distributed runtime files.  You can put a directory before <A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A>
	to find files which replace a distributed runtime files.  You can put
	a directory after <A HREF="starting.html#$VIMRUNTIME">$VIMRUNTIME</A> to find files which add to distributed
	runtime files.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'scroll'"></A><B>'scroll'</B>* *<A NAME="'scr'"></A><B>'scr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'scroll'">'scroll'</A> <A HREF="#'scr'">'scr'</A>		number	(default: half the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> height)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of lines to scroll with <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-U">CTRL-U</A> and <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-D">CTRL-D</A> commands.  Will be
	set to half the number of lines in the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> when the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> size
	changes.  If you give a <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> to the <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-U">CTRL-U</A> or <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-D">CTRL-D</A> command <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will
	be used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the new value for <A HREF="#'scroll'">'scroll'</A>.  Reset to half the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	height with &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'scroll'">scroll</A>=0&quot;.   {Vi is a bit different: <A HREF="#'scroll'">'scroll'</A> gives
	the number of screen lines instead of file lines, makes a difference
	when lines wrap}


			*<A NAME="'scrollbind'"></A><B>'scrollbind'</B>* *<A NAME="'scb'"></A><B>'scb'</B>* *<A NAME="'noscrollbind'"></A><B>'noscrollbind'</B>* *<A NAME="'noscb'"></A><B>'noscb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'scrollbind'">'scrollbind'</A> <A HREF="#'scb'">'scb'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>  (default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+scrollbind">+scrollbind</A>|
			feature}
	See also |<A HREF="scroll.html#scroll-binding">scroll-binding</A>|.  When this option is set, the current
	<A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> scrolls <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> other scrollbind <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> (windows that also have
	this option set) scroll.  This option is useful for viewing the
	differences between two versions of a file, see <A HREF="#'diff'">'diff'</A>.
	See |<A HREF="#'scrollopt'">'scrollopt'</A>| for <A HREF="#options">options</A> that determine how this option should be
	interpreted.
	This option is mostly reset when splitting a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> to edit another
	file.  This means that &quot;<A HREF="windows.html#:split">:split</A> &#124; edit file&quot; results in two <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	with <A HREF="scroll.html#scroll-binding">scroll-binding</A>, but &quot;<A HREF="windows.html#:split">:split</A> file&quot; does not.


						*<A NAME="'scrolljump'"></A><B>'scrolljump'</B>* *<A NAME="'sj'"></A><B>'sj'</B>*
<A HREF="#'scrolljump'">'scrolljump'</A> <A HREF="#'sj'">'sj'</A>	number	(default 1)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Minimal number of lines to scroll when the cursor gets off the
	screen (e.g., with &quot;j&quot;).  Not used for scroll commands (e.g., <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-E">CTRL-E</A>,
	<A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-D">CTRL-D</A>).  Useful if your <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> scrolls very slowly.
	When set to a negative number from -1 to -100 this is used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the
	percentage of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> height.  Thus -50 scrolls half the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	height.
	NOTE: This option is set to 1 when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'scrolloff'"></A><B>'scrolloff'</B>* *<A NAME="'so'"></A><B>'so'</B>*
<A HREF="#'scrolloff'">'scrolloff'</A> <A HREF="#'so'">'so'</A>	number	(default 0, set to 5 in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Minimal number of screen lines to keep above and below the cursor.
	This will make some context visible around where you are working.  If
	you set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to a very large value (999) the cursor line will always be
	in the middle of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> (except at the start or end of the file or
	when long lines wrap).
	For <A HREF="scroll.html#scrolling">scrolling</A> horizontally see <A HREF="#'sidescrolloff'">'sidescrolloff'</A>.
	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'scrollopt'"></A><B>'scrollopt'</B>* *<A NAME="'sbo'"></A><B>'sbo'</B>*
<A HREF="#'scrollopt'">'scrollopt'</A> <A HREF="#'sbo'">'sbo'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;ver,jump&quot;)
			global
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+scrollbind">+scrollbind</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	This is a comma-separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of words that specifies how
	<A HREF="#'scrollbind'">'scrollbind'</A> <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> should behave.  <A HREF="#'sbo'">'sbo'</A> stands for ScrollBind
	Options.
	The following words are available:
	    ver		Bind vertical <A HREF="scroll.html#scrolling">scrolling</A> for <A HREF="#'scrollbind'">'scrollbind'</A> <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	    hor		Bind horizontal <A HREF="scroll.html#scrolling">scrolling</A> for <A HREF="#'scrollbind'">'scrollbind'</A> <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	    jump	Applies to the offset between two <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> for vertical
			<A HREF="scroll.html#scrolling">scrolling</A>.  This offset is the difference in the first
			displayed line of the bound <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.  When moving
			around in a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, another <A HREF="#'scrollbind'">'scrollbind'</A> <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> may
			reach a position before the start or after the end of
			the buffer.  The offset is not changed though, when
			moving back the <A HREF="#'scrollbind'">'scrollbind'</A> <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will try to scroll
			to the desired position when possible.
			When now making that <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> the current one, two
			things can be done with the relative offset:
			1. When &quot;jump&quot; is not included, the relative offset is
			   adjusted for the scroll position in the new current
			   <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  When going back to the other <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, the
			   new relative offset will be used.
			2. When &quot;jump&quot; is included, the other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> are
			   scrolled to keep the same relative offset.  When
			   going back to the other <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> still uses the
			   same relative offset.
	Also see |<A HREF="scroll.html#scroll-binding">scroll-binding</A>|.
	When <A HREF="#'diff'">'diff'</A> mode is active there always is vertical scroll binding,
	even when &quot;ver&quot; isn't there.


						*<A NAME="'sections'"></A><B>'sections'</B>* *<A NAME="'sect'"></A><B>'sect'</B>*
<A HREF="#'sections'">'sections'</A> <A HREF="#'sect'">'sect'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;SHNHH HUnhsh&quot;)
			global
	Specifies the nroff macros that separate sections.  These are pairs of
	two letters (See |<A HREF="motion.html#object-motions">object-motions</A>|).  The default makes a section start
	at the nroff macros &quot;.SH&quot;, &quot;.NH&quot;, &quot;.H&quot;, &quot;.HU&quot;, &quot;.nh&quot; and &quot;.sh&quot;.


						*<A NAME="'secure'"></A><B>'secure'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosecure'"></A><B>'nosecure'</B>* *<A NAME="E523"></A><B>E523</B>*
<A HREF="#'secure'">'secure'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on, &quot;<A HREF="autocmd.html#:autocmd">:autocmd</A>&quot;, shell and write commands are not allowed in
	&quot;<A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#.exrc">.exrc</A>&quot; in the current directory and map commands are
	displayed.  Switch <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> off only if you know that you will not run into
	problems, or when the <A HREF="#'exrc'">'exrc'</A> option is off.  On <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> this option is
	only used if the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A>&quot; or &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#.exrc">.exrc</A>&quot; is not owned by you.  This can be
	dangerous if the systems allows users to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> a &quot;chown&quot;.  You better set
	<A HREF="#'secure'">'secure'</A> at the end of your ~/.vimrc then.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'selection'"></A><B>'selection'</B>* *<A NAME="'sel'"></A><B>'sel'</B>*
<A HREF="#'selection'">'selection'</A> <A HREF="#'sel'">'sel'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#inclusive">inclusive</A>&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This option defines the behavior of the selection.  It is only used
	in <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> and <A HREF="visual.html#Select">Select</A> mode.
	Possible values:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	   value	past line     inclusive </FONT></B>
	   old		   no		yes
	   <A HREF="motion.html#inclusive">inclusive</A>	   yes		yes
	   <A HREF="motion.html#exclusive">exclusive</A>	   yes		no
	&quot;past line&quot; means that the cursor is allowed to be positioned one
	character past the line.
	&quot;<A HREF="motion.html#inclusive">inclusive</A>&quot; means that the last character of the selection is included
	in an operation.  For example, when &quot;<A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>&quot; is used to delete the
	selection.
	When &quot;old&quot; is used and <A HREF="#'virtualedit'">'virtualedit'</A> allows the cursor to move past
	the end of line the line break still isn't included.
	Note that when &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#exclusive">exclusive</A>&quot; is used and selecting from the end
	backwards, you cannot include the last character of a line, when
	starting in <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> mode and <A HREF="#'virtualedit'">'virtualedit'</A> empty.

	The <A HREF="#'selection'">'selection'</A> option is set by the |<A HREF="gui.html#:behave">:behave</A>| command.


						*<A NAME="'selectmode'"></A><B>'selectmode'</B>* *<A NAME="'slm'"></A><B>'slm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'selectmode'">'selectmode'</A> <A HREF="#'slm'">'slm'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of words, which specifies when to start
	<A HREF="visual.html#Select">Select</A> mode instead of <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode, when a selection is started.
	Possible values:
	   mouse	when using the mouse
	   key		when using shifted special keys
	   cmd		when using &quot;<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="visual.html#V">V</A>&quot; or <A HREF="visual.html#CTRL-V">CTRL-V</A>
	See |<A HREF="visual.html#Select-mode">Select-mode</A>|.
	The <A HREF="#'selectmode'">'selectmode'</A> option is set by the |<A HREF="gui.html#:behave">:behave</A>| command.


						*<A NAME="'sessionoptions'"></A><B>'sessionoptions'</B>* *<A NAME="'ssop'"></A><B>'ssop'</B>*
<A HREF="#'sessionoptions'">'sessionoptions'</A> <A HREF="#'ssop'">'ssop'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;blank,buffers,curdir,folds,
					       help,options,tabpages,winsize&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+mksession">+mksession</A>|
			feature}
	Changes the effect of the |<A HREF="starting.html#:mksession">:mksession</A>| command.  It is a comma
	separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of words.  Each <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> enables saving and restoring
	something:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	   word		save and restore </FONT></B>
	   blank	empty <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	   <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>	hidden and unloaded <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>, not just those in <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>
	   curdir	the current directory
	   <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>	manually created <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>, opened/closed <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> and local
			fold <A HREF="#options">options</A>
	   globals	global <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> that start with an <A HREF="change.html#uppercase">uppercase</A> <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A>
			and contain at least one <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A> <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A>.  Only
			<A HREF="eval.html#String">String</A> and <A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> types are stored.
	   help		the help <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	   localoptions	<A HREF="#options">options</A> and mappings local to a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> or buffer (not
			global values for local <A HREF="#options">options</A>)
	   <A HREF="#options">options</A>	all <A HREF="#options">options</A> and mappings (also global values for local
			<A HREF="#options">options</A>)
	   resize	size of the Vim <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>: <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A> and <A HREF="#'columns'">'columns'</A>
	   sesdir	the directory in which the session file is located
			will become the current directory (useful with
			projects accessed over a <A HREF="pi_netrw.html#network">network</A> from different
			systems)
	   slash	backslashes in file names replaced with forward
			slashes
	   tabpages	all <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages; without this only the current <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> page
			is restored, so that you can make a session for each
			<A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> page separately
	   <A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>		with <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> end-of-line format (single &lt;NL&gt;), even when
			on Windows or <A HREF="os_dos.html#DOS">DOS</A>
	   winpos	position of the whole Vim <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	   winsize	<A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> sizes

	Don't include both &quot;curdir&quot; and &quot;sesdir&quot;.
	When neither &quot;curdir&quot; nor &quot;sesdir&quot; is included, file names are stored
	with absolute paths.
	&quot;slash&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot; are useful on Windows when sharing session files
	with <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>.  The <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> version of Vim cannot source <A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A> format scripts,
	but the Windows version of Vim can source <A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A> format scripts.


						*<A NAME="'shell'"></A><B>'shell'</B>* *<A NAME="'sh'"></A><B>'sh'</B>* *<A NAME="E91"></A><B>E91</B>*
<A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> <A HREF="#'sh'">'sh'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default $SHELL or &quot;sh&quot;,
					<A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>: &quot;command.com&quot; or
					&quot;cmd.exe&quot;, <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>: &quot;cmd&quot;)
			global
	Name of the shell to use for ! and <A HREF="various.html#:!">:!</A> commands.  When <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> the
	value also check these <A HREF="#options">options</A>: <A HREF="#'shelltype'">'shelltype'</A>, <A HREF="#'shellpipe'">'shellpipe'</A>, <A HREF="#'shellslash'">'shellslash'</A>
	<A HREF="#'shellredir'">'shellredir'</A>, <A HREF="#'shellquote'">'shellquote'</A>, <A HREF="#'shellxquote'">'shellxquote'</A> and <A HREF="#'shellcmdflag'">'shellcmdflag'</A>.
	It is allowed to give an argument to the command, e.g.  &quot;csh -f&quot;.
	See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces and backslashes.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	If the name of the shell contains a space, you might need to enclose
	<A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> in <A HREF="quotes.html#quotes">quotes</A>.  Example:
<B>		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f</B>
 	Note the <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> before each <A HREF="change.html#quote">quote</A> (to avoid starting a comment) and
	each space (to avoid ending the option value).  Also note that the
	&quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-f">-f</A>&quot; is not inside the <A HREF="quotes.html#quotes">quotes</A>, because <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not part of the command
	name.  And Vim automagically recognizes the backslashes that are path
	separators.
	Under <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A>, when the executable ends in &quot;.com&quot; <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> must be
	included.  Thus setting the shell to &quot;command.com&quot; or &quot;4dos.com&quot;
	works, but &quot;command&quot; and &quot;4dos&quot; <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not work for all commands (e.g.,
	filtering).
	For unknown reasons, when using &quot;4dos.com&quot; the current directory is
	changed to &quot;C:\&quot;.  To avoid this set <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> like this:
<B>		:set shell=command.com\ /c\ 4dos</B>
 	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'shellcmdflag'"></A><B>'shellcmdflag'</B>* *<A NAME="'shcf'"></A><B>'shcf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shellcmdflag'">'shellcmdflag'</A> <A HREF="#'shcf'">'shcf'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-c">-c</A>&quot;;
				 <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, when <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> does not
				 contain &quot;sh&quot; somewhere: &quot;/c&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Flag passed to the shell to execute &quot;<A HREF="change.html#!">!</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="various.html#:!">:!</A>&quot; commands; e.g.,
	&quot;bash.exe <A HREF="starting.html#-c">-c</A> ls&quot; or &quot;command.com /c dir&quot;.  For the MS-DOS-like
	systems, the default is set according to the value of <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A>, to
	reduce the need to set this option by the user.
	On <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
	part is passed <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> an argument to the shell command.
	See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces and backslashes.
	Also see |<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos-shell">dos-shell</A>| for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A>.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'shellpipe'"></A><B>'shellpipe'</B>* *<A NAME="'sp'"></A><B>'sp'</B>*
'shellpipe' 'sp'	string	(default &quot;&gt;&quot;, &quot;| tee&quot;, &quot;|&amp; tee&quot; or &quot;2&gt;&amp;1| tee&quot;)|||
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+quickfix">+quickfix</A>|
			feature}
	<A HREF="eval.html#String">String</A> to be used to put the output of the &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make">:make</A>&quot; command in the
	error file.  See also |<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make_makeprg">:make_makeprg</A>|.  See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about
	including spaces and backslashes.
	The name of the temporary file can be represented by &quot;&#37;s&quot; if necessary
	(the file name is appended automatically if no &#37;s appears in the value
	of this option).
	For the <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A> and <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> the default is &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>&quot;.  The output is directly
	saved in a file and not echoed to the screen.
	For <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> the default <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> &quot;| tee&quot;.  The stdout of the compiler is saved
	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> option is &quot;csh&quot; or
	&quot;tcsh&quot; after initializations, the default becomes &quot;|&amp; tee&quot;.  If the
	<A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> option is &quot;sh&quot;, &quot;ksh&quot;, &quot;mksh&quot;, &quot;pdksh&quot;, &quot;zsh&quot; or &quot;bash&quot; the
	default becomes &quot;2&gt;&amp;1| tee&quot;.  This means that stderr is also included.
	Before using the <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> option a path is removed, thus &quot;/bin/sh&quot; uses
	&quot;sh&quot;.
	The <A HREF="starting.html#initialization">initialization</A> of this option is done after reading the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A>&quot;
	and the other initializations, so that when the <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> option is set
	there, the <A HREF="#'shellpipe'">'shellpipe'</A> option changes automatically, unless <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was
	explicitly set before.
	When <A HREF="#'shellpipe'">'shellpipe'</A> is set to an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>, no redirection of the
	&quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:make">:make</A>&quot; output will be done.  This is useful if you use a <A HREF="#'makeprg'">'makeprg'</A>
	that writes to <A HREF="#'makeef'">'makeef'</A> by itself.  If you want no piping, but <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A>
	want to include the <A HREF="#'makeef'">'makeef'</A>, set <A HREF="#'shellpipe'">'shellpipe'</A> to a single space.
	Don't forget to precede the space with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>: &quot;<A HREF="#:set">:set</A> <A HREF="#'sp'">sp</A>=\ &quot;.
	In the future pipes may be used for filtering and this option will
	become obsolete (at least for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>).
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'shellquote'"></A><B>'shellquote'</B>* *<A NAME="'shq'"></A><B>'shq'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shellquote'">'shellquote'</A> <A HREF="#'shq'">'shq'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;&quot;; <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, when <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A>
					contains &quot;sh&quot; somewhere: &quot;\&quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
	the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#!">!</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="various.html#:!">:!</A>&quot; commands.  The redirection is kept outside of the
	quoting.  See <A HREF="#'shellxquote'">'shellxquote'</A> to include the redirection.  It's
	probably not useful to set both <A HREF="#options">options</A>.
	This is an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> by default.  Only known to be useful for
	third-party shells on MS-DOS-like systems, such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the MKS Korn Shell
	or bash, where <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> should be &quot;\&quot;&quot;.  The default is adjusted according
	the value of <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A>, to reduce the need to set this option by the
	user.  See |<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos-shell">dos-shell</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'shellredir'"></A><B>'shellredir'</B>* *<A NAME="'srr'"></A><B>'srr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shellredir'">'shellredir'</A> <A HREF="#'srr'">'srr'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>&quot;, &quot;&gt;&amp;&quot; or &quot;&gt;&#37;s 2&gt;&amp;1&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="eval.html#String">String</A> to be used to put the output of a <A HREF="change.html#filter">filter</A> command in a temporary
	file.  See also |<A HREF="various.html#:!">:!</A>|.  See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces
	and backslashes.
	The name of the temporary file can be represented by &quot;&#37;s&quot; if necessary
	(the file name is appended automatically if no &#37;s appears in the value
	of this option).
	The default is &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>&quot;.  For <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>, if the <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> option is &quot;csh&quot;, &quot;tcsh&quot;
	or &quot;zsh&quot; during initializations, the default becomes &quot;&gt;&amp;&quot;.  If the
	<A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> option is &quot;sh&quot;, &quot;ksh&quot; or &quot;bash&quot; the default becomes
	&quot;&gt;&#37;s 2&gt;&amp;1&quot;.  This means that stderr is also included.
	For <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, the <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> checks are done and additionally &quot;cmd&quot; is checked
	for, which makes the default &quot;&gt;&#37;s 2&gt;&amp;1&quot;.  Also, the same names with
	&quot;.exe&quot; appended are checked for.
	The <A HREF="starting.html#initialization">initialization</A> of this option is done after reading the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A>&quot;
	and the other initializations, so that when the <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> option is set
	there, the <A HREF="#'shellredir'">'shellredir'</A> option changes automatically unless <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was
	explicitly set before.
	In the future pipes may be used for filtering and this option will
	become obsolete (at least for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>).
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


			*<A NAME="'shellslash'"></A><B>'shellslash'</B>* *<A NAME="'ssl'"></A><B>'ssl'</B>* *<A NAME="'noshellslash'"></A><B>'noshellslash'</B>* *<A NAME="'nossl'"></A><B>'nossl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shellslash'">'shellslash'</A> <A HREF="#'ssl'">'ssl'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi} {only for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MSDOS">MSDOS</A>, <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A> and OS/2}
	When set, a forward slash is used when expanding file names.  This is
	useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of command.com or
	cmd.exe.  Backward slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to
	forward slashes by Vim.
	Note that setting or resetting this option has no effect for some
	existing file names, thus this option needs to be set before opening
	any file for best results.  This might change in the future.
	<A HREF="#'shellslash'">'shellslash'</A> only works when a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> can be used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a path
	separator.  To test if this is so use:
<B>		if exists('+shellslash')</B>
 

			*<A NAME="'shelltemp'"></A><B>'shelltemp'</B>* *<A NAME="'stmp'"></A><B>'stmp'</B>* *<A NAME="'noshelltemp'"></A><B>'noshelltemp'</B>* *<A NAME="'nostmp'"></A><B>'nostmp'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shelltemp'">'shelltemp'</A> <A HREF="#'stmp'">'stmp'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(Vi default off, Vim default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on, use temp files for shell commands.  When off use a pipe.
	When using a pipe is not possible temp files are used anyway.
	Currently a pipe is only supported on <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A> 2K and
	later.  You can check <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with:
<B>		:if has("filterpipe")</B>
 	The advantage of using a pipe is that nobody can read the temp file
	and the <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> command does not need to support redirection.
	The advantage of using a temp file is that the file type and encoding
	can be detected.
	The |<A HREF="autocmd.html#FilterReadPre">FilterReadPre</A>|, |<A HREF="autocmd.html#FilterReadPost">FilterReadPost</A>| and |<A HREF="autocmd.html#FilterWritePre">FilterWritePre</A>|,
	|<A HREF="autocmd.html#FilterWritePost">FilterWritePost</A>| autocommands event are not triggered when
	<A HREF="#'shelltemp'">'shelltemp'</A> is off.
	The `system()` function does not respect this option and always uses
	temp files.
	NOTE: This option is set to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A>
	is reset.


						*<A NAME="'shelltype'"></A><B>'shelltype'</B>* *<A NAME="'st'"></A><B>'st'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shelltype'">'shelltype'</A> <A HREF="#'st'">'st'</A>	number	(default 0)
			global
			{not in Vi} {only for the Amiga}
	On the <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A> this option influences the way how the commands work
	which use a shell.
	0 and 1: always use the shell
	2 and 3: use the shell only to <A HREF="change.html#filter">filter</A> lines
	4 and 5: use shell only for '<A HREF="various.html#:sh">:sh</A>' command
	When not using the shell, the command is executed directly.

	0 and 2: use &quot;shell <A HREF="#'shellcmdflag'">'shellcmdflag'</A> cmd&quot; to start external commands
	1 and 3: use &quot;shell cmd&quot; to start external commands


						*<A NAME="'shellxescape'"></A><B>'shellxescape'</B>* *<A NAME="'sxe'"></A><B>'sxe'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shellxescape'">'shellxescape'</A> <A HREF="#'sxe'">'sxe'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;&quot;;
				 for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#MS-Windows">MS-Windows</A>: &quot;\&quot;&amp;|&lt;&gt;()@^&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When <A HREF="#'shellxquote'">'shellxquote'</A> is set to &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#(">(</A>&quot; then the characters listed in this
	option will be escaped with a '<A HREF="motion.html#^">^</A>' character.  This makes <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> possible
	to execute most external commands with cmd.exe.


						*<A NAME="'shellxquote'"></A><B>'shellxquote'</B>* *<A NAME="'sxq'"></A><B>'sxq'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shellxquote'">'shellxquote'</A> <A HREF="#'sxq'">'sxq'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;&quot;;
					for <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, when <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> is cmd.exe: &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#(">(</A>&quot;
					for <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, when <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A> contains &quot;sh&quot;
					somewhere: &quot;\&quot;&quot;
					for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>, when using <A HREF="eval.html#system()">system()</A>: &quot;\&quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
	the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#!">!</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="various.html#:!">:!</A>&quot; commands.  Includes the redirection.  See
	<A HREF="#'shellquote'">'shellquote'</A> to exclude the redirection.  It's probably not useful
	to set both <A HREF="#options">options</A>.
	When the value is '<A HREF="motion.html#(">(</A>' then '<A HREF="motion.html#)">)</A>' is appended. When the value is &#39;&#34;'('
	then ')&quot;' is appended.
	When the value is '<A HREF="motion.html#(">(</A>' then also see <A HREF="#'shellxescape'">'shellxescape'</A>.
	This is an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> by default on most systems, but is known to be
	useful for on <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> version, either for cmd.exe which automatically
	strips off the first and last <A HREF="change.html#quote">quote</A> on a command, or 3rd-party shells
	such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the MKS Korn Shell or bash, where <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> should be &quot;\&quot;&quot;.  The
	default is adjusted according the value of <A HREF="#'shell'">'shell'</A>, to reduce the need
	to set this option by the user.  See |<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos-shell">dos-shell</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


			*<A NAME="'shiftround'"></A><B>'shiftround'</B>* *<A NAME="'sr'"></A><B>'sr'</B>* *<A NAME="'noshiftround'"></A><B>'noshiftround'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosr'"></A><B>'nosr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shiftround'">'shiftround'</A> <A HREF="#'sr'">'sr'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Round indent to multiple of <A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A>.  Applies to <A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A> and <A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>
	commands.  <A HREF="tagsrch.html#CTRL-T">CTRL-T</A> and <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-D">CTRL-D</A> in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode always round the indent to
	a multiple of <A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> (this is <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible).
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'shiftwidth'"></A><B>'shiftwidth'</B>* *<A NAME="'sw'"></A><B>'sw'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> <A HREF="#'sw'">'sw'</A>	number	(default 8)
			local to buffer
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of spaces to use for each step of (auto)indent.  Used for
	|<A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A>|, |<A HREF="change.html#&gt;&gt;">&gt;&gt;</A>|, |<A HREF="change.html#&lt;&lt;">&lt;&lt;</A>|, etc.
	When zero the <A HREF="#'ts'">'ts'</A> value will be used.  Use the |<A HREF="eval.html#shiftwidth()">shiftwidth()</A>|
	function to get the effective shiftwidth value.


						*<A NAME="'shortmess'"></A><B>'shortmess'</B>* *<A NAME="'shm'"></A><B>'shm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shortmess'">'shortmess'</A> <A HREF="#'shm'">'shm'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(Vim default &quot;filnxtToO&quot;, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: &quot;&quot;,
							POSIX default: &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#A">A</A>&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This option helps to avoid all the |<A HREF="message.html#hit-enter">hit-enter</A>| prompts caused by file
	<A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A>, for example  with <A HREF="editing.html#CTRL-G">CTRL-G</A>, and to avoid some other <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A>.
	It is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of flags:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	 flag	meaning when present	</FONT></B>
	  <A HREF="motion.html#f">f</A>	use &quot;(3 of 5)&quot; instead of &quot;(file 3 of 5)&quot;
	  <A HREF="insert.html#i">i</A>	use &quot;[noeol]&quot; instead of &quot;[Incomplete last line]&quot;
	  <A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>	use &quot;999L, 888C&quot; instead of &quot;999 lines, 888 characters&quot;
	  <A HREF="motion.html#m">m</A>	use &quot;[+]&quot; instead of &quot;[Modified]&quot;
	  <A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>	use &quot;[New]&quot; instead of &quot;[New File]&quot;
	  <A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>	use &quot;[RO]&quot; instead of &quot;[readonly]&quot;
	  <A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A>	use &quot;[w]&quot; instead of &quot;written&quot; for file write message
		and &quot;[a]&quot; instead of &quot;appended&quot; for ':w <A HREF="change.html#&gt;&gt;">&gt;&gt;</A> file' command
	  <A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>	use &quot;[dos]&quot; instead of &quot;[dos format]&quot;, &quot;[unix]&quot; instead of
		&quot;[unix format]&quot; and &quot;[mac]&quot; instead of &quot;[mac format]&quot;.
	  a	all of the above <A HREF="map.html#abbreviations">abbreviations</A>

	  <A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A>	overwrite message for <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file with subsequent message
		for reading a file (useful for &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#:wn">:wn</A>&quot; or when <A HREF="#'autowrite'">'autowrite'</A> on)
	  <A HREF="insert.html#O">O</A>	message for reading a file overwrites any previous message.
		Also for <A HREF="quickfix.html#quickfix">quickfix</A> message (e.g., &quot;:cn&quot;).
	  <A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>	don't give &quot;search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP&quot; or &quot;search
		hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM&quot; <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A>
	  t	truncate file message at the start if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is too long to fit
		on the command-line, &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>&quot; will appear in the left most column.
		Ignored in <A HREF="intro.html#Ex">Ex</A> mode.
	  <A HREF="motion.html#T">T</A>	truncate other <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> in the middle if they are too long to
		fit on the command line.  &quot;<A HREF="eval.html#...">...</A>&quot; will appear in the middle.
		Ignored in <A HREF="intro.html#Ex">Ex</A> mode.
	  <A HREF="motion.html#W">W</A>	don't give &quot;written&quot; or &quot;[w]&quot; when <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file
	  A	don't give the &quot;<A HREF="usr_11.html#ATTENTION">ATTENTION</A>&quot; message when an existing swap file
		is found.
	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim |<A HREF="starting.html#:intro">:intro</A>|.
	  c	don't give |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-completion-menu">ins-completion-menu</A>| <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A>.  For example,
		&quot;<A HREF="starting.html#--">--</A> XXX completion (YYY)&quot;, &quot;match 1 of 2&quot;, &quot;The only match&quot;,
		&quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#Pattern">Pattern</A> not found&quot;, &quot;Back at original&quot;, etc.
	  <A HREF="repeat.html#q">q</A>	use &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#recording">recording</A>&quot; instead of &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#recording">recording</A> @a&quot;
	  <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>	don't give the file info when editing a file, like `:silent`
		was used for the command

	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>
	requires you to hit <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Enter&gt;">&lt;Enter&gt;</A>, but still gives <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> useful a message <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	possible for the space available.  To get the whole message that you
	would have got with <A HREF="#'shm'">'shm'</A> empty, use &quot;:file!&quot;
	Useful values:
	    shm=	No abbreviation of message.
	    shm=a	Abbreviation, but no loss of information.
	    shm=at	Abbreviation, and truncate message when necessary.

	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


				 *<A NAME="'shortname'"></A><B>'shortname'</B>* *<A NAME="'sn'"></A><B>'sn'</B>* *<A NAME="'noshortname'"></A><B>'noshortname'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosn'"></A><B>'nosn'</B>*
<A HREF="#'shortname'">'shortname'</A> <A HREF="#'sn'">'sn'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A>, not in <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> versions}
	Filenames are assumed to be 8 characters plus one extension of 3
	characters.  Multiple dots in file names are not allowed.  When this
	option is on, dots in file names are replaced with underscores when
	adding an extension (&quot;.~&quot; or &quot;.swp&quot;).  This option is not available
	for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, because then <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> would always be on.  This option is useful
	when editing files on an <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> compatible filesystem, e.g., messydos
	or crossdos.  When running the <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> version under Win32s, this
	option is always on by default.


						*<A NAME="'showbreak'"></A><B>'showbreak'</B>* *<A NAME="'sbr'"></A><B>'sbr'</B>* *<A NAME="E595"></A><B>E595</B>*
<A HREF="#'showbreak'">'showbreak'</A> <A HREF="#'sbr'">'sbr'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+linebreak">+linebreak</A>|
			feature}
	<A HREF="eval.html#String">String</A> to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped.  Useful
	values are &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A> &quot; or &quot;+++ &quot;:
<B>		:set showbreak=&gt;\ </B>
 	Note the <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> to <A HREF="intro.html#escape">escape</A> the trailing space.  It's easier like
	this:
<B>		:let &amp;showbreak = '+++ '</B>
 	Only printable single-cell characters are allowed, excluding <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> and
	comma (in a future version the comma might be used to separate the
	part that is shown at the end and at the start of a line).
	The characters are highlighted according to the '<A HREF="repeat.html#@">@</A>' flag in
	<A HREF="#'highlight'">'highlight'</A>.
	Note that tabs after the showbreak will be displayed differently.
	If you want the <A HREF="#'showbreak'">'showbreak'</A> to appear in between line numbers, add the
	&quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>&quot; flag to <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A>.


				     *<A NAME="'showcmd'"></A><B>'showcmd'</B>* *<A NAME="'sc'"></A><B>'sc'</B>* *<A NAME="'noshowcmd'"></A><B>'noshowcmd'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosc'"></A><B>'nosc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'showcmd'">'showcmd'</A> <A HREF="#'sc'">'sc'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(Vim default: on, off for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>,
				       <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: off, set in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+cmdline_info">+cmdline_info</A>| feature}
	Show (partial) command in the last line of the screen.  Set this
	option off if your <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> is slow.
	In <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode the size of the selected area is shown:
	- When selecting characters within a line, the number of characters.
	  If the number of bytes is different <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is also displayed: &quot;2-6&quot;
	  means two characters and six bytes.
	- When selecting more than one line, the number of lines.
	- When selecting a block, the size in screen characters:
	  {lines}x{columns}.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


			*<A NAME="'showfulltag'"></A><B>'showfulltag'</B>* *<A NAME="'sft'"></A><B>'sft'</B>* *<A NAME="'noshowfulltag'"></A><B>'noshowfulltag'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosft'"></A><B>'nosft'</B>*
<A HREF="#'showfulltag'">'showfulltag'</A> <A HREF="#'sft'">'sft'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When completing a <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> in insert mode (see |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-completion">ins-completion</A>|) from the
	<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file, show both the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> name and a tidied-up form of the search
	<A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> (if there is one) <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> possible matches.  Thus, if you have
	matched a C function, you can see a <A HREF="autocmd.html#template">template</A> for what arguments are
	required (coding style permitting).
	Note that this doesn't work well together with having &quot;longest&quot; in
	<A HREF="#'completeopt'">'completeopt'</A>, because the completion from the search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> may not
	match the typed text.


				 *<A NAME="'showmatch'"></A><B>'showmatch'</B>* *<A NAME="'sm'"></A><B>'sm'</B>* *<A NAME="'noshowmatch'"></A><B>'noshowmatch'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosm'"></A><B>'nosm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'showmatch'">'showmatch'</A> <A HREF="#'sm'">'sm'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
	When a bracket is inserted, briefly jump to the matching one.  The
	jump is only done if the match can be seen on the screen.  The time to
	show the match can be set with <A HREF="#'matchtime'">'matchtime'</A>.
	A Beep is given if there is no match (no matter if the match can be
	seen or not).
	This option is reset when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set and restored when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is
	reset.
	When the '<A HREF="motion.html#m">m</A>' flag is not included in <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A>, typing a character
	will immediately move the cursor back to where <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> belongs.
	See the &quot;sm&quot; field in <A HREF="#'guicursor'">'guicursor'</A> for setting the cursor shape and
	blinking when showing the match.
	The <A HREF="#'matchpairs'">'matchpairs'</A> option can be used to specify the characters to show
	matches for.  <A HREF="#'rightleft'">'rightleft'</A> and <A HREF="#'revins'">'revins'</A> are used to look for opposite
	matches.
	Also see the <A HREF="pi_paren.html#matchparen">matchparen</A> <A HREF="usr_05.html#plugin">plugin</A> for highlighting the match when moving
	around |<A HREF="pi_paren.html">pi_paren.txt</A>|.
	Note: Use of the short form is rated PG.


				 *<A NAME="'showmode'"></A><B>'showmode'</B>* *<A NAME="'smd'"></A><B>'smd'</B>* *<A NAME="'noshowmode'"></A><B>'noshowmode'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosmd'"></A><B>'nosmd'</B>*
<A HREF="#'showmode'">'showmode'</A> <A HREF="#'smd'">'smd'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(Vim default: on, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: off)
			global
	If in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A>, <A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A> or <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode put a message on the last line.
	Use the '<A HREF="motion.html#M">M</A>' flag in <A HREF="#'highlight'">'highlight'</A> to set the type of highlighting for
	this message.
	When |<A HREF="mbyte.html#XIM">XIM</A>| may be used the message will include &quot;XIM&quot;.  But this
	doesn't mean <A HREF="mbyte.html#XIM">XIM</A> is really active, especially when <A HREF="#'imactivatekey'">'imactivatekey'</A> is
	not set.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'showtabline'"></A><B>'showtabline'</B>* *<A NAME="'stal'"></A><B>'stal'</B>*
<A HREF="#'showtabline'">'showtabline'</A> <A HREF="#'stal'">'stal'</A>	number	(default 1)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			feature}
	The value of this option specifies when the line with <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> page labels
	will be displayed:
		0: never
		1: only if there are at least two <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages
		2: always
	This is both for the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> and non-GUI implementation of the <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages
	line.
	See |<A HREF="tabpage.html#tab-page">tab-page</A>| for more information about tab pages.


						*<A NAME="'sidescroll'"></A><B>'sidescroll'</B>* *<A NAME="'ss'"></A><B>'ss'</B>*
<A HREF="#'sidescroll'">'sidescroll'</A> <A HREF="#'ss'">'ss'</A>	number	(default 0)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	The minimal number of columns to scroll horizontally.  Used only when
	the <A HREF="#'wrap'">'wrap'</A> option is off and the cursor is moved off of the screen.
	When <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is zero the cursor will be put in the middle of the screen.
	When using a slow <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to a large number or 0.  When using
	a fast <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> use a small number or 1.  Not used for &quot;<A HREF="scroll.html#zh">zh</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="scroll.html#zl">zl</A>&quot;
	commands.


						*<A NAME="'sidescrolloff'"></A><B>'sidescrolloff'</B>* *<A NAME="'siso'"></A><B>'siso'</B>*
<A HREF="#'sidescrolloff'">'sidescrolloff'</A> <A HREF="#'siso'">'siso'</A>	number (default 0)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	The minimal number of screen columns to keep to the left and to the
	right of the cursor if <A HREF="#'nowrap'">'nowrap'</A> is set.  Setting this option to a
	value greater than 0 while having |<A HREF="#'sidescroll'">'sidescroll'</A>| also at a non-zero
	value makes some context visible in the line you are <A HREF="scroll.html#scrolling">scrolling</A> in
	horizontally (except at beginning of the line).  Setting this option
	to a large value (like 999) has the effect of keeping the cursor
	horizontally centered in the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> long <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> one does not come too
	close to the beginning of the line.
	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.

	Example: Try this together with <A HREF="#'sidescroll'">'sidescroll'</A> and <A HREF="#'listchars'">'listchars'</A> <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
		 in the following example to never allow the cursor to move
		 onto the &quot;extends&quot; character:

<B>		 :set nowrap sidescroll=1 listchars=extends:&gt;,precedes:&lt;</B>
<B>		 :set sidescrolloff=1</B>
 

						*<A NAME="'signcolumn'"></A><B>'signcolumn'</B>* *<A NAME="'scl'"></A><B>'scl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'signcolumn'">'signcolumn'</A> <A HREF="#'scl'">'scl'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;auto&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+signs">+signs</A>|
			feature}
	Whether or not to draw the signcolumn. Valid values are:
	   &quot;auto&quot;   	only when there is a sign to display
	   &quot;no&quot;	    	never
	   &quot;yes&quot;    	always



			*<A NAME="'smartcase'"></A><B>'smartcase'</B>* *<A NAME="'scs'"></A><B>'scs'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosmartcase'"></A><B>'nosmartcase'</B>* *<A NAME="'noscs'"></A><B>'noscs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'smartcase'">'smartcase'</A> <A HREF="#'scs'">'scs'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Override the <A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> option if the search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> contains upper
	<A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> characters.  Only used when the search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> is typed and
	<A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> option is on.  Used for the commands &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#?">?</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#N">N</A>&quot;,
	&quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#:g">:g</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="change.html#:s">:s</A>&quot;.  Not used for &quot;*&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#gd">gd</A>&quot;, <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> search, etc.  After
	&quot;*&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>&quot; you can make <A HREF="#'smartcase'">'smartcase'</A> used by doing a &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>&quot; command,
	recalling the search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> from <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> and hitting <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Enter&gt;">&lt;Enter&gt;</A>.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


			     *<A NAME="'smartindent'"></A><B>'smartindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'si'"></A><B>'si'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosmartindent'"></A><B>'nosmartindent'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosi'"></A><B>'nosi'</B>*
<A HREF="#'smartindent'">'smartindent'</A> <A HREF="#'si'">'si'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+smartindent">+smartindent</A>| feature}
	Do smart autoindenting when starting a new line.  Works for C-like
	programs, but can also be used for other languages.  <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> does
	something like this, works better in most cases, but is more strict,
	see |<A HREF="indent.html#C-indenting">C-indenting</A>|.  When <A HREF="#'cindent'">'cindent'</A> is on or <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A> is set,
	setting <A HREF="#'si'">'si'</A> has no effect.  <A HREF="#'indentexpr'">'indentexpr'</A> is a more advanced
	alternative.
	Normally <A HREF="#'autoindent'">'autoindent'</A> should also be on when using <A HREF="#'smartindent'">'smartindent'</A>.
	An indent is automatically inserted:
	- After a line ending in '<A HREF="motion.html#{">{</A>'.
	- After a line starting with a keyword from <A HREF="#'cinwords'">'cinwords'</A>.
	- Before a line starting with '<A HREF="motion.html#}">}</A>' (only with the &quot;<A HREF="insert.html#O">O</A>&quot; command).
	When typing '<A HREF="motion.html#}">}</A>' <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the first character in a new line, that line is
	given the same indent <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the matching '<A HREF="motion.html#{">{</A>'.
	When typing '<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>' <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the first character in a new line, the indent for
	that line is removed, the '<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>' is put in the first column.  The indent
	is restored for the next line.  If you don't want this, use this
	<A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>: &quot;<A HREF="map.html#:inoremap">:inoremap</A> # X^H#&quot;, where ^H is entered with <A HREF="visual.html#CTRL-V">CTRL-V</A> <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-H">CTRL-H</A>.
	When using the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&gt;&gt;">&gt;&gt;</A>&quot; command, lines starting with '<A HREF="pattern.html##">#</A>' are not shifted
	right.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.
	This option is reset when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set and restored when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is
	reset.


				 *<A NAME="'smarttab'"></A><B>'smarttab'</B>* *<A NAME="'sta'"></A><B>'sta'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosmarttab'"></A><B>'nosmarttab'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosta'"></A><B>'nosta'</B>*
<A HREF="#'smarttab'">'smarttab'</A> <A HREF="#'sta'">'sta'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on, a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> in front of a line inserts blanks according to
	<A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A>.  <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> or <A HREF="#'softtabstop'">'softtabstop'</A> is used in other places.  A
	<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A> will delete a <A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> worth of space at the start of the
	line.
	When off, a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> always inserts blanks according to <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> or
	<A HREF="#'softtabstop'">'softtabstop'</A>.  <A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> is only used for shifting text left or
	right |<A HREF="change.html#shift-left-right">shift-left-right</A>|.
	What gets inserted (a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> or spaces) depends on the <A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A>
	option.  Also see |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-expandtab">ins-expandtab</A>|.  When <A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A> is not set, the
	number of spaces is minimized by using &lt;Tab&gt;s.
	This option is reset when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set and restored when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is
	reset.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


					*<A NAME="'softtabstop'"></A><B>'softtabstop'</B>* *<A NAME="'sts'"></A><B>'sts'</B>*
<A HREF="#'softtabstop'">'softtabstop'</A> <A HREF="#'sts'">'sts'</A>	number	(default 0)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of spaces that a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> counts for while performing editing
	operations, like <A HREF="insert.html#inserting">inserting</A> a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> or using <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A>.  It &quot;feels&quot; like
	&lt;Tab&gt;s are being inserted, while in fact a mix of spaces and &lt;Tab&gt;s is
	used.  This is useful to keep the <A HREF="#'ts'">'ts'</A> setting at its standard value
	of 8, while being able to edit like <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is set to <A HREF="#'sts'">'sts'</A>.  However,
	commands like &quot;<A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>&quot; still work on the actual characters.
	When <A HREF="#'sts'">'sts'</A> is zero, this feature is off.
	When <A HREF="#'sts'">'sts'</A> is negative, the value of <A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> is used.
	<A HREF="#'softtabstop'">'softtabstop'</A> is set to 0 when the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option is set and restored
	when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is reset.
	See also |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-expandtab">ins-expandtab</A>|.  When <A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A> is not set, the number of
	spaces is minimized by using &lt;Tab&gt;s.
	The '<A HREF="motion.html#L">L</A>' flag in <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A> changes how tabs are used when <A HREF="#'list'">'list'</A> is
	set.
	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'spell'"></A><B>'spell'</B>* *<A NAME="'nospell'"></A><B>'nospell'</B>*
<A HREF="#'spell'">'spell'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	When on spell checking will be done.  See |<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>|.
	The languages are specified with <A HREF="#'spelllang'">'spelllang'</A>.


						*<A NAME="'spellcapcheck'"></A><B>'spellcapcheck'</B>* *<A NAME="'spc'"></A><B>'spc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'spellcapcheck'">'spellcapcheck'</A> <A HREF="#'spc'">'spc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;[.?!]\_[\])&#39;&#34;' \t]\+&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	<A HREF="pattern.html#Pattern">Pattern</A> to locate the end of a <A HREF="motion.html#sentence">sentence</A>.  The following <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> will be
	checked to start with a capital <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A>.  If not then <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is highlighted
	with SpellCap |<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-SpellCap">hl-SpellCap</A>| (unless the <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> is also badly spelled).
	When this check is not wanted make this option empty.
	Only used when <A HREF="#'spell'">'spell'</A> is set.
	Be careful with special characters, see |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about
	including spaces and backslashes.
	To set this option automatically depending on the language, see
	|<A HREF="spell.html#set-spc-auto">set-spc-auto</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'spellfile'"></A><B>'spellfile'</B>* *<A NAME="'spf'"></A><B>'spf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'spellfile'">'spellfile'</A> <A HREF="#'spf'">'spf'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default empty)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	Name of the <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> file where words are added for the |<A HREF="spell.html#zg">zg</A>| and |<A HREF="spell.html#zw">zw</A>|
	commands.  It must end in &quot;.{encoding}.add&quot;.  You need to include the
	path, otherwise the file is placed in the current directory.

								*<A NAME="E765"></A><B>E765</B>*
	It may also be a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of names.  A <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> before the
	|<A HREF="spell.html#zg">zg</A>| and |<A HREF="spell.html#zw">zw</A>| commands can be used to access each.  This allows using
	a personal <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> file and a project <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> file.
	When a <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> is added while this option is empty Vim will set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> for
	you: Using the first directory in <A HREF="#'runtimepath'">'runtimepath'</A> that is writable.  If
	there is no &quot;<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A>&quot; directory yet <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be created.  For the file
	name the first language name that appears in <A HREF="#'spelllang'">'spelllang'</A> is used,
	ignoring the region.
	The resulting &quot;.spl&quot; file will be used for <A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A> checking, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> does not
	have to appear in <A HREF="#'spelllang'">'spelllang'</A>.
	Normally one file is used for all regions, but you can add the region
	name if you want to.  However, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will then only be used when
	<A HREF="#'spellfile'">'spellfile'</A> is set to <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>, for entries in <A HREF="#'spelllang'">'spelllang'</A> only files
	without region name will be found.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'spelllang'"></A><B>'spelllang'</B>* *<A NAME="'spl'"></A><B>'spl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'spelllang'">'spelllang'</A> <A HREF="#'spl'">'spl'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;en&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	A comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> names.  When the <A HREF="#'spell'">'spell'</A> option is
	on spellchecking will be done for these languages.  Example:
<B>		set spelllang=en_us,nl,medical</B>
 	This means US English, Dutch and medical words are recognized.  Words
	that are not recognized will be highlighted.
	The <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> name must not include a comma or dot.  Using a dash is
	recommended to separate the two <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A> language name from a
	specification.  Thus &quot;en-rare&quot; is used for rare English words.
	A region name must come last and have the form &quot;_xx&quot;, where &quot;xx&quot; is
	the two-letter, lower <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> region name.  You can use more than one
	region by listing them: &quot;en_us,en_ca&quot; supports both US and Canadian
	English, but not words specific for Australia, New Zealand or Great
	Britain. (Note: currently en_au and en_nz dictionaries are older than
	en_ca, en_gb and en_us).
	If the name &quot;cjk&quot; is included East Asian characters are excluded from
	<A HREF="spell.html#spell">spell</A> checking.  This is useful when editing text that also has Asian
	words.

							*<A NAME="E757"></A><B>E757</B>*
	As a special <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> the name of a .spl file can be given as-is.  The
	first &quot;_xx&quot; in the name is removed and used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the region name
	(_xx is an underscore, two letters and followed by a non-letter).
	This is mainly for <A HREF="eval.html#testing">testing</A> purposes.  You must make sure the correct
	encoding is used, Vim doesn't check <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.
	When <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> is set the <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> lists are reloaded.  Thus it's a good
	idea to set <A HREF="#'spelllang'">'spelllang'</A> after setting <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> to avoid loading the
	files <A HREF="if_cscop.html#twice">twice</A>.
	How the related spell files are found is explained here: |<A HREF="spell.html#spell-load">spell-load</A>|.

	If the |<A HREF="spellfile.html">spellfile.vim</A>| <A HREF="usr_05.html#plugin">plugin</A> is active and you use a language name
	for which Vim cannot find the .spl file in <A HREF="#'runtimepath'">'runtimepath'</A> the <A HREF="usr_05.html#plugin">plugin</A>
	will ask you if you want to <A HREF="intro.html#download">download</A> the file.

	After this option has been set successfully, Vim will source the files
	&quot;spell/LANG.vim&quot; in <A HREF="#'runtimepath'">'runtimepath'</A>.  &quot;LANG&quot; is the value of <A HREF="#'spelllang'">'spelllang'</A>
	up to the first comma, dot or underscore.
	Also see |<A HREF="spell.html#set-spc-auto">set-spc-auto</A>|.



						*<A NAME="'spellsuggest'"></A><B>'spellsuggest'</B>* *<A NAME="'sps'"></A><B>'sps'</B>*
<A HREF="#'spellsuggest'">'spellsuggest'</A> <A HREF="#'sps'">'sps'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;best&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	Methods used for spelling suggestions.  Both for the |<A HREF="spell.html#z=">z=</A>| command and
	the |<A HREF="eval.html#spellsuggest()">spellsuggest()</A>| function.  This is a comma-separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of
	items:

	best		Internal method that works best for English.  Finds
			changes like &quot;fast&quot; and uses a bit of sound-a-like
			scoring to improve the ordering.

	double		Internal method that uses two methods and mixes the
			results.  The first method is &quot;fast&quot;, the other method
			computes how much the suggestion sounds like the bad
			<A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A>.  That only works when the language specifies
			sound <A HREF="fold.html#folding">folding</A>.  Can be slow and doesn't always give
			better results.

	fast		Internal method that only checks for simple changes:
			character inserts/deletes/swaps.  Works well for
			simple typing mistakes.

	{number}	The maximum number of suggestions listed for |<A HREF="spell.html#z=">z=</A>|.
			Not used for |<A HREF="eval.html#spellsuggest()">spellsuggest()</A>|.  The number of
			suggestions is never more than the value of <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A>
			minus two.

	file:{filename} Read file {filename}, which must have two columns,
			separated by a slash.  The first column contains the
			bad <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A>, the second column the suggested good <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A>.
			Example:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">				theribal/terrible </FONT></B>
			Use this for common mistakes that <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not appear at the
			top of the suggestion <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> with the internal methods.
			Lines without a slash are ignored, use this for
			comments.
			The <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> in the second column must be correct,
			otherwise <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will not be used.  Add the <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> to an
			&quot;.add&quot; file if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is currently flagged <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a spelling
			mistake.
			The file is used for all languages.

	expr:{expr}	Evaluate <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> {expr}.  Use a function to avoid
			trouble with spaces.  |<A HREF="eval.html#v:val">v:val</A>| holds the badly spelled
			<A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A>.  The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> must evaluate to a <A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> of
			<A HREF="eval.html#Lists">Lists</A>, each with a suggestion and a score.
			Example:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">				[['the', 33], ['that', 44]] </FONT></B>
			Set <A HREF="#'verbose'">'verbose'</A> and use |<A HREF="spell.html#z=">z=</A>| to see the scores that the
			internal methods use.  A lower score is better.
			This may invoke |<A HREF="eval.html#spellsuggest()">spellsuggest()</A>| if you temporarily
			set <A HREF="#'spellsuggest'">'spellsuggest'</A> to exclude the &quot;expr:&quot; part.
			Errors are silently ignored, unless you set the
			<A HREF="#'verbose'">'verbose'</A> option to a non-zero value.

	Only one of &quot;best&quot;, &quot;double&quot; or &quot;fast&quot; may be used.  The others may
	appear several times in any order.  Example:
<B>		:set sps=file:~/.vim/sugg,best,expr:MySuggest()</B>
 
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.



			*<A NAME="'splitbelow'"></A><B>'splitbelow'</B>* *<A NAME="'sb'"></A><B>'sb'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosplitbelow'"></A><B>'nosplitbelow'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosb'"></A><B>'nosb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'splitbelow'">'splitbelow'</A> <A HREF="#'sb'">'sb'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			feature}
	When on, splitting a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will put the new <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> below the current
	one. |<A HREF="windows.html#:split">:split</A>|


			*<A NAME="'splitright'"></A><B>'splitright'</B>* *<A NAME="'spr'"></A><B>'spr'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosplitright'"></A><B>'nosplitright'</B>* *<A NAME="'nospr'"></A><B>'nospr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'splitright'">'splitright'</A> <A HREF="#'spr'">'spr'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+vertsplit">+vertsplit</A>|
			feature}
	When on, splitting a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will put the new <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> right of the
	current one. |<A HREF="windows.html#:vsplit">:vsplit</A>|


			   *<A NAME="'startofline'"></A><B>'startofline'</B>* *<A NAME="'sol'"></A><B>'sol'</B>* *<A NAME="'nostartofline'"></A><B>'nostartofline'</B>* *<A NAME="'nosol'"></A><B>'nosol'</B>*
<A HREF="#'startofline'">'startofline'</A> <A HREF="#'sol'">'sol'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When &quot;on&quot; the commands listed below move the cursor to the first
	non-blank of the line.  When off the cursor is kept in the same column
	(if possible).  This applies to the commands: <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-D">CTRL-D</A>, <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-U">CTRL-U</A>, <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-B">CTRL-B</A>,
	<A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-F">CTRL-F</A>, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#G">G</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#H">H</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#M">M</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#L">L</A>&quot;, <A HREF="motion.html#gg">gg</A>, and to the commands &quot;<A HREF="change.html#d">d</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&lt;&lt;">&lt;&lt;</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&gt;&gt;">&gt;&gt;</A>&quot;
	with a <A HREF="motion.html#linewise">linewise</A> <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A>, with &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>&quot; with a <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> and to buffer <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A>
	commands (CTRL-^, <A HREF="windows.html#:bnext">:bnext</A>, <A HREF="windows.html#:bNext">:bNext</A>, etc.).  Also for an <A HREF="intro.html#Ex">Ex</A> command that
	only has a line number, e.g., &quot;:25&quot; or &quot;:+&quot;.
	In <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> of buffer <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> commands the cursor is placed at the column
	where <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was the last time the buffer was edited.
	NOTE: This option is set when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


			   *<A NAME="'statusline'"></A><B>'statusline'</B>* *<A NAME="'stl'"></A><B>'stl'</B>* *<A NAME="E540"></A><B>E540</B>* *<A NAME="E542"></A><B>E542</B>*
<A HREF="#'statusline'">'statusline'</A> <A HREF="#'stl'">'stl'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default empty)
			global or local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+statusline">+statusline</A>|
			feature}
	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the status line.
	Also see |<A HREF="windows.html#status-line">status-line</A>|.

	The option consists of printf style '<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>' items interspersed with
	normal text.  Each status line item is of the form:
	  &#37;-0{minwid}.{maxwid}{item}
	All fields except the {item} are optional.  A single percent sign can

	be given <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &quot;&#37;&#37;&quot;.  Up to 80 items can be specified.  *<A NAME="E541"></A><B>E541</B>*

	When the option starts with &quot;&#37;!&quot; then <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> an <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A>,
	evaluated and the result is used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the option value.  Example:
<B>		:set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()</B>
 	The result can contain &#37;{} items that will be evaluated too.
	Note that the &quot;&#37;!&quot; <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> is evaluated in the context of the
	current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> and buffer, while &#37;{} items are evaluated in the
	context of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> that the statusline belongs to.

	When there is error while evaluating the option then <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be made
	empty to avoid further <A HREF="message.html#errors">errors</A>.  Otherwise screen updating would loop.

	Note that the only effect of <A HREF="#'ruler'">'ruler'</A> when this option is set (and
	<A HREF="#'laststatus'">'laststatus'</A> is 2) is controlling the output of |<A HREF="editing.html#CTRL-G">CTRL-G</A>|.

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	field	    meaning </FONT></B>
	-	    Left justify the item.  The default is right justified
		    when minwid is larger than the length of the item.
	0	    Leading zeroes in numeric items.  Overridden by '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>'.
	minwid	    Minimum width of the item, padding <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> set by '<A HREF="motion.html#-">-</A>' <A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> '<A HREF="motion.html#0">0</A>'.
		    Value must be 50 or <A HREF="various.html#less">less</A>.
	maxwid	    Maximum width of the item.  Truncation occurs with a '<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>'
		    on the left for text items.  Numeric items will be
		    shifted down to maxwid-2 digits followed by '&gt;'number
		    where number is the amount of missing digits, much like
		    an exponential <A HREF="intro.html#notation">notation</A>.
	item	    A one <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A> code <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> described below.

	Following is a description of the possible statusline items.  The
	second character in &quot;item&quot; is the type:
		N for number
		<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A> for <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>
		<A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A> for flags <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> described below
		- not applicable

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	item  meaning </FONT></B>
	<A HREF="motion.html#f">f</A> <A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>   Path to the file in the buffer, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> typed or relative to current
	      directory.
	<A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A> <A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>   Full path to the file in the buffer.
	t <A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>   File name (tail) of file in the buffer.
	<A HREF="motion.html#m">m</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Modified flag, text is &quot;[+]&quot;; &quot;[-]&quot; if <A HREF="#'modifiable'">'modifiable'</A> is off.
	<A HREF="motion.html#M">M</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Modified flag, text is &quot;,+&quot; or &quot;,-&quot;.
	<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Readonly flag, text is &quot;[RO]&quot;.
	<A HREF="change.html#R">R</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Readonly flag, text is &quot;,RO&quot;.
	<A HREF="motion.html#h">h</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Help buffer flag, text is &quot;[help]&quot;.
	<A HREF="motion.html#H">H</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Help buffer flag, text is &quot;,HLP&quot;.
	<A HREF="motion.html#w">w</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Preview <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> flag, text is &quot;[Preview]&quot;.
	<A HREF="motion.html#W">W</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Preview <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> flag, text is &quot;,PRV&quot;.
	<A HREF="change.html#y">y</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Type of file in the buffer, e.g., &quot;[vim]&quot;.  See <A HREF="#'filetype'">'filetype'</A>.
	<A HREF="change.html#Y">Y</A> <A HREF="motion.html#F">F</A>   Type of file in the buffer, e.g., &quot;,VIM&quot;.  See <A HREF="#'filetype'">'filetype'</A>.
	      {not available when compiled without |<A HREF="various.html#+autocmd">+autocmd</A>| feature}
	<A HREF="repeat.html#q">q</A> <A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>   &quot;[Quickfix List]&quot;, &quot;[Location List]&quot; or empty.
	<A HREF="motion.html#k">k</A> <A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>   Value of &quot;b:keymap_name&quot; or <A HREF="#'keymap'">'keymap'</A> when |<A HREF="map.html#:lmap">:lmap</A>| mappings are
	      being used: &quot;&lt;keymap&gt;&quot;
	<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A> N   Buffer number.
	<A HREF="motion.html#b">b</A> N   Value of character under cursor.
	<A HREF="motion.html#B">B</A> N   As above, in hexadecimal.
	<A HREF="insert.html#o">o</A> N   Byte number in file of byte under cursor, first byte is 1.
	      Mnemonic: Offset from start of file (with one added)
	      {not available when compiled without |<A HREF="various.html#+byte_offset">+byte_offset</A>| feature}
	<A HREF="insert.html#O">O</A> N   As above, in hexadecimal.
	N N   Printer page number.  (Only works in the <A HREF="#'printheader'">'printheader'</A> option.)
	<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A> N   Line number.
	<A HREF="motion.html#L">L</A> N   <A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of lines in buffer.
	<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A> N   Column number.
	<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A> N   Virtual column number.
	<A HREF="visual.html#V">V</A> N   Virtual column number <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> -{num}.  Not displayed if equal to '<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>'.
	<A HREF="change.html#p">p</A> N   Percentage through file in lines <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> in |<A HREF="editing.html#CTRL-G">CTRL-G</A>|.
	<A HREF="change.html#P">P</A> <A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>   Percentage through file of displayed <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  This is like the
	      percentage described for <A HREF="#'ruler'">'ruler'</A>.  Always 3 in length, unless
	      translated.
	a <A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>   Argument <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> status <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> in default title.  ({current} of {max})
	      Empty if the argument file <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> is zero or one.
	{ NF  Evaluate <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> between '&#37;{' and '<A HREF="motion.html#}">}</A>' and substitute result.
	      Note that there is no '<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>' before the closing '<A HREF="motion.html#}">}</A>'.
	( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
	      alignment of a section.  Must be followed by <A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>) somewhere.
	) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
	<A HREF="motion.html#T">T</A> N   For <A HREF="#'tabline'">'tabline'</A>: start of <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> page N label.  Use &#37;T after the last
	      label.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
	X N   For <A HREF="#'tabline'">'tabline'</A>: start of close <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> N label.  Use &#37;X after the
	      label, e.g.: &#37;3Xclose&#37;X.  Use &#37;999X for a &quot;close current tab&quot;
	      <A HREF="motion.html#mark">mark</A>.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
	<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A> -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
	      No width fields allowed.
	= -   Separation point between left and right aligned items.
	      No width fields allowed.
	# -   Set highlight group.  The name must follow and then a # again.
	      Thus use &#37;#HLname# for highlight group HLname.  The same
	      highlighting is used, also for the statusline of non-current
	      <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.
	&#42; -   Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
	      minwid field, e.g. &#37;1*.  Restore normal highlight with &#37;* or &#37;0*.
	      The difference between User{N} and StatusLine  will be applied
	      to StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.
	      The number N must be between 1 and 9.  See |<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-User1..9">hl-User1..9</A>|

	When displaying a flag, Vim removes the leading comma, if any, when
	that flag comes right after plaintext.  This will make a <A HREF="todo.html#nice">nice</A> display
	when flags are used like in the examples below.

	When all items in a group becomes an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (i.e. flags that are
	not set) and a minwid is not set for the group, the whole group will
	become empty.  This will make a group like the following disappear
	completely from the statusline when none of the flags are set.
<B>		:set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...</B>

 							*<A NAME="g:actual_curbuf"></A><B>g:actual_curbuf</B>*
	Beware that an <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> is evaluated each and every time the status
	line is displayed.  The current buffer and current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will be set
	temporarily to that of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> (and buffer) whose statusline is
	currently being drawn.  The <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> will evaluate in this context.
	The variable &quot;actual_curbuf&quot; is set to the '<A HREF="eval.html#bufnr()">bufnr()</A>' number of the
	real current buffer.

	The <A HREF="#'statusline'">'statusline'</A> option will be evaluated in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>| if set from
	a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, see |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox-option">sandbox-option</A>|.

	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> while
	evaluating <A HREF="#'statusline'">'statusline'</A> |<A HREF="eval.html#textlock">textlock</A>|.

	If the statusline is not updated when you want <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> (e.g., after setting
	a variable that's used in an expression), you can force an update by
	setting an option without <A HREF="change.html#changing">changing</A> its value.  Example:
<B>		:let &amp;ro = &amp;ro</B>

 	A result of all digits is regarded a number for display purposes.
	Otherwise the result is taken <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> flag text and applied to the rules
	described above.

	Watch out for <A HREF="message.html#errors">errors</A> in expressions.  They may render Vim unusable!
	If you are stuck, hold down '<A HREF="cmdline.html#:">:</A>' or '<A HREF="intro.html#Q">Q</A>' to get a prompt, then quit and
	edit your <A HREF="starting.html#.vimrc">.vimrc</A> or whatever with &quot;vim --clean&quot; to get <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> right.

	Examples:
	Emulate standard status line with <A HREF="#'ruler'">'ruler'</A> set
<B>	  :set statusline=%&lt;%f\ %h%m%r%=%-14.(%l,%c%V%)\ %P</B>
 	Similar, but add ASCII value of char under the cursor (like &quot;<A HREF="various.html#ga">ga</A>&quot;)
<B>	  :set statusline=%&lt;%f%h%m%r%=%b\ 0x%B\ \ %l,%c%V\ %P</B>
 	Display byte <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> and byte value, modified flag in red.
<B>	  :set statusline=%&lt;%f%=\ [%1*%M%*%n%R%H]\ %-19(%3l,%02c%03V%)%O'%02b'</B>
<B>	  :hi User1 term=inverse,bold cterm=inverse,bold ctermfg=red</B>
 	Display a ,GZ flag if a compressed file is loaded
<B>	  :set statusline=...%r%{VarExists('b:gzflag','\ [GZ]')}%h...</B>
 	In the YXXY:autocmd|'s:
<B>	  :let b:gzflag = 1</B>
 	And:
<B>	  :unlet b:gzflag</B>
 	And define this function:
<B>	  :function VarExists(var, val)</B>
<B>	  :    if exists(a:var) | return a:val | else | return '' | endif</B>
<B>	  :endfunction</B>
 

						*<A NAME="'suffixes'"></A><B>'suffixes'</B>* *<A NAME="'su'"></A><B>'su'</B>*
<A HREF="#'suffixes'">'suffixes'</A> <A HREF="#'su'">'su'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;.bak,~,.o,.h,.info,.swp,.obj&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Files with these <A HREF="cmdline.html#suffixes">suffixes</A> get a lower priority when multiple files
	match a <A HREF="editing.html#wildcard">wildcard</A>.  See |<A HREF="cmdline.html#suffixes">suffixes</A>|.  Commas can be used to separate the
	<A HREF="cmdline.html#suffixes">suffixes</A>.  Spaces after the comma are ignored.  A dot is also seen <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	the start of a suffix.  To avoid a dot or comma being recognized <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a
	separator, precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a backslash (see |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about
	including spaces and backslashes).
	See <A HREF="#'wildignore'">'wildignore'</A> for completely ignoring files.
	The use of |<A HREF="#:set+=">:set+=</A>| and |<A HREF="#:set-=">:set-=</A>| is preferred when adding or removing
	<A HREF="cmdline.html#suffixes">suffixes</A> from the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  This avoids problems when a future version
	uses another default.


						*<A NAME="'suffixesadd'"></A><B>'suffixesadd'</B>* *<A NAME="'sua'"></A><B>'sua'</B>*
<A HREF="#'suffixesadd'">'suffixesadd'</A> <A HREF="#'sua'">'sua'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+file_in_path">+file_in_path</A>| feature}
	Comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of <A HREF="cmdline.html#suffixes">suffixes</A>, which are used when searching for a
	file for the &quot;<A HREF="editing.html#gf">gf</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#[I">[I</A>&quot;, etc. commands.  Example:
<B>		:set suffixesadd=.java</B>
 

				*<A NAME="'swapfile'"></A><B>'swapfile'</B>* *<A NAME="'swf'"></A><B>'swf'</B>* *<A NAME="'noswapfile'"></A><B>'noswapfile'</B>* *<A NAME="'noswf'"></A><B>'noswf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'swapfile'">'swapfile'</A> <A HREF="#'swf'">'swf'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default on)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	Use a swapfile for the buffer.  This option can be reset when a
	swapfile is not wanted for a specific buffer.  For example, with
	confidential information that even root must not be able to access.
	Careful: All text will be in memory:
		- Don't use this for big files.
		- Recovery will be impossible!
	A swapfile will only be present when |<A HREF="#'updatecount'">'updatecount'</A>| is non-zero and
	<A HREF="#'swapfile'">'swapfile'</A> is set.
	When <A HREF="#'swapfile'">'swapfile'</A> is reset, the swap file for the current buffer is
	immediately deleted.  When <A HREF="#'swapfile'">'swapfile'</A> is set, and <A HREF="#'updatecount'">'updatecount'</A> is
	non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
	Also see |<A HREF="recover.html#swap-file">swap-file</A>| and |<A HREF="#'swapsync'">'swapsync'</A>|.
	If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>,
	use the |<A HREF="recover.html#:noswapfile">:noswapfile</A>| modifier.

	This option is used together with <A HREF="#'bufhidden'">'bufhidden'</A> and <A HREF="#'buftype'">'buftype'</A> to
	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |<A HREF="windows.html#special-buffers">special-buffers</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'swapsync'"></A><B>'swapsync'</B>* *<A NAME="'sws'"></A><B>'sws'</B>*
<A HREF="#'swapsync'">'swapsync'</A> <A HREF="#'sws'">'sws'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;fsync&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When this option is not empty a swap file is synced to disk after
	<A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> to <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.  This takes some time, especially on busy <A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A> systems.
	When this option is empty parts of the swap file may be in memory and
	not written to disk.  When the system crashes you may lose more work.
	On <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> the system does a sync now and then without Vim asking for <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>,
	so the disadvantage of setting this option off is small.  On some
	systems the swap file will not be written at all.  For a <A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A> system
	setting <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to &quot;sync&quot; will use the sync() call instead of the default
	fsync(), which may work better on some systems.
	The <A HREF="#'fsync'">'fsync'</A> option is used for the actual file.


						*<A NAME="'switchbuf'"></A><B>'switchbuf'</B>* *<A NAME="'swb'"></A><B>'swb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'switchbuf'">'switchbuf'</A> <A HREF="#'swb'">'swb'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This option controls the behavior when switching between <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A>.
	Possible values (comma separated list):
	   useopen	If included, jump to the first open <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> that
			contains the specified buffer (if there is one).
			Otherwise: Do not examine other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.
			This setting is checked with |<A HREF="quickfix.html#quickfix">quickfix</A>| commands, when
			jumping to <A HREF="message.html#errors">errors</A> (&quot;:cc&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="quickfix.html#:cn">:cn</A>&quot;, &quot;cp&quot;, etc.).  It is
			also used in all buffer related split commands, for
			example &quot;<A HREF="windows.html#:sbuffer">:sbuffer</A>&quot;, &quot;<A HREF="windows.html#:sbnext">:sbnext</A>&quot;, or &quot;<A HREF="windows.html#:sbrewind">:sbrewind</A>&quot;.
	   usetab	Like &quot;useopen&quot;, but also consider <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> in other <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A>
			pages.
	   split	If included, split the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> before loading
			a buffer for a |<A HREF="quickfix.html#quickfix">quickfix</A>| command that display <A HREF="message.html#errors">errors</A>.
			Otherwise: <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not split, use current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	   vsplit	Just like &quot;split&quot; but split vertically.
	   newtab	Like &quot;split&quot;, but open a new <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> page.  Overrules
			&quot;split&quot; when both are present.


						*<A NAME="'synmaxcol'"></A><B>'synmaxcol'</B>* *<A NAME="'smc'"></A><B>'smc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'synmaxcol'">'synmaxcol'</A> <A HREF="#'smc'">'smc'</A>	number	(default 3000)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	Maximum column in which to search for <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> items.  In long lines the
	text after this column is not highlighted and following lines may not
	be highlighted correctly, because the <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> state is cleared.
	This helps to avoid very slow redrawing for an XML file that is one
	long line.
	Set to zero to remove the limit.


						*<A NAME="'syntax'"></A><B>'syntax'</B>* *<A NAME="'syn'"></A><B>'syn'</B>*
<A HREF="#'syntax'">'syntax'</A> <A HREF="#'syn'">'syn'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default empty)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+syntax">+syntax</A>|
			feature}
	When this option is set, the <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> with this name is loaded, unless
	<A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> highlighting has been switched off with &quot;<A HREF="syntax.html#:syntax">:syntax</A> off&quot;.
	Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> (the
	b:current_syntax variable does).
	This option is most useful in a <A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>, for a file which <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> is
	not automatically recognized.  Example, in an IDL file:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		/* vim: set syntax=idl : */ </FONT></B>
	When a dot appears in the value then this separates two <A HREF="filetype.html#filetype">filetype</A>
	names.  Example:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		/* vim: set syntax=c.doxygen : */ </FONT></B>
	This will use the &quot;<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>&quot; <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> first, then the &quot;doxygen&quot; <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A>.
	Note that the second one must be prepared to be loaded <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> an addition,
	otherwise <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be skipped.  More than one dot may appear.
	To switch off <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> highlighting for the current file, use:
<B>		:set syntax=OFF</B>
 	To switch <A HREF="syntax.html#syntax">syntax</A> highlighting on according to the current value of the
	<A HREF="#'filetype'">'filetype'</A> option:
<B>		:set syntax=ON</B>
 	What actually happens when setting the <A HREF="#'syntax'">'syntax'</A> option is that the
	<A HREF="autocmd.html#Syntax">Syntax</A> <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A> event is triggered with the value <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> argument.
	This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the '<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>' or
	'<A HREF="change.html#S">S</A>' flag in <A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A>.
	Only normal file name characters can be used, &quot;/\*?[|&lt;&gt;&quot; are illegal.


						*<A NAME="'tabline'"></A><B>'tabline'</B>* *<A NAME="'tal'"></A><B>'tal'</B>*
<A HREF="#'tabline'">'tabline'</A> <A HREF="#'tal'">'tal'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default empty)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			feature}
	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages
	line at the top of the Vim <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  When empty Vim will use a default
	tab pages line.  See |<A HREF="tabpage.html#setting-tabline">setting-tabline</A>| for more info.

	The <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages line only appears <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> specified with the <A HREF="#'showtabline'">'showtabline'</A>
	option and only when there is no <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> line.  When '<A HREF="motion.html#e">e</A>' is in
	<A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A> and the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> supports a <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> line <A HREF="#'guitablabel'">'guitablabel'</A> is used
	instead.  Note that the two <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages lines are very different.

	The value is evaluated like with <A HREF="#'statusline'">'statusline'</A>.  You can use
	|<A HREF="eval.html#tabpagenr()">tabpagenr()</A>|, |<A HREF="eval.html#tabpagewinnr()">tabpagewinnr()</A>| and |<A HREF="eval.html#tabpagebuflist()">tabpagebuflist()</A>| to figure out
	the text to be displayed.  Use &quot;&#37;1T&quot; for the first label, &quot;&#37;2T&quot; for
	the second one, etc.  Use &quot;&#37;X&quot; items for closing labels.

	Keep in mind that only one of the <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages is the current one, others
	are invisible and you can't jump to their <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.



						*<A NAME="'tabpagemax'"></A><B>'tabpagemax'</B>* *<A NAME="'tpm'"></A><B>'tpm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'tabpagemax'">'tabpagemax'</A> <A HREF="#'tpm'">'tpm'</A>	number	(default 10)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			feature}
	Maximum number of <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> pages to be opened by the |<A HREF="starting.html#-p">-p</A>| command line
	argument or the &quot;<A HREF="tabpage.html#:tab">:tab</A> all&quot; command. |<A HREF="tabpage.html#tabpage">tabpage</A>|



						*<A NAME="'tabstop'"></A><B>'tabstop'</B>* *<A NAME="'ts'"></A><B>'ts'</B>*
<A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> <A HREF="#'ts'">'ts'</A>		number	(default 8)
			local to buffer
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of spaces that a <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> in the file counts for.  Also see
	|<A HREF="change.html#:retab">:retab</A>| command, and <A HREF="#'softtabstop'">'softtabstop'</A> option.

	Note: Setting <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> to any other value than 8 can make your file
	appear wrong in many places (e.g., when <A HREF="print.html#printing">printing</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>).

	There are four main ways to use tabs in Vim:
	1. Always keep <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> at 8, set <A HREF="#'softtabstop'">'softtabstop'</A> and <A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> to 4
	   (or 3 or whatever you prefer) and use <A HREF="#'noexpandtab'">'noexpandtab'</A>.  Then Vim
	   will use a mix of tabs and spaces, but typing <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> and <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A> will
	   behave like a <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> appears every 4 (or 3) characters.
	2. Set <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> and <A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> to whatever you prefer and use
	   <A HREF="#'expandtab'">'expandtab'</A>.  This way you will always insert spaces.  The
	   <A HREF="change.html#formatting">formatting</A> will never be messed up when <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> is changed.
	3. Set <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> and <A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> to whatever you prefer and use a
	   |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| to set these values when editing the file again.  Only
	   works when using Vim to edit the file.
	4. Always set <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> and <A HREF="#'shiftwidth'">'shiftwidth'</A> to the same value, and
	   <A HREF="#'noexpandtab'">'noexpandtab'</A>.  This should then work (for initial indents only)
	   for any tabstop setting that people use.  It might be <A HREF="todo.html#nice">nice</A> to have
	   tabs after the first non-blank inserted <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> spaces if you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> this
	   though.  Otherwise aligned comments will be wrong when <A HREF="#'tabstop'">'tabstop'</A> is
	   changed.


			*<A NAME="'tagbsearch'"></A><B>'tagbsearch'</B>* *<A NAME="'tbs'"></A><B>'tbs'</B>* *<A NAME="'notagbsearch'"></A><B>'notagbsearch'</B>* *<A NAME="'notbs'"></A><B>'notbs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'tagbsearch'">'tagbsearch'</A> <A HREF="#'tbs'">'tbs'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When searching for a <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> (e.g., for the |<A HREF="tagsrch.html#:ta">:ta</A>| command), Vim can either
	use a binary search or a linear search in a <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file.  Binary
	searching makes searching for a <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> a LOT faster, but a linear search
	will find more <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> if the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file wasn't properly sorted.
	Vim normally assumes that your <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> files are sorted, or indicate that
	they are not sorted.  Only when this is not the <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> does the
	<A HREF="#'tagbsearch'">'tagbsearch'</A> option need to be switched off.

	When <A HREF="#'tagbsearch'">'tagbsearch'</A> is on, binary searching is first used in the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A>
	files.  In certain situations, Vim will <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> a linear search instead for
	certain files, or retry all files with a linear search.  When
	<A HREF="#'tagbsearch'">'tagbsearch'</A> is off, only a linear search is done.

	Linear searching is done anyway, for one file, when Vim finds a line
	at the start of the file indicating that it's not sorted:
<B>   !_TAG_FILE_SORTED	0	/some comment/</B>
 	[The <A HREF="pattern.html#whitespace">whitespace</A> before and after the '<A HREF="motion.html#0">0</A>' must be a single &lt;Tab&gt;]

	When a binary search was done and no match was found in any of the
	files listed in <A HREF="#'tags'">'tags'</A>, and <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> is ignored or a <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> is used
	instead of a normal <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> name, a retry is done with a linear search.
	Tags in unsorted <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> files, and matches with different <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> will only
	be found in the retry.

	If a <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> file indicates that <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is case-fold sorted, the second,
	linear search can be avoided when <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> is ignored.  Use a value of '2'
	in the &quot;!_TAG_FILE_SORTED&quot; line for this.  A <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> file can be case-fold
	sorted with the <A HREF="starting.html#-f">-f</A> switch to &quot;sort&quot; in most unices, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> in the command:
	&quot;sort <A HREF="starting.html#-f">-f</A> <A HREF="starting.html#-o">-o</A> <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> tags&quot;.  For &quot;Exuberant ctags&quot; version 5.x or higher
	(at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be used for this <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	well.  Note that <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> must be folded to <A HREF="change.html#uppercase">uppercase</A> for this to work.

	By default, <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> searches are case-sensitive.  Case is ignored when
	<A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> is set and <A HREF="#'tagcase'">'tagcase'</A> is &quot;followic&quot;, or when <A HREF="#'tagcase'">'tagcase'</A> is
	&quot;ignore&quot;.
	Also when <A HREF="#'tagcase'">'tagcase'</A> is &quot;followscs&quot; and <A HREF="#'smartcase'">'smartcase'</A> is set, or
	<A HREF="#'tagcase'">'tagcase'</A> is &quot;smart&quot;, and the <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> contains only <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A>
	characters.

	When <A HREF="#'tagbsearch'">'tagbsearch'</A> is off, <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> searching is slower when a full match
	exists, but faster when no full match exists.  Tags in unsorted <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A>
	files may only be found with <A HREF="#'tagbsearch'">'tagbsearch'</A> off.
	When the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file is not sorted, or sorted in a wrong way (not on
	ASCII byte value), <A HREF="#'tagbsearch'">'tagbsearch'</A> should be off, or the line given above
	must be included in the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file.
	This option doesn't affect commands that find all matching <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> (e.g.,
	command-line completion and &quot;:help&quot;).
	{Vi: always uses binary search in some versions}


							*<A NAME="'tagcase'"></A><B>'tagcase'</B>* *<A NAME="'tc'"></A><B>'tc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'tagcase'">'tagcase'</A> <A HREF="#'tc'">'tc'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;followic&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	This option specifies how <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> is handled when searching the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A>
	file:
	   followic	Follow the <A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> option
	   followscs    Follow the <A HREF="#'smartcase'">'smartcase'</A> and <A HREF="#'ignorecase'">'ignorecase'</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A>
	   ignore	Ignore <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A>
	   match	Match <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A>
	   smart	Ignore <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> unless an upper <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A> is used
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'taglength'"></A><B>'taglength'</B>* *<A NAME="'tl'"></A><B>'tl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'taglength'">'taglength'</A> <A HREF="#'tl'">'tl'</A>	number	(default 0)
			global
	If non-zero, <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> are significant up to this number of characters.


			*<A NAME="'tagrelative'"></A><B>'tagrelative'</B>* *<A NAME="'tr'"></A><B>'tr'</B>* *<A NAME="'notagrelative'"></A><B>'notagrelative'</B>* *<A NAME="'notr'"></A><B>'notr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'tagrelative'">'tagrelative'</A> <A HREF="#'tr'">'tr'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(Vim default: on, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	If on and using a <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file in another directory, file names in that
	<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file are relative to the directory where the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file is.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'tags'"></A><B>'tags'</B>* *<A NAME="'tag'"></A><B>'tag'</B>* *<A NAME="E433"></A><B>E433</B>*
<A HREF="#'tags'">'tags'</A> <A HREF="#'tag'">'tag'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;./tags,tags&quot;, when compiled with
				|+emacs_tags|: &quot;./tags,./TAGS,tags,TAGS&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
	Filenames for the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> command, separated by spaces or commas.  To
	include a space or comma in a file name, precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>
	(see |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about including spaces and backslashes).
	When a file name starts with &quot;./&quot;, the '<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>' is replaced with the path
	of the current file.  But only when the '<A HREF="change.html#d">d</A>' flag is not included in
	<A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A>.  Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.  Also see
	|<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags-option">tags-option</A>|.
	&quot;*&quot;, &quot;**&quot; and other <A HREF="editing.html#wildcards">wildcards</A> can be used to search for <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> files in
	a directory tree.  See |<A HREF="editing.html#file-searching">file-searching</A>|.  E.g., &quot;/lib/**/tags&quot; will
	find all files named &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A>&quot; below &quot;/lib&quot;.  The filename itself cannot
	contain <A HREF="editing.html#wildcards">wildcards</A>, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is used as-is.  E.g., &quot;/lib/**/tags?&quot; will find
	files called &quot;tags?&quot;.  {not available when compiled without the
	|<A HREF="various.html#+path_extra">+path_extra</A>| feature}
	The |<A HREF="eval.html#tagfiles()">tagfiles()</A>| function can be used to get a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of the file names
	actually used.
	If Vim was compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+emacs_tags">+emacs_tags</A>| feature, Emacs-style tag
	files are also supported.  They are automatically recognized.  The
	default value becomes &quot;./tags,./TAGS,tags,TAGS&quot;, unless <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A>
	differences are ignored (MS-Windows).  |<A HREF="tagsrch.html#emacs-tags">emacs-tags</A>|
	The use of |<A HREF="#:set+=">:set+=</A>| and |<A HREF="#:set-=">:set-=</A>| is preferred when adding or removing
	file names from the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  This avoids problems when a future version
	uses another default.
	{Vi: default is &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> /usr/lib/tags&quot;}


				*<A NAME="'tagstack'"></A><B>'tagstack'</B>* *<A NAME="'tgst'"></A><B>'tgst'</B>* *<A NAME="'notagstack'"></A><B>'notagstack'</B>* *<A NAME="'notgst'"></A><B>'notgst'</B>*
<A HREF="#'tagstack'">'tagstack'</A> <A HREF="#'tgst'">'tgst'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in all versions of Vi}
	When on, the |<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tagstack">tagstack</A>| is used normally.  When off, a &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#:tag">:tag</A>&quot; or
	&quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#:tselect">:tselect</A>&quot; command with an argument will not push the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> onto the
	<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tagstack">tagstack</A>.  A following &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#:tag">:tag</A>&quot; without an argument, a &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#:pop">:pop</A>&quot; command or
	any other command that uses the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tagstack">tagstack</A> will use the unmodified
	<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tagstack">tagstack</A>, but does change the pointer to the active entry.
	Resetting this option is useful when using a &quot;<A HREF="tagsrch.html#:tag">:tag</A>&quot; command in a
	<A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> which should not change the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tagstack">tagstack</A>.


						*<A NAME="'tcldll'"></A><B>'tcldll'</B>*
<A HREF="#'tcldll'">'tcldll'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default depends on the build)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+tcl/dyn">+tcl/dyn</A>|
			feature}
	Specifies the name of the <A HREF="if_tcl.html#Tcl">Tcl</A> shared library. The default is
	DYNAMIC_TCL_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'term'"></A><B>'term'</B>* *<A NAME="E529"></A><B>E529</B>* *<A NAME="E530"></A><B>E530</B>* *<A NAME="E531"></A><B>E531</B>*
<A HREF="#'term'">'term'</A>			<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default is $TERM, if that fails:
				      in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>: &quot;builtin_gui&quot;
					on <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A>: &quot;amiga&quot;
					 on <A HREF="os_beos.html#BeOS">BeOS</A>: &quot;beos-ansi&quot;
					  on <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A>: &quot;mac-ansi&quot;
					 on <A HREF="os_mint.html#MiNT">MiNT</A>: &quot;vt52&quot;
				       on <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>: &quot;pcterm&quot;
					 on <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>: &quot;os2ansi&quot;
					 on <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;ansi&quot;
					  on <A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>: &quot;ansi&quot;
				       on Win 32: &quot;<A HREF="os_win32.html#win32">win32</A>&quot;)
			global
	Name of the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>.  Used for choosing the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> <A HREF="intro.html#control">control</A>
	characters.  Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	For example:
<B>		:set term=$TERM</B>
 	See |<A HREF="term.html#termcap">termcap</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'termbidi'"></A><B>'termbidi'</B>* *<A NAME="'tbidi'"></A><B>'tbidi'</B>*

						*<A NAME="'notermbidi'"></A><B>'notermbidi'</B>* *<A NAME="'notbidi'"></A><B>'notbidi'</B>*
<A HREF="#'termbidi'">'termbidi'</A> <A HREF="#'tbidi'">'tbidi'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off, on for &quot;mlterm&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+arabic">+arabic</A>|
			feature}
	The <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> is in charge of Bi-directionality of text (as specified
	by <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A>).  The <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> is also expected to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> the required shaping
	that some languages (such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="arabic.html#Arabic">Arabic</A>) require.
	Setting this option implies that <A HREF="#'rightleft'">'rightleft'</A> will not be set when
	<A HREF="#'arabic'">'arabic'</A> is set and the value of <A HREF="#'arabicshape'">'arabicshape'</A> will be ignored.
	Note that setting <A HREF="#'termbidi'">'termbidi'</A> has the immediate effect that
	<A HREF="#'arabicshape'">'arabicshape'</A> is ignored, but <A HREF="#'rightleft'">'rightleft'</A> isn't changed automatically.
	This option is reset when the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> is started.
	For further details see |<A HREF="arabic.html">arabic.txt</A>|.


					*<A NAME="'termencoding'"></A><B>'termencoding'</B>* *<A NAME="'tenc'"></A><B>'tenc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'termencoding'">'termencoding'</A> <A HREF="#'tenc'">'tenc'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;; with <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>: &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;; with
						    <A HREF="os_mac.html#Macintosh">Macintosh</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>: &quot;macroman&quot;)
			global
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+multi_byte">+multi_byte</A>|
			feature}
			{not in Vi}
	Encoding used for the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>.  This specifies what character
	encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand.  For
	the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
	display).  Except for the <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A> when <A HREF="#'macatsui'">'macatsui'</A> is off, then
	<A HREF="#'termencoding'">'termencoding'</A> should be &quot;macroman&quot;.

								*<A NAME="E617"></A><B>E617</B>*
	Note: This does not apply to the <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>.  After the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> has been
	successfully initialized, <A HREF="#'termencoding'">'termencoding'</A> is forcibly set to &quot;<A HREF="mbyte.html#utf-8">utf-8</A>&quot;.
	Any attempts to set a different value will be rejected, and an error
	message is shown.
	For the <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> and console versions <A HREF="#'termencoding'">'termencoding'</A> is not used,
	because the <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> system always passes <A HREF="mbyte.html#Unicode">Unicode</A> characters.
	When empty, the same encoding is used <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> for the <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> option.
	This is the normal value.
	Not all combinations for <A HREF="#'termencoding'">'termencoding'</A> and <A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> are valid.  See
	|<A HREF="mbyte.html#encoding-table">encoding-table</A>|.
	The value for this option must be supported by internal conversions or
	<A HREF="eval.html#iconv()">iconv()</A>.  When this is not possible no conversion will be done and you
	will probably experience problems with non-ASCII characters.
	Example: You are working with the <A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A> set to euc-jp (Japanese) and
	want to edit a <A HREF="mbyte.html#UTF-8">UTF-8</A> file:
<B>		:let &amp;termencoding = &amp;encoding</B>
<B>		:set encoding=utf-8</B>
 	You need to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> this when your system has no <A HREF="mbyte.html#locale">locale</A> support for <A HREF="mbyte.html#UTF-8">UTF-8</A>.


						*<A NAME="'termguicolors'"></A><B>'termguicolors'</B>* *<A NAME="'tgc'"></A><B>'tgc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'termguicolors'">'termguicolors'</A> <A HREF="#'tgc'">'tgc'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+termguicolors">+termguicolors</A>| feature}
	When on, uses |<A HREF="syntax.html#highlight-guifg">highlight-guifg</A>| and |<A HREF="syntax.html#highlight-guibg">highlight-guibg</A>| attributes in
	the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> (thus using 24-bit color). Requires a ISO-8613-3
	compatible <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>.
	If setting this option does not work (produces a colorless UI)
	reading |<A HREF="term.html#xterm-true-color">xterm-true-color</A>| might help.
	Note that the &quot;cterm&quot; attributes are still used, not the &quot;<A HREF="gui.html#gui">gui</A>&quot; ones.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'termkey'"></A><B>'termkey'</B>* *<A NAME="'tk'"></A><B>'tk'</B>*
<A HREF="#'termkey'">'termkey'</A> <A HREF="#'tk'">'tk'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
	The key that starts a <A HREF="index.html#CTRL-W">CTRL-W</A> command in a <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Other keys
	are sent to the <A HREF="channel.html#job">job</A> running in the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	The <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;&gt;">&lt;&gt;</A> <A HREF="intro.html#notation">notation</A> can be used, e.g.:
<B>		:set termkey=&lt;C-L&gt;</B>
 	The <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> must be one key stroke but can be multiple bytes.
	When not set <A HREF="index.html#CTRL-W">CTRL-W</A> is used, so that <A HREF="index.html#CTRL-W">CTRL-W</A> : gets you to the command
	line.  If <A HREF="#'termkey'">'termkey'</A> is set to <A HREF="various.html#CTRL-L">CTRL-L</A> then <A HREF="various.html#CTRL-L">CTRL-L</A> : gets you to the
	command line.


						*<A NAME="'termsize'"></A><B>'termsize'</B>* *<A NAME="'tms'"></A><B>'tms'</B>*
<A HREF="#'termsize'">'termsize'</A> <A HREF="#'tms'">'tms'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
	Size of the |<A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>| <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Format: {rows}x{columns}.
	- When empty the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> gets the size from the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	- When set (e.g., &quot;24x80&quot;) the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> size is not adjusted to the
	  <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> size.  If the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> is smaller only the top-left part is
	  displayed.
	  When rows is zero then use the height of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	  When columns is zero then use the width of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	  For example: &quot;30x0&quot; uses 30 rows with the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> width.
	  Using &quot;0x0&quot; is the same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> empty.
	Note that the command running in the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> may still change
	the size of the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>.  In that <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> the Vim <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will be
	adjusted to that size, if possible.


						*<A NAME="'terse'"></A><B>'terse'</B>* *<A NAME="'noterse'"></A><B>'noterse'</B>*
<A HREF="#'terse'">'terse'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
	When set: Add '<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>' flag to <A HREF="#'shortmess'">'shortmess'</A> option (this makes the message
	for a search that hits the start or end of the file not being
	displayed).  When reset: Remove '<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>' flag from <A HREF="#'shortmess'">'shortmess'</A> option.  {Vi
	shortens a lot of messages}


				   *<A NAME="'textauto'"></A><B>'textauto'</B>* *<A NAME="'ta'"></A><B>'ta'</B>* *<A NAME="'notextauto'"></A><B>'notextauto'</B>* *<A NAME="'nota'"></A><B>'nota'</B>*
<A HREF="#'textauto'">'textauto'</A> <A HREF="#'ta'">'ta'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(Vim default: on, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This option is obsolete.  Use <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A>.
	For backwards compatibility, when <A HREF="#'textauto'">'textauto'</A> is set, <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> is
	set to the default value for the current system.  When <A HREF="#'textauto'">'textauto'</A> is
	reset, <A HREF="#'fileformats'">'fileformats'</A> is made empty.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


				   *<A NAME="'textmode'"></A><B>'textmode'</B>* *<A NAME="'tx'"></A><B>'tx'</B>* *<A NAME="'notextmode'"></A><B>'notextmode'</B>* *<A NAME="'notx'"></A><B>'notx'</B>*
<A HREF="#'textmode'">'textmode'</A> <A HREF="#'tx'">'tx'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(MS-DOS, <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> and <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>: default on,
				 others: default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	This option is obsolete.  Use <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A>.
	For backwards compatibility, when <A HREF="#'textmode'">'textmode'</A> is set, <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> is
	set to &quot;<A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A>&quot;.  When <A HREF="#'textmode'">'textmode'</A> is reset, <A HREF="#'fileformat'">'fileformat'</A> is set to
	&quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot;.


						*<A NAME="'textwidth'"></A><B>'textwidth'</B>* *<A NAME="'tw'"></A><B>'tw'</B>*
<A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> <A HREF="#'tw'">'tw'</A>	number	(default 0)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
	Maximum width of text that is being inserted.  A longer line will be
	broken after white space to get this width.  A zero value disables
	this.
	<A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> is set to 0 when the <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> option is set and restored
	when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is reset.
	When <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> is zero, <A HREF="#'wrapmargin'">'wrapmargin'</A> may be used.  See also
	<A HREF="#'formatoptions'">'formatoptions'</A> and |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-textwidth">ins-textwidth</A>|.
	When <A HREF="#'formatexpr'">'formatexpr'</A> is set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be used to break the line.
	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'thesaurus'"></A><B>'thesaurus'</B>* *<A NAME="'tsr'"></A><B>'tsr'</B>*
<A HREF="#'thesaurus'">'thesaurus'</A> <A HREF="#'tsr'">'tsr'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> of file names, separated by commas, that are used to lookup words
	for thesaurus completion commands |<A HREF="insert.html#i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T">i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T</A>|.  Each line in
	the file should contain words with similar meaning, separated by
	non-keyword characters (white space is preferred).  Maximum line
	length is 510 bytes.
	To obtain a file to be used here, check out this ftp site:
	[Sorry this link doesn't work anymore, <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> you know the right one?] 
	<A HREF="ftp://ftp.ox.ac.uk/pub/wordlists/">ftp://ftp.ox.ac.uk/pub/wordlists/</A> First get the README file.
	To include a comma in a file name precede <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> with a <A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A>.  Spaces
	after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
	name.  See |<A HREF="#option-backslash">option-backslash</A>| about using backslashes.
	The use of |<A HREF="#:set+=">:set+=</A>| and |<A HREF="#:set-=">:set-=</A>| is preferred when adding or removing
	directories from the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  This avoids problems when a future version
	uses another default.
	Backticks cannot be used in this option for security reasons.


			     *<A NAME="'tildeop'"></A><B>'tildeop'</B>* *<A NAME="'top'"></A><B>'top'</B>* *<A NAME="'notildeop'"></A><B>'notildeop'</B>* *<A NAME="'notop'"></A><B>'notop'</B>*
<A HREF="#'tildeop'">'tildeop'</A> <A HREF="#'top'">'top'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on: The tilde command &quot;<A HREF="change.html#~">~</A>&quot; behaves like an <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A>.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


				*<A NAME="'timeout'"></A><B>'timeout'</B>* *<A NAME="'to'"></A><B>'to'</B>* *<A NAME="'notimeout'"></A><B>'notimeout'</B>* *<A NAME="'noto'"></A><B>'noto'</B>*
<A HREF="#'timeout'">'timeout'</A> <A HREF="#'to'">'to'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default on)
			global

						*<A NAME="'ttimeout'"></A><B>'ttimeout'</B>* *<A NAME="'nottimeout'"></A><B>'nottimeout'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ttimeout'">'ttimeout'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A> (default off, set in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	These two <A HREF="#options">options</A> together determine the behavior when part of a
	mapped key sequence or keyboard code has been received:

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	'timeout'    'ttimeout'		action	</FONT></B>
	   off		off		<A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not time out
	   on		on or off	time out on :mappings and key codes
	   off		on		time out on key codes

	If both <A HREF="#options">options</A> are off, Vim will wait until either the complete
	<A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> or key sequence has been received, or <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is clear that there
	is no <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> or key sequence for the received characters.  For
	example: if you have mapped &quot;vl&quot; and Vim has received '<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>', the next
	character is needed to see if the '<A HREF="visual.html#v">v</A>' is followed by an '<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>'.
	When one of the <A HREF="#options">options</A> is on, Vim will wait for about 1 second for
	the next character to arrive.  After that the already received
	characters are interpreted <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> single characters.  The waiting time can
	be changed with the <A HREF="#'timeoutlen'">'timeoutlen'</A> option.
	On slow terminals or very busy systems timing out may cause
	malfunctioning cursor keys.  If both <A HREF="#options">options</A> are off, Vim waits
	forever after an entered <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> if there are key codes that start
	with <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A>.  You will have to type <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;Esc&gt;">&lt;Esc&gt;</A> <A HREF="if_cscop.html#twice">twice</A>.  If you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not have
	problems with key codes, but would like to have :mapped key
	sequences not timing out in 1 second, set the <A HREF="#'ttimeout'">'ttimeout'</A> option and
	reset the <A HREF="#'timeout'">'timeout'</A> option.

	NOTE: <A HREF="#'ttimeout'">'ttimeout'</A> is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'timeoutlen'"></A><B>'timeoutlen'</B>* *<A NAME="'tm'"></A><B>'tm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'timeoutlen'">'timeoutlen'</A> <A HREF="#'tm'">'tm'</A>	number	(default 1000)
			global
			{not in all versions of Vi}

						*<A NAME="'ttimeoutlen'"></A><B>'ttimeoutlen'</B>* *<A NAME="'ttm'"></A><B>'ttm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ttimeoutlen'">'ttimeoutlen'</A> <A HREF="#'ttm'">'ttm'</A>	number	(default -1, set to 100 in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	The time in milliseconds that is waited for a key code or mapped key
	sequence to complete.  Also used for CTRL-\ <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-N">CTRL-N</A> and CTRL-\ <A HREF="editing.html#CTRL-G">CTRL-G</A>
	when part of a command has been typed.
	Normally only <A HREF="#'timeoutlen'">'timeoutlen'</A> is used and <A HREF="#'ttimeoutlen'">'ttimeoutlen'</A> is -1.  When a
	different timeout value for key codes is desired set <A HREF="#'ttimeoutlen'">'ttimeoutlen'</A> to
	a non-negative number.

<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		ttimeoutlen	mapping delay	   key code delay	</FONT></B>
		   <A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A> 0		<A HREF="#'timeoutlen'">'timeoutlen'</A>	   <A HREF="#'timeoutlen'">'timeoutlen'</A>
		  &gt;= 0		<A HREF="#'timeoutlen'">'timeoutlen'</A>	   <A HREF="#'ttimeoutlen'">'ttimeoutlen'</A>

	The timeout only happens when the <A HREF="#'timeout'">'timeout'</A> and <A HREF="#'ttimeout'">'ttimeout'</A> <A HREF="#options">options</A>
	tell so.  A useful setting would be
<B>		:set timeout timeoutlen=3000 ttimeoutlen=100</B>
 	(time out on <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A> after three seconds, time out on key codes after
	a tenth of a second).


						*<A NAME="'title'"></A><B>'title'</B>* *<A NAME="'notitle'"></A><B>'notitle'</B>*
<A HREF="#'title'">'title'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off, on when title can be restored)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+title">+title</A>|
			feature}
	When on, the title of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will be set to the value of
	<A HREF="#'titlestring'">'titlestring'</A> (if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is not empty), or to:
		filename [+=-] (path) - VIM
	Where:
		filename	the name of the file being edited
		-		indicates the file cannot be modified, <A HREF="#'ma'">'ma'</A> off
		+		indicates the file was modified
		=		indicates the file is read-only
		=+		indicates the file is read-only and modified
		(path)		is the path of the file being edited
		- VIM		the server name |<A HREF="eval.html#v:servername">v:servername</A>| or &quot;VIM&quot;
	Only works if the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> supports setting <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> titles
	(currently <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A> console, <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> console, all <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> versions and
	terminals with a non- empty <A HREF="term.html#'t_ts'">'t_ts'</A> option - these are <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> xterm and
	iris-ansi by default, where <A HREF="term.html#'t_ts'">'t_ts'</A> is taken from the builtin <A HREF="term.html#termcap">termcap</A>).

								*<A NAME="X11"></A><B>X11</B>*
	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original title will
	be restored if possible.  The output of &quot;<A HREF="various.html#:version">:version</A>&quot; will include &quot;<A HREF="various.html#+X11">+X11</A>&quot;
	when HAVE_X11 was defined, otherwise <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be &quot;-X11&quot;.  This also
	works for the icon name |<A HREF="#'icon'">'icon'</A>|.
	But: When Vim was started with the |<A HREF="starting.html#-X">-X</A>| argument, restoring the title
	will not work (except in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>).
	If the title cannot be restored, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is set to the value of <A HREF="#'titleold'">'titleold'</A>.
	You might want to restore the title outside of Vim then.
	When using an xterm from a remote machine you can use this command:
	    rsh machine_name xterm <A HREF="gui_x11.html#-display">-display</A> $DISPLAY <A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A>
	then the WINDOWID environment variable should be inherited and the
	title of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> should change back to what <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> should be after
	<A HREF="starting.html#exiting">exiting</A> Vim.


								*<A NAME="'titlelen'"></A><B>'titlelen'</B>*
<A HREF="#'titlelen'">'titlelen'</A>		number	(default 85)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+title">+title</A>|
			feature}
	Gives the percentage of <A HREF="#'columns'">'columns'</A> to use for the length of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	title.  When the title is longer, only the end of the path name is
	shown.  A '<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>' character before the path name is used to indicate this.
	Using a percentage makes this adapt to the width of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  But
	<A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> won't work perfectly, because the actual number of characters
	available also depends on the font used and other things in the title
	<A HREF="motion.html#bar">bar</A>.  When <A HREF="#'titlelen'">'titlelen'</A> is zero the full path is used.  Otherwise,
	values from 1 to 30000 percent can be used.
	<A HREF="#'titlelen'">'titlelen'</A> is also used for the <A HREF="#'titlestring'">'titlestring'</A> option.


						*<A NAME="'titleold'"></A><B>'titleold'</B>*
<A HREF="#'titleold'">'titleold'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;Thanks for flying Vim&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+title">+title</A>|
			feature}
	This option will be used for the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> title when <A HREF="starting.html#exiting">exiting</A> Vim if the
	original title cannot be restored.  Only happens if <A HREF="#'title'">'title'</A> is on or
	<A HREF="#'titlestring'">'titlestring'</A> is not empty.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.

						*<A NAME="'titlestring'"></A><B>'titlestring'</B>*
<A HREF="#'titlestring'">'titlestring'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+title">+title</A>|
			feature}
	When this option is not empty, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be used for the title of the
	<A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  This happens only when the <A HREF="#'title'">'title'</A> option is on.
	Only works if the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> supports setting <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> titles (currently
	<A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A> console, <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> console, all <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> versions and terminals with a
	non-empty <A HREF="term.html#'t_ts'">'t_ts'</A> option).
	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original title will
	be restored if possible, see |<A HREF="#X11">X11</A>|.
	When this option contains printf-style '<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>' items, they will be
	expanded according to the rules used for <A HREF="#'statusline'">'statusline'</A>.
	Example:
<B>    :auto BufEnter * let &amp;titlestring = hostname() . "/" . expand("%:p")</B>
<B>    :set title titlestring=%&lt;%F%=%l/%L-%P titlelen=70</B>
 	The value of <A HREF="#'titlelen'">'titlelen'</A> is used to align items in the middle or right
	of the available space.
	Some people prefer to have the file name first:
<B>    :set titlestring=%t%(\ %M%)%(\ (%{expand(\"%:~:.:h\")})%)%(\ %a%)</B>
 	Note the use of &quot;&#37;{ }&quot; and an <A HREF="eval.html#expression">expression</A> to get the path of the file,
	without the file name.  The &quot;&#37;( &#37;)&quot; constructs are used to add a
	separating space only when needed.
	NOTE: Use of special characters in <A HREF="#'titlestring'">'titlestring'</A> may cause the display
	to be garbled (e.g., when <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> contains a CR or NL character).
	{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+statusline">+statusline</A>| feature}


				*<A NAME="'toolbar'"></A><B>'toolbar'</B>* *<A NAME="'tb'"></A><B>'tb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'toolbar'">'toolbar'</A> <A HREF="#'tb'">'tb'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;icons,tooltips&quot;)
			global
			{only for |<A HREF="various.html#+GUI_GTK">+GUI_GTK</A>|, |<A HREF="various.html#+GUI_Athena">+GUI_Athena</A>|, |<A HREF="various.html#+GUI_Motif">+GUI_Motif</A>| and
			YXXY+GUI_Photon|}
	The contents of this option controls various toolbar settings.  The
	possible values are:
		icons		Toolbar buttons are shown with icons.
		text		Toolbar buttons shown with text.
		horiz		Icon and text of a toolbar button are
				horizontally arranged.  {only in <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A> 2 GUI}
		tooltips	Tooltips are active for toolbar buttons.
	Tooltips refer to the popup help text which appears after the mouse
	cursor is placed over a toolbar button for a brief moment.

	If you want the toolbar to be shown with icons <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> well <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> text, <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> the
	following:
<B>		:set tb=icons,text</B>
 	<A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A> and <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Athena">Athena</A> cannot display icons and text at the same time.  They
	will show icons if both are requested.

	If none of the strings specified in <A HREF="#'toolbar'">'toolbar'</A> are valid or if
	<A HREF="#'toolbar'">'toolbar'</A> is empty, this option is ignored.  If you want to disable
	the toolbar, you need to set the <A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A> option.  For example:
<B>		:set guioptions-=T</B>
 	Also see |<A HREF="gui.html#gui-toolbar">gui-toolbar</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'toolbariconsize'"></A><B>'toolbariconsize'</B>* *<A NAME="'tbis'"></A><B>'tbis'</B>*
<A HREF="#'toolbariconsize'">'toolbariconsize'</A> <A HREF="#'tbis'">'tbis'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;small&quot;)
				global
				{not in Vi}
				{only in the <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK+">GTK+</A> GUI}
	Controls the size of toolbar icons.  The possible values are:
		tiny		Use tiny icons.
		small		Use small icons (default).
		medium		Use medium-sized icons.
		large		Use large icons.
		huge		Use even larger icons.
		giant		Use very big icons.
	The exact dimensions in pixels of the various icon sizes depend on
	the current theme.  Common dimensions are giant=48x48, huge=32x32,
	large=24x24, medium=24x24, small=20x20 and tiny=16x16.

	If <A HREF="#'toolbariconsize'">'toolbariconsize'</A> is empty, the global default size <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> determined
	by user preferences or the current theme is used.


			     *<A NAME="'ttybuiltin'"></A><B>'ttybuiltin'</B>* *<A NAME="'tbi'"></A><B>'tbi'</B>* *<A NAME="'nottybuiltin'"></A><B>'nottybuiltin'</B>* *<A NAME="'notbi'"></A><B>'notbi'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ttybuiltin'">'ttybuiltin'</A> <A HREF="#'tbi'">'tbi'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When on, the builtin termcaps are searched before the external ones.
	When off the builtin termcaps are searched after the external ones.
	When this option is changed, you should set the <A HREF="#'term'">'term'</A> option next for
	the change to take effect, for example:
<B>		:set notbi term=$TERM</B>
 	See also |<A HREF="term.html#termcap">termcap</A>|.
	Rationale: The default for this option is &quot;on&quot;, because the builtin
	<A HREF="term.html#termcap">termcap</A> entries are generally better (many systems contain faulty
	xterm entries...).


				     *<A NAME="'ttyfast'"></A><B>'ttyfast'</B>* *<A NAME="'tf'"></A><B>'tf'</B>* *<A NAME="'nottyfast'"></A><B>'nottyfast'</B>* *<A NAME="'notf'"></A><B>'notf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ttyfast'">'ttyfast'</A> <A HREF="#'tf'">'tf'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off, on when <A HREF="#'term'">'term'</A> is xterm, <A HREF="term.html#hpterm">hpterm</A>,
					sun-cmd, screen, <A HREF="syntax.html#rxvt">rxvt</A>, dtterm or
					iris-ansi; also on when running Vim in
					a <A HREF="os_dos.html#DOS">DOS</A> console)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Indicates a fast <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> connection.  More characters will be sent to
	the screen for redrawing, instead of using insert/delete line
	commands.  Improves smoothness of redrawing when there are multiple
	<A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> and the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> does not support a <A HREF="scroll.html#scrolling">scrolling</A> region.
	Also enables the extra <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> of characters at the end of each screen
	line for lines that wrap.  This helps when using copy/paste with the
	mouse in an xterm and other terminals.


						*<A NAME="'ttymouse'"></A><B>'ttymouse'</B>* *<A NAME="'ttym'"></A><B>'ttym'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ttymouse'">'ttymouse'</A> <A HREF="#'ttym'">'ttym'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default depends on <A HREF="#'term'">'term'</A>)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only in <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> and <A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>, doesn't work in the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>; not
			available when compiled without YXXY+mouse|}
	Name of the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> type for which mouse codes are to be recognized.
	Currently these strings are valid:

							*<A NAME="xterm-mouse"></A><B>xterm-mouse</B>*
	   xterm	xterm-like mouse handling.  The mouse generates
			&quot;&lt;Esc&gt;[Mscr&quot;, where &quot;scr&quot; is three bytes:
				&quot;<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>&quot;  = button state
				&quot;<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>&quot;  = column plus 33
				&quot;<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>&quot;  = row plus 33
			This only works up to 223 columns!  See &quot;dec&quot;,
			&quot;urxvt&quot;, and &quot;sgr&quot; for solutions.
	   xterm2	Works like &quot;xterm&quot;, but with the xterm reporting the
			mouse position while the mouse is dragged.  This works
			much faster and more precise.  Your xterm must at
			least at patchlevel 88 / XFree 3.3.3 for this to
			work.  See below for how Vim detects this
			automatically.

							*<A NAME="netterm-mouse"></A><B>netterm-mouse</B>*
	   netterm	NetTerm mouse handling.  The mouse generates
			&quot;&lt;Esc&gt;}r,c&lt;CR&gt;&quot;, where &quot;r,c&quot; are two decimal numbers
			for the row and column.

							*<A NAME="dec-mouse"></A><B>dec-mouse</B>*
	   dec		DEC <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> mouse handling.  The mouse generates a
			rather complex sequence, starting with &quot;&lt;Esc&gt;[&quot;.
			This is also available for an Xterm, if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> was
			configured with &quot;--enable-dec-locator&quot;.

							*<A NAME="jsbterm-mouse"></A><B>jsbterm-mouse</B>*
	   jsbterm	JSB term mouse handling.

							*<A NAME="pterm-mouse"></A><B>pterm-mouse</B>*
	   pterm	<A HREF="os_qnx.html#QNX">QNX</A> pterm mouse handling.

							*<A NAME="urxvt-mouse"></A><B>urxvt-mouse</B>*
	   urxvt	Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>.
			The mouse works only if the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> supports this
			encoding style, but <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> does not have 223 columns limit
			unlike &quot;xterm&quot; or &quot;xterm2&quot;.

							*<A NAME="sgr-mouse"></A><B>sgr-mouse</B>*
	   sgr		Mouse handling for the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> that emits SGR-styled
			mouse reporting.  The mouse works even in columns
			beyond 223.  This option is backward compatible with
			&quot;xterm2&quot; because <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> can also decode &quot;xterm2&quot; style
			mouse codes.

	The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |<A HREF="various.html#+mouse_xterm">+mouse_xterm</A>|
	|<A HREF="various.html#+mouse_dec">+mouse_dec</A>| |<A HREF="various.html#+mouse_netterm">+mouse_netterm</A>| |<A HREF="various.html#+mouse_jsbterm">+mouse_jsbterm</A>| |<A HREF="various.html#+mouse_urxvt">+mouse_urxvt</A>|
	|<A HREF="various.html#+mouse_sgr">+mouse_sgr</A>|.
	Only &quot;xterm&quot;(2) is really recognized.  NetTerm mouse codes are always
	recognized, if enabled at compile time.  DEC <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> mouse codes
	are recognized if enabled at compile time, and <A HREF="#'ttymouse'">'ttymouse'</A> is not
	&quot;xterm&quot;, &quot;xterm2&quot;, &quot;urxvt&quot; or &quot;sgr&quot; (because dec mouse codes conflict
	with them).
	This option is automatically set to &quot;xterm&quot;, when the <A HREF="#'term'">'term'</A> option is
	set to a name that starts with &quot;xterm&quot;, &quot;mlterm&quot;, &quot;screen&quot;, &quot;tmux&quot;,
	&quot;st&quot; (full match only), &quot;st-&quot; or &quot;stterm&quot;, and <A HREF="#'ttymouse'">'ttymouse'</A> is not set
	already.
	Additionally, if vim is compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+termresponse">+termresponse</A>| feature and
	|<A HREF="term.html#t_RV">t_RV</A>| is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#escape">escape</A> sequence to request the xterm version
	number, more intelligent detection process runs.
	The &quot;xterm2&quot; value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
	from 95 to 276.  The &quot;sgr&quot; value will be set if the xterm version is
	277 or higher and when Vim detects <A HREF="os_mac.html#Mac">Mac</A> Terminal.app or iTerm2.
	If you <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not want <A HREF="#'ttymouse'">'ttymouse'</A> to be set to &quot;xterm2&quot; or &quot;sgr&quot;
	automatically, set <A HREF="term.html#t_RV">t_RV</A> to an empty <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>:
<B>		:set t_RV=</B>
 

						*<A NAME="'ttyscroll'"></A><B>'ttyscroll'</B>* *<A NAME="'tsl'"></A><B>'tsl'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ttyscroll'">'ttyscroll'</A> <A HREF="#'tsl'">'tsl'</A>	number	(default 999)
			global
	Maximum number of lines to scroll the screen.  If there are more lines
	to scroll the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> is redrawn.  For terminals where <A HREF="scroll.html#scrolling">scrolling</A> is
	very slow and redrawing is not slow this can be set to a small number,
	e.g., 3, to speed up displaying.


						*<A NAME="'ttytype'"></A><B>'ttytype'</B>* *<A NAME="'tty'"></A><B>'tty'</B>*
<A HREF="#'ttytype'">'ttytype'</A> <A HREF="#'tty'">'tty'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default from $TERM)
			global
	Alias for <A HREF="#'term'">'term'</A>, see above.


						*<A NAME="'undodir'"></A><B>'undodir'</B>* *<A NAME="'udir'"></A><B>'udir'</B>*
<A HREF="#'undodir'">'undodir'</A> <A HREF="#'udir'">'udir'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+persistent_undo">+persistent_undo</A>| feature}
	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> of directory names for <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> files, separated with commas.
	See |<A HREF="#'backupdir'">'backupdir'</A>| for details of the format.
	&quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; means using the directory of the file.  The <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file name for
	&quot;file.txt&quot; is &quot;.file.txt.un~&quot;.
	For other directories the file name is the full path of the edited
	file, with path separators replaced with &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>&quot;.
	When <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A>: The first directory that exists is used. &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; always
	works, no directories after &quot;<A HREF="repeat.html#.">.</A>&quot; will be used for <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A>.
	When reading all entries are tried to find an <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file.  The first
	<A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file that exists is used.  When <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> cannot be read an error is
	given, no further entry is used.
	See |<A HREF="undo.html#undo-persistence">undo-persistence</A>|.


				*<A NAME="'undofile'"></A><B>'undofile'</B>* *<A NAME="'noundofile'"></A><B>'noundofile'</B>* *<A NAME="'udf'"></A><B>'udf'</B>* *<A NAME="'noudf'"></A><B>'noudf'</B>*
<A HREF="#'undofile'">'undofile'</A> <A HREF="#'udf'">'udf'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to buffer
			{not in Vi}
			{only when compiled with the |<A HREF="various.html#+persistent_undo">+persistent_undo</A>| feature}
	When on, Vim automatically saves <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> to an <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file when
	<A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a buffer to a file, and restores <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> from the same
	file on buffer read.
	The directory where the <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file is stored is specified by <A HREF="#'undodir'">'undodir'</A>.
	For more information about this feature see |<A HREF="undo.html#undo-persistence">undo-persistence</A>|.
	The <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file is not read when <A HREF="#'undoreload'">'undoreload'</A> causes the buffer from
	before a <A HREF="editing.html#reload">reload</A> to be saved for <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A>.
	When <A HREF="#'undofile'">'undofile'</A> is turned off the <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file is NOT deleted.
	NOTE: This option is reset when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'undolevels'"></A><B>'undolevels'</B>* *<A NAME="'ul'"></A><B>'ul'</B>*
<A HREF="#'undolevels'">'undolevels'</A> <A HREF="#'ul'">'ul'</A>	number	(default 100, 1000 for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>, <A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>,
						<A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> and <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>)
			global or local to buffer |<A HREF="#global-local">global-local</A>|
			{not in Vi}
	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> information
	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used
	(nevertheless, a single change can use an unlimited amount of memory).
	Set to 0 for <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatibility: One level of <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> and &quot;<A HREF="undo.html#u">u</A>&quot; undoes
	itself:
<B>		set ul=0</B>
 	But you can also get <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatibility by including the '<A HREF="undo.html#u">u</A>' flag in
	<A HREF="#'cpoptions'">'cpoptions'</A>, and still be able to use <A HREF="undo.html#CTRL-R">CTRL-R</A> to repeat <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A>.
	Also see |<A HREF="undo.html#undo-two-ways">undo-two-ways</A>|.
	Set to -1 for no <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> at all.  You might want to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> this only for the
	current buffer:
<B>		setlocal ul=-1</B>
 	This helps when you run out of memory for a single change.

	The local value is set to -123456 when the global value is to be used.

	Also see |<A HREF="undo.html#clear-undo">clear-undo</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'undoreload'"></A><B>'undoreload'</B>* *<A NAME="'ur'"></A><B>'ur'</B>*
<A HREF="#'undoreload'">'undoreload'</A> <A HREF="#'ur'">'ur'</A>	number	(default 10000)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Save the whole buffer for <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> when reloading <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.  This applies to the
	&quot;:e!&quot; command and reloading for when the buffer changed outside of
	Vim. |<A HREF="autocmd.html#FileChangedShell">FileChangedShell</A>|
	The save only happens when this option is negative or when the number
	of lines is smaller than the value of this option.
	Set this option to zero to disable <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> for a <A HREF="editing.html#reload">reload</A>.

	When saving <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> for a <A HREF="editing.html#reload">reload</A>, any <A HREF="undo.html#undo">undo</A> file is not read.

	Note that this causes the whole buffer to be stored in memory.  Set
	this option to a lower value if you run out of memory.


						*<A NAME="'updatecount'"></A><B>'updatecount'</B>* *<A NAME="'uc'"></A><B>'uc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'updatecount'">'updatecount'</A> <A HREF="#'uc'">'uc'</A>	number	(default: 200)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	After typing this many characters the swap file will be written to
	disk.  When zero, no swap file will be created at all (see chapter on
	recovery |<A HREF="recover.html#crash-recovery">crash-recovery</A>|).  <A HREF="#'updatecount'">'updatecount'</A> is set to zero by starting
	Vim with the &quot;<A HREF="starting.html#-n">-n</A>&quot; option, see |<A HREF="starting.html#startup">startup</A>|.  When editing in readonly
	mode this option will be initialized to 10000.
	The swapfile can be disabled per buffer with |<A HREF="#'swapfile'">'swapfile'</A>|.
	When <A HREF="#'updatecount'">'updatecount'</A> is set from zero to non-zero, swap files are
	created for all <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> that have <A HREF="#'swapfile'">'swapfile'</A> set.  When <A HREF="#'updatecount'">'updatecount'</A>
	is set to zero, existing swap files are not deleted.
	Also see |<A HREF="#'swapsync'">'swapsync'</A>|.
	This option has no meaning in <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> where |<A HREF="#'buftype'">'buftype'</A>| is &quot;nofile&quot;
	or &quot;nowrite&quot;.


						*<A NAME="'updatetime'"></A><B>'updatetime'</B>* *<A NAME="'ut'"></A><B>'ut'</B>*
<A HREF="#'updatetime'">'updatetime'</A> <A HREF="#'ut'">'ut'</A>	number	(default 4000)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	If this many milliseconds nothing is typed the swap file will be
	written to disk (see |<A HREF="recover.html#crash-recovery">crash-recovery</A>|).  Also used for the
	|<A HREF="autocmd.html#CursorHold">CursorHold</A>| <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A> event.


						*<A NAME="'verbose'"></A><B>'verbose'</B>* *<A NAME="'vbs'"></A><B>'vbs'</B>*
<A HREF="#'verbose'">'verbose'</A> <A HREF="#'vbs'">'vbs'</A>		number	(default 0)
			global
			{not in <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A>, although some versions have a <A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>
			<A HREF="starting.html#verbose">verbose</A> option}
	When bigger than zero, Vim will give <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> about what <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is doing.
	Currently, these <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> are given:
	&gt;= 1	When the <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A> file is read or written.
	&gt;= 2	When a file is &quot;:source&quot;'ed.
	&gt;= 5	Every searched <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A> file and include file.
	&gt;= 8	Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
	&gt;= 9	Every executed <A HREF="autocmd.html#autocommand">autocommand</A>.
	&gt;= 12	Every executed function.
	&gt;= 13	When an exception is thrown, caught, finished, or discarded.
	&gt;= 14	Anything pending in a &quot;<A HREF="eval.html#:finally">:finally</A>&quot; clause.
	&gt;= 15	Every executed <A HREF="intro.html#Ex">Ex</A> command (truncated at 200 characters).

	This option can also be set with the &quot;-V&quot; argument.  See |<A HREF="starting.html#-V">-V</A>|.
	This option is also set by the |<A HREF="various.html#:verbose">:verbose</A>| command.

	When the <A HREF="#'verbosefile'">'verbosefile'</A> option is set then the <A HREF="starting.html#verbose">verbose</A> <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> are not
	displayed.


						*<A NAME="'verbosefile'"></A><B>'verbosefile'</B>* *<A NAME="'vfile'"></A><B>'vfile'</B>*
<A HREF="#'verbosefile'">'verbosefile'</A> <A HREF="#'vfile'">'vfile'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default empty)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When not empty all <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> are written in a file with this name.
	When the file exists <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> are appended.
	Writing to the file ends when Vim exits or when <A HREF="#'verbosefile'">'verbosefile'</A> is made
	empty.  Writes are buffered, thus may not show up for some time.
	Setting <A HREF="#'verbosefile'">'verbosefile'</A> to a new value is like making <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> empty first.
	The difference with |<A HREF="various.html#:redir">:redir</A>| is that <A HREF="starting.html#verbose">verbose</A> <A HREF="message.html#messages">messages</A> are not
	displayed when <A HREF="#'verbosefile'">'verbosefile'</A> is set.


						*<A NAME="'viewdir'"></A><B>'viewdir'</B>* *<A NAME="'vdir'"></A><B>'vdir'</B>*
<A HREF="#'viewdir'">'viewdir'</A> <A HREF="#'vdir'">'vdir'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default for <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A>, <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>, <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A> and <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>:
							 &quot;$VIM/vimfiles/view&quot;,
				 for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;~/.vim/view&quot;,
				 for <A HREF="os_mac.html#Macintosh">Macintosh</A>: &quot;$VIM:vimfiles:view&quot;
				 for <A HREF="os_vms.html#VMS">VMS</A>: &quot;sys$login:vimfiles/view&quot;
				 for RiscOS: &quot;Choices:vimfiles/view&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+mksession">+mksession</A>|
			feature}
	Name of the directory where to store files for |<A HREF="starting.html#:mkview">:mkview</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'viewoptions'"></A><B>'viewoptions'</B>* *<A NAME="'vop'"></A><B>'vop'</B>*
<A HREF="#'viewoptions'">'viewoptions'</A> <A HREF="#'vop'">'vop'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;folds,options,cursor,curdir&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+mksession">+mksession</A>|
			feature}
	Changes the effect of the |<A HREF="starting.html#:mkview">:mkview</A>| command.  It is a comma separated
	<A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of words.  Each <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> enables saving and restoring something:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	   word		save and restore </FONT></B>
	   cursor	cursor position in file and in <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	   <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>	manually created <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A>, opened/closed <A HREF="fold.html#folds">folds</A> and local
			fold <A HREF="#options">options</A>
	   <A HREF="#options">options</A>	<A HREF="#options">options</A> and mappings local to a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> or buffer (not
			global values for local <A HREF="#options">options</A>)
	   localoptions same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &quot;<A HREF="#options">options</A>&quot;
	   slash	backslashes in file names replaced with forward
			slashes
	   <A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>		with <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> end-of-line format (single &lt;NL&gt;), even when
			on Windows or <A HREF="os_dos.html#DOS">DOS</A>
	   curdir	the window-local directory, if set with `:lcd`

	&quot;slash&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A>&quot; are useful on Windows when sharing <A HREF="starting.html#view">view</A> files
	with <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>.  The <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A> version of Vim cannot source <A HREF="os_dos.html#dos">dos</A> format scripts,
	but the Windows version of Vim can source <A HREF="os_unix.html#unix">unix</A> format scripts.


				*<A NAME="'viminfo'"></A><B>'viminfo'</B>* *<A NAME="'vi'"></A><B>'vi'</B>* *<A NAME="E526"></A><B>E526</B>* *<A NAME="E527"></A><B>E527</B>* *<A NAME="E528"></A><B>E528</B>*
<A HREF="#'viminfo'">'viminfo'</A> <A HREF="#'vi'">'vi'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(Vi default: &quot;&quot;, Vim default for <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A>,
				   Windows and <A HREF="os_os2.html#OS/2">OS/2</A>: '100,&lt;50,s10,h,rA:,rB:,
				   for <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A>: '100,&lt;50,s10,h,rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:
				   for others: '100,&lt;50,s10,h)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+viminfo">+viminfo</A>|
			feature}
	When non-empty, the <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A> file is read upon <A HREF="starting.html#startup">startup</A> and written
	when <A HREF="starting.html#exiting">exiting</A> Vim (see |<A HREF="starting.html#viminfo-file">viminfo-file</A>|). Except when <A HREF="#'viminfofile'">'viminfofile'</A> is
	&quot;NONE&quot;.
	The <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> should be a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of parameters, each
	consisting of a single character identifying the particular parameter,
	followed by a number or <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> which specifies the value of that
	parameter.  If a particular character is left out, then the default
	value is used for that parameter.  The following is a <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of the
	identifying characters and the effect of their value.
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">	CHAR	VALUE	</FONT></B>

							*<A NAME="viminfo-!"></A><B>viminfo-!</B>*
	!	When included, save and restore global <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> that start
		with an <A HREF="change.html#uppercase">uppercase</A> <A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A>, and don't contain a <A HREF="change.html#lowercase">lowercase</A>
		<A HREF="print.html#letter">letter</A>.  Thus &quot;KEEPTHIS and &quot;K_L_M&quot; are stored, but &quot;KeepThis&quot;
		and &quot;_K_L_M&quot; are not.  Nested <A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> and Dict items may not be
		read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-quote"></A><B>viminfo-quote</B>*
	&quot;	Maximum number of lines saved for each <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>.  Old name of
		the '<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
		<A HREF="intro.html#backslash">backslash</A> before the &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#,">,</A> otherwise <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be recognized <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the
		start of a comment!

							*<A NAME="viminfo-&#37;"></A><B>viminfo-&#37;</B>*
	<A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>	When included, save and restore the buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  If Vim is
		started with a file name argument, the buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> is not
		restored.  If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
		buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> is restored from the <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A> file.  <A HREF="quickfix.html#Quickfix">Quickfix</A>
		('buftype'), unlisted ('buflisted'), unnamed and <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> on
		removable media (|<A HREF="#viminfo-r">viminfo-r</A>|) are not saved.
		When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
		number of <A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> that are stored.  Without a number all
		<A HREF="windows.html#buffers">buffers</A> are stored.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-'"></A><B>viminfo-'</B>*
	''	Maximum number of previously edited files for which the marks
		are remembered.  This parameter must always be included when
		<A HREF="#'viminfo'">'viminfo'</A> is non-empty.
		Including this item also means that the |<A HREF="motion.html#jumplist">jumplist</A>| and the
		|<A HREF="motion.html#changelist">changelist</A>| are stored in the <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A> file.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-/"></A><B>viminfo-/</B>*
	/	Maximum number of items in the search <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> to be
		saved.  If non-zero, then the previous search and substitute
		patterns are also saved.  When not included, the value of
		<A HREF="#'history'">'history'</A> is used.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-:"></A><B>viminfo-:</B>*
	:	Maximum number of items in the command-line <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> to be
		saved.  When not included, the value of <A HREF="#'history'">'history'</A> is used.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-&lt;"></A><B>viminfo-&lt;</B>*
	<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>	Maximum number of lines saved for each <A HREF="sponsor.html#register">register</A>.  If zero then
		<A HREF="change.html#registers">registers</A> are not saved.  When not included, all lines are
		saved.  &#39;&#34;'' is the old name for this item.
		Also see the '<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>' item below: limit specified in Kbyte.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-@"></A><B>viminfo-@</B>*
	@	Maximum number of items in the input-line <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> to be
		saved.  When not included, the value of <A HREF="#'history'">'history'</A> is used.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-c"></A><B>viminfo-c</B>*
	<A HREF="change.html#c">c</A>	When included, convert the text in the <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A> file from the
		<A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A> used when <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> the file to the current
		<A HREF="#'encoding'">'encoding'</A>.  See |<A HREF="starting.html#viminfo-encoding">viminfo-encoding</A>|.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-f"></A><B>viminfo-f</B>*
	<A HREF="motion.html#f">f</A>	Whether file marks need to be stored.  If zero, file marks ('0
		to '9, <A HREF="motion.html#'A">'A</A> to 'Z) are not stored.  When not present or when
		non-zero, they are all stored.  <A HREF="motion.html#'0">'0</A> is used for the current
		cursor position (when <A HREF="starting.html#exiting">exiting</A> or when doing &quot;:wviminfo&quot;).

							*<A NAME="viminfo-h"></A><B>viminfo-h</B>*
	<A HREF="motion.html#h">h</A>	Disable the effect of <A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A> when loading the <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A>
		file.  When not included, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> depends on whether &quot;<A HREF="pattern.html#:nohlsearch">:nohlsearch</A>&quot;
		has been used since the last search command.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-n"></A><B>viminfo-n</B>*
	<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>	Name of the <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A> file.  The name must immediately follow
		the '<A HREF="pattern.html#n">n</A>'.  Must be at the end of the option!  If the
		<A HREF="#'viminfofile'">'viminfofile'</A> option is set, that file name overrides the one
		given here with <A HREF="#'viminfo'">'viminfo'</A>.  Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are
		expanded when opening the file, not when setting the option.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-r"></A><B>viminfo-r</B>*
	<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>	Removable media.  The argument is a <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> (up to the next
		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
		specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> you
		could use &quot;ra:,rb:&quot;, for <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A> &quot;rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:&quot;.  You can
		also use <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> for temp files, e.g., for <A HREF="os_unix.html#Unix">Unix</A>: &quot;r/tmp&quot;.  Case is
		ignored.  Maximum length of each '<A HREF="change.html#r">r</A>' argument is 50
		characters.

							*<A NAME="viminfo-s"></A><B>viminfo-s</B>*
	<A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>	Maximum size of an item in Kbyte.  If zero then <A HREF="change.html#registers">registers</A> are
		not saved.  Currently only applies to <A HREF="change.html#registers">registers</A>.  The default
		&quot;s10&quot; will exclude <A HREF="change.html#registers">registers</A> with more than 10 Kbyte of text.
		Also see the '<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>' item above: line <A HREF="intro.html#count">count</A> limit.

	Example:
<B>	    :set viminfo='50,&lt;1000,s100,:0,n~/vim/viminfo</B>
 
	'50		Marks will be remembered for the last 50 files you
			edited.
	&lt;1000		<A HREF="quickref.html#Contents">Contents</A> of <A HREF="change.html#registers">registers</A> (up to 1000 lines each) will be
			remembered.
	s100		Registers with more than 100 Kbyte text are skipped.
	:0		<A HREF="cmdline.html#Command-line">Command-line</A> <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A> will not be saved.
	n~/vim/viminfo	The name of the file to use is &quot;~/vim/viminfo&quot;.
	no /		Since '<A HREF="pattern.html#/">/</A>' is not specified, the default will be used,
			that is, save all of the search <A HREF="cmdline.html#history">history</A>, and also the
			previous search and substitute patterns.
	no <A HREF="motion.html#&#37;">&#37;</A>		The buffer <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> will not be saved nor read back.
	no <A HREF="motion.html#h">h</A>		<A HREF="#'hlsearch'">'hlsearch'</A> highlighting will be restored.

	When setting <A HREF="#'viminfo'">'viminfo'</A> from an empty value you can use |<A HREF="starting.html#:rviminfo">:rviminfo</A>| to
	load the contents of the file, this is not done automatically.

	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.
	NOTE: This option is set to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A>
	is reset.


				*<A NAME="'viminfofile'"></A><B>'viminfofile'</B>* *<A NAME="'vif'"></A><B>'vif'</B>*
<A HREF="#'viminfofile'">'viminfofile'</A> <A HREF="#'vif'">'vif'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default: &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+viminfo">+viminfo</A>|
			feature}
	When non-empty, overrides the file name used for <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A>.
	When equal to &quot;NONE&quot; no <A HREF="starting.html#viminfo">viminfo</A> file will be read or written.
	This option can be set with the |<A HREF="starting.html#-i">-i</A>| command line flag.  The |<A HREF="starting.html#--clean">--clean</A>|
	command line flag sets <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to &quot;NONE&quot;.


					    *<A NAME="'virtualedit'"></A><B>'virtualedit'</B>* *<A NAME="'ve'"></A><B>'ve'</B>*
<A HREF="#'virtualedit'">'virtualedit'</A> <A HREF="#'ve'">'ve'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the
			|<A HREF="various.html#+virtualedit">+virtualedit</A>| feature}
	A comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of these words:
	    block	Allow virtual editing in <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> block mode.
	    insert	Allow virtual editing in <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> mode.
	    all		Allow virtual editing in all modes.
	    onemore	Allow the cursor to move just past the end of the line

	Virtual editing means that the cursor can be positioned where there is
	no actual character.  This can be halfway into a <A HREF="intro.html#tab">tab</A> or beyond the end
	of the line.  Useful for selecting a rectangle in <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> mode and
	editing a table.
	&quot;onemore&quot; is not the same, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will only allow moving the cursor just
	after the last character of the line.  This makes some commands more
	consistent.  Previously the cursor was always past the end of the line
	if the line was empty.  But <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is far from <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible.  It may also
	break some plugins or Vim scripts.  For example because |<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>| can move
	the cursor after the last character.  Use with care!
	Using the `$` command will move to the last character in the line, not
	past <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.  This may actually move the cursor to the left!
	The `g$` command will move to the end of the screen line.
	It doesn't make sense to combine &quot;all&quot; with &quot;onemore&quot;, but you will
	not get a warning for <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A>.
	NOTE: This option is set to &quot;&quot; when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is set.


			*<A NAME="'visualbell'"></A><B>'visualbell'</B>* *<A NAME="'vb'"></A><B>'vb'</B>* *<A NAME="'novisualbell'"></A><B>'novisualbell'</B>* *<A NAME="'novb'"></A><B>'novb'</B>* *<A NAME="beep"></A><B>beep</B>*
<A HREF="#'visualbell'">'visualbell'</A> <A HREF="#'vb'">'vb'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Use a visual bell instead of beeping.  The <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> code to display the
	visual bell is given with <A HREF="term.html#'t_vb'">'t_vb'</A>.  When no beep or flash is wanted,
	use:
<B>		:set vb t_vb=</B>
 	If you want a short flash, you can use this on many terminals:
<B>		:set vb t_vb=[?5h$&lt;100&gt;[?5l</B>
 	Here $&lt;100&gt; specifies the time, you can use a smaller or bigger value
	to get a shorter or longer flash.

	Note: Vim will limit the bell to once per half a second.  This avoids
	having to wait for the flashing to finish when there are lots of
	bells, e.g. on key repeat.  This also happens without <A HREF="#'visualbell'">'visualbell'</A>
	set.

	In the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A>, <A HREF="term.html#'t_vb'">'t_vb'</A> defaults to &quot;&lt;Esc&gt;|f&quot;, which inverts the display
	for 20 msec.  If you want to use a different time, use &quot;&lt;Esc&gt;|40f&quot;,
	where 40 is the time in msec.

	Note: When the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> starts, <A HREF="term.html#'t_vb'">'t_vb'</A> is reset to its default value.  You
	might want to set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> again in your |<A HREF="gui.html#gvimrc">gvimrc</A>|.

	Does not work on the <A HREF="os_amiga.html#Amiga">Amiga</A>, you always get a screen flash.
	Also see <A HREF="#'errorbells'">'errorbells'</A>.


						*<A NAME="'warn'"></A><B>'warn'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowarn'"></A><B>'nowarn'</B>*
<A HREF="#'warn'">'warn'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
	Give a warning message when a shell command is used while the buffer
	has been changed.


		     *<A NAME="'weirdinvert'"></A><B>'weirdinvert'</B>* *<A NAME="'wiv'"></A><B>'wiv'</B>* *<A NAME="'noweirdinvert'"></A><B>'noweirdinvert'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowiv'"></A><B>'nowiv'</B>*
<A HREF="#'weirdinvert'">'weirdinvert'</A> <A HREF="#'wiv'">'wiv'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	This option has the same effect <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> the <A HREF="term.html#'t_xs'">'t_xs'</A> <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> option.
	It is provided for backwards compatibility with version 4.x.
	Setting <A HREF="#'weirdinvert'">'weirdinvert'</A> has the effect of making <A HREF="term.html#'t_xs'">'t_xs'</A> non-empty, and
	vice versa.  Has no effect when the <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> is running.


						*<A NAME="'whichwrap'"></A><B>'whichwrap'</B>* *<A NAME="'ww'"></A><B>'ww'</B>*
<A HREF="#'whichwrap'">'whichwrap'</A> <A HREF="#'ww'">'ww'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(Vim default: &quot;b,s&quot;, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Allow specified keys that move the cursor left/right to move to the
	previous/next line when the cursor is on the first/last character in
	the line.  Concatenate characters to allow this for these keys:
<B><FONT COLOR="PURPLE">		char   key	  mode	</FONT></B>
		 <A HREF="motion.html#b">b</A>    <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A>	 <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> and <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A>
		 <A HREF="change.html#s">s</A>    <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Space&gt;">&lt;Space&gt;</A>	 <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> and <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A>
		 <A HREF="motion.html#h">h</A>    &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#h">h</A>&quot;	 <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> and <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> (not recommended)
		 <A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>    &quot;<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>&quot;	 <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> and <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A> (not recommended)
		 <A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>    <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Left&gt;">&lt;Left&gt;</A>	 <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> and <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A>
		 <A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>    <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Right&gt;">&lt;Right&gt;</A>	 <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A> and <A HREF="visual.html#Visual">Visual</A>
		 ~    &quot;<A HREF="change.html#~">~</A>&quot;	 <A HREF="intro.html#Normal">Normal</A>
		 [    <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Left&gt;">&lt;Left&gt;</A>	 <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> and <A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A>
		 ]    <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Right&gt;">&lt;Right&gt;</A>	 <A HREF="insert.html#Insert">Insert</A> and <A HREF="insert.html#Replace">Replace</A>
	For example:
<B>		:set ww=&lt;,&gt;,[,]</B>
 	allows wrap only when cursor keys are used.
	When the <A HREF="intro.html#movement">movement</A> keys are used in combination with a delete or change
	<A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A>, the <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> also counts for a character.  This makes &quot;3h&quot;
	different from &quot;3dh&quot; when the cursor crosses the end of a line.  This
	is also true for &quot;<A HREF="change.html#x">x</A>&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="change.html#X">X</A>&quot;, because they <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> the same <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> &quot;<A HREF="change.html#dl">dl</A>&quot; and
	&quot;<A HREF="change.html#dh">dh</A>&quot;.  If you use this, you may also want to use the <A HREF="map.html#mapping">mapping</A>
	&quot;<A HREF="map.html#:map">:map</A> <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;BS&gt;">&lt;BS&gt;</A> X&quot; to make backspace delete the character in front of the
	cursor.
	When '<A HREF="motion.html#l">l</A>' is included and <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is used after an <A HREF="motion.html#operator">operator</A> at the end of a
	line then <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will not move to the next line.  This makes &quot;<A HREF="change.html#dl">dl</A>&quot;, &quot;cl&quot;,
	&quot;yl&quot; etc. work normally.
	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'wildchar'"></A><B>'wildchar'</B>* *<A NAME="'wc'"></A><B>'wc'</B>*
<A HREF="#'wildchar'">'wildchar'</A> <A HREF="#'wc'">'wc'</A>		number	(Vim default: <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>, <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default: <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-E">CTRL-E</A>)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Character you have to type to start <A HREF="editing.html#wildcard">wildcard</A> expansion in the
	command-line, <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> specified with <A HREF="#'wildmode'">'wildmode'</A>.
	More info here: |<A HREF="cmdline.html#cmdline-completion">cmdline-completion</A>|.
	The character is not recognized when used inside a <A HREF="map.html#macro">macro</A>.  See
	<A HREF="#'wildcharm'">'wildcharm'</A> for that.
	Although <A HREF="#'wc'">'wc'</A> is a number option, you can set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to a special key:
<B>		:set wc=&lt;Esc&gt;</B>
 	NOTE: This option is set to the <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set and to the Vim default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is reset.


						*<A NAME="'wildcharm'"></A><B>'wildcharm'</B>* *<A NAME="'wcm'"></A><B>'wcm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'wildcharm'">'wildcharm'</A> <A HREF="#'wcm'">'wcm'</A>	number	(default: none (0))
			global
			{not in Vi}
	<A HREF="#'wildcharm'">'wildcharm'</A> works exactly like <A HREF="#'wildchar'">'wildchar'</A>, except that <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is
	recognized when used inside a <A HREF="map.html#macro">macro</A>.  You can find &quot;spare&quot; command-line
	keys suitable for this option by looking at |<A HREF="index.html#ex-edit-index">ex-edit-index</A>|.  Normally
	you'll never actually type <A HREF="#'wildcharm'">'wildcharm'</A>, just use <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> in mappings that
	automatically invoke completion mode, e.g.:
<B>		:set wcm=&lt;C-Z&gt;</B>
<B>		:cnoremap ss so $vim/sessions/*.vim&lt;C-Z&gt;</B>
 	Then after typing :ss you can use <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-P">CTRL-P</A> <A HREF="change.html#&amp;">&amp;</A> <A HREF="motion.html#CTRL-N">CTRL-N</A>.


						*<A NAME="'wildignore'"></A><B>'wildignore'</B>* *<A NAME="'wig'"></A><B>'wig'</B>*
<A HREF="#'wildignore'">'wildignore'</A> <A HREF="#'wig'">'wig'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+wildignore">+wildignore</A>|
			feature}
	A <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of file patterns.  A file that matches with one of these
	patterns is ignored when expanding |<A HREF="editing.html#wildcards">wildcards</A>|, completing file or
	directory names, and influences the result of |<A HREF="eval.html#expand()">expand()</A>|, |<A HREF="eval.html#glob()">glob()</A>| and
	|<A HREF="eval.html#globpath()">globpath()</A>| unless a flag is passed to disable this.
	The pattern is used like with |<A HREF="autocmd.html#:autocmd">:autocmd</A>|, see |<A HREF="autocmd.html#autocmd-patterns">autocmd-patterns</A>|.
	Also see <A HREF="#'suffixes'">'suffixes'</A>.
	Example:
<B>		:set wildignore=*.o,*.obj</B>
 	The use of |<A HREF="#:set+=">:set+=</A>| and |<A HREF="#:set-=">:set-=</A>| is preferred when adding or removing
	a <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> from the <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>.  This avoids problems when a future version
	uses another default.



			*<A NAME="'wildignorecase'"></A><B>'wildignorecase'</B>* *<A NAME="'wic'"></A><B>'wic'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowildignorecase'"></A><B>'nowildignorecase'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowic'"></A><B>'nowic'</B>*
<A HREF="#'wildignorecase'">'wildignorecase'</A> <A HREF="#'wic'">'wic'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	When set <A HREF="change.html#case">case</A> is ignored when completing file names and directories.
	Has no effect when <A HREF="#'fileignorecase'">'fileignorecase'</A> is set.
	Does not apply when the shell is used to expand <A HREF="editing.html#wildcards">wildcards</A>, which
	happens when there are special characters.



				*<A NAME="'wildmenu'"></A><B>'wildmenu'</B>* *<A NAME="'wmnu'"></A><B>'wmnu'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowildmenu'"></A><B>'nowildmenu'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowmnu'"></A><B>'nowmnu'</B>*
<A HREF="#'wildmenu'">'wildmenu'</A> <A HREF="#'wmnu'">'wmnu'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off, set in |<A HREF="defaults.html">defaults.vim</A>|)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available if compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+wildmenu">+wildmenu</A>|
			feature}
	When <A HREF="#'wildmenu'">'wildmenu'</A> is on, command-line completion operates in an enhanced
	mode.  On pressing <A HREF="#'wildchar'">'wildchar'</A> (usually <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A>) to invoke completion,
	the possible matches are shown just above the command line, with the
	first match highlighted (overwriting the status line, if there is
	one).  Keys that show the previous/next match, such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Tab&gt;">&lt;Tab&gt;</A> or
	CTRL-P/CTRL-N, cause the highlight to move to the appropriate match.
	When <A HREF="#'wildmode'">'wildmode'</A> is used, &quot;wildmenu&quot; mode is used where &quot;full&quot; is
	specified.  &quot;longest&quot; and &quot;<A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>&quot; <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> not start &quot;wildmenu&quot; mode.
	You can check the current mode with |<A HREF="eval.html#wildmenumode()">wildmenumode()</A>|.
	If there are more matches than can fit in the line, a &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&gt;">&gt;</A>&quot; is shown on
	the right and/or a &quot;<A HREF="change.html#&lt;">&lt;</A>&quot; is shown on the left.  The status line scrolls
	<A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> needed.
	The &quot;wildmenu&quot; mode is abandoned when a key is hit that is not used
	for selecting a completion.
	While the &quot;wildmenu&quot; is active the following keys have special
	meanings:

	<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Left&gt;">&lt;Left&gt;</A> <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Right&gt;">&lt;Right&gt;</A>	- select previous/next match (like CTRL-P/CTRL-N)
	<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Down&gt;">&lt;Down&gt;</A>		- in filename/menu name completion: move into a
			  subdirectory or submenu.
	<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;CR&gt;">&lt;CR&gt;</A>		- in menu completion, when the cursor is just after a
			  dot: move into a submenu.
	<A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Up&gt;">&lt;Up&gt;</A>		- in filename/menu name completion: move up into
			  parent directory or parent menu.

	This makes the menus accessible from the console |<A HREF="gui.html#console-menus">console-menus</A>|.

	If you prefer the <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Left&gt;">&lt;Left&gt;</A> and <A HREF="motion.html#&lt;Right&gt;">&lt;Right&gt;</A> keys to move the cursor instead
	of selecting a different match, use this:
<B>		:cnoremap &lt;Left&gt; &lt;Space&gt;&lt;BS&gt;&lt;Left&gt;</B>
<B>		:cnoremap &lt;Right&gt; &lt;Space&gt;&lt;BS&gt;&lt;Right&gt;</B>
 
	The &quot;WildMenu&quot; highlighting is used for displaying the current match
	|<A HREF="syntax.html#hl-WildMenu">hl-WildMenu</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'wildmode'"></A><B>'wildmode'</B>* *<A NAME="'wim'"></A><B>'wim'</B>*
<A HREF="#'wildmode'">'wildmode'</A> <A HREF="#'wim'">'wim'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(Vim default: &quot;full&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Completion mode that is used for the character specified with
	<A HREF="#'wildchar'">'wildchar'</A>.  It is a comma separated <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of up to four parts.  Each
	part specifies what to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A> for each consecutive use of <A HREF="#'wildchar'">'wildchar'</A>.  The
	first part specifies the behavior for the first use of <A HREF="#'wildchar'">'wildchar'</A>,
	The second part for the second use, etc.
	These are the possible values for each part:
	&quot;&quot;		Complete only the first match.
	&quot;full&quot;		Complete the next full match.  After the last match,
			the original <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A> is used and then the first match
			again.
	&quot;longest&quot;	Complete till longest common <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>.  If this doesn't
			result in a longer <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>, use the next part.
	&quot;longest:full&quot;	Like &quot;longest&quot;, but also start <A HREF="#'wildmenu'">'wildmenu'</A> if <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is
			enabled.
	&quot;<A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A>&quot;		When more than one match, <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> all matches.
	&quot;list:full&quot;	When more than one match, <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> all matches and
			complete first match.
	&quot;list:longest&quot;	When more than one match, <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> all matches and
			complete till longest common <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>.
	When there is only a single match, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> is fully completed in all cases.

	Examples:
<B>		:set wildmode=full</B>
 	Complete first full match, next match, etc.  (the default)
<B>		:set wildmode=longest,full</B>
 	Complete longest common <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>, then each full match
<B>		:set wildmode=list:full</B>
 	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> all matches and complete each full match
<B>		:set wildmode=list,full</B>
 	<A HREF="eval.html#List">List</A> all matches without completing, then each full match
<B>		:set wildmode=longest,list</B>
 	Complete longest common <A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>, then <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> alternatives.
	More info here: |<A HREF="cmdline.html#cmdline-completion">cmdline-completion</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'wildoptions'"></A><B>'wildoptions'</B>* *<A NAME="'wop'"></A><B>'wop'</B>*
<A HREF="#'wildoptions'">'wildoptions'</A> <A HREF="#'wop'">'wop'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+wildignore">+wildignore</A>|
			feature}
	A <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> of words that change how command line completion is done.
	Currently only one <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> is allowed:
	  tagfile	When using <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-D">CTRL-D</A> to <A HREF="eval.html#list">list</A> matching <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tags">tags</A>, the kind of
			<A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> and the file of the <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> is listed.	Only one match
			is displayed per line.  Often used <A HREF="tagsrch.html#tag">tag</A> kinds are:
				<A HREF="change.html#d">d</A>	#define
				<A HREF="motion.html#f">f</A>	function
	Also see |<A HREF="cmdline.html#cmdline-completion">cmdline-completion</A>|.


						*<A NAME="'winaltkeys'"></A><B>'winaltkeys'</B>* *<A NAME="'wak'"></A><B>'wak'</B>*
<A HREF="#'winaltkeys'">'winaltkeys'</A> <A HREF="#'wak'">'wak'</A>	<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;menu&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only used in <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A>, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#Motif">Motif</A>, <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A> and Photon GUI}
	Some <A HREF="gui.html#GUI">GUI</A> versions allow the access to menu entries by using the ALT
	key in combination with a character that appears underlined in the
	menu.  This conflicts with the use of the ALT key for mappings and
	entering special characters.  This option tells what to <A HREF="diff.html#do">do</A>:
	  no	Don't use ALT keys for <A HREF="gui.html#menus">menus</A>.  ALT key combinations can be
		mapped, but there is no automatic handling.  This can then be
		done with the |<A HREF="gui_w32.html#:simalt">:simalt</A>| command.
	  yes	ALT key handling is done by the windowing system.  ALT key
		combinations cannot be mapped.
	  menu	Using ALT in combination with a character that is a menu
		shortcut key, will be handled by the windowing system.  Other
		keys can be mapped.
	If the menu is disabled by excluding '<A HREF="motion.html#m">m</A>' from <A HREF="#'guioptions'">'guioptions'</A>, the ALT
	key is never used for the menu.
	This option is not used for <A HREF="term.html#&lt;F10&gt;">&lt;F10&gt;</A>; on <A HREF="os_win32.html#Win32">Win32</A> and with <A HREF="gui_x11.html#GTK">GTK</A> <A HREF="term.html#&lt;F10&gt;">&lt;F10&gt;</A> will
	select the menu, unless <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> has been mapped.


						*<A NAME="'window'"></A><B>'window'</B>* *<A NAME="'wi'"></A><B>'wi'</B>*
<A HREF="#'window'">'window'</A> <A HREF="#'wi'">'wi'</A>		number  (default screen height - 1)
			global
	Window height.  Do not confuse this with the height of the Vim <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>,
	use <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A> for that.
	Used for |<A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-F">CTRL-F</A>| and |<A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-B">CTRL-B</A>| when there is only one <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> and the
	value is smaller than <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A> minus one.  The screen will scroll
	<A HREF="#'window'">'window'</A> minus two lines, with a minimum of one.
	When <A HREF="#'window'">'window'</A> is equal to <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A> minus one <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-F">CTRL-F</A> and <A HREF="scroll.html#CTRL-B">CTRL-B</A> scroll
	in a much smarter way, taking care of wrapping lines.
	When resizing the Vim <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, the value is smaller than 1 or more than
	or equal to <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A> <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will be set to <A HREF="#'lines'">'lines'</A> minus 1.
	{Vi also uses the option to specify the number of displayed lines}


						*<A NAME="'winheight'"></A><B>'winheight'</B>* *<A NAME="'wh'"></A><B>'wh'</B>* *<A NAME="E591"></A><B>E591</B>*
<A HREF="#'winheight'">'winheight'</A> <A HREF="#'wh'">'wh'</A>	number	(default 1)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			feature}
	Minimal number of lines for the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  This is not a hard
	minimum, Vim will use fewer lines if there is not enough room.  If the
	focus goes to a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> that is smaller, its size is increased, at the
	cost of the height of other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.
	Set <A HREF="#'winheight'">'winheight'</A> to a small number for normal editing.
	Set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to 999 to make the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> fill most of the screen.
	Other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> will be only <A HREF="#'winminheight'">'winminheight'</A> high.  This has the drawback
	that &quot;<A HREF="windows.html#:all">:all</A>&quot; will create only two <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.  To avoid &quot;vim <A HREF="starting.html#-o">-o</A> 1 2 3 4&quot;
	to create only two <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>, set the option after <A HREF="starting.html#startup">startup</A> is done,
	using the |<A HREF="autocmd.html#VimEnter">VimEnter</A>| event:
<B>		au VimEnter * set winheight=999</B>
 	Minimum value is 1.
	The height is not adjusted after one of the commands that change the
	height of the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	<A HREF="#'winheight'">'winheight'</A> applies to the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Use <A HREF="#'winminheight'">'winminheight'</A> to set
	the minimal height for other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.


			*<A NAME="'winfixheight'"></A><B>'winfixheight'</B>* *<A NAME="'wfh'"></A><B>'wfh'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowinfixheight'"></A><B>'nowinfixheight'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowfh'"></A><B>'nowfh'</B>*
<A HREF="#'winfixheight'">'winfixheight'</A> <A HREF="#'wfh'">'wfh'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			feature}
	Keep the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> height when <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> are opened or closed and
	<A HREF="#'equalalways'">'equalalways'</A> is set.  Also for |<A HREF="windows.html#CTRL-W_=">CTRL-W_=</A>|.  Set by default for the
	|<A HREF="windows.html#preview-window">preview-window</A>| and |<A HREF="quickfix.html#quickfix-window">quickfix-window</A>|.
	The height may be changed anyway when running out of room.


			*<A NAME="'winfixwidth'"></A><B>'winfixwidth'</B>* *<A NAME="'wfw'"></A><B>'wfw'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowinfixwidth'"></A><B>'nowinfixwidth'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowfw'"></A><B>'nowfw'</B>*
<A HREF="#'winfixwidth'">'winfixwidth'</A> <A HREF="#'wfw'">'wfw'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			feature}
	Keep the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> width when <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> are opened or closed and
	<A HREF="#'equalalways'">'equalalways'</A> is set.  Also for |<A HREF="windows.html#CTRL-W_=">CTRL-W_=</A>|.
	The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.


						*<A NAME="'winminheight'"></A><B>'winminheight'</B>* *<A NAME="'wmh'"></A><B>'wmh'</B>*
<A HREF="#'winminheight'">'winminheight'</A> <A HREF="#'wmh'">'wmh'</A>	number	(default 1)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+windows">+windows</A>|
			feature}
	The minimal height of a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, when it's not the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	This is a hard minimum, <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> will never become smaller.
	When set to zero, <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> may be &quot;squashed&quot; to zero lines (i.e. just a
	status <A HREF="motion.html#bar">bar</A>) if necessary.  They will return to at least one line when
	they become active (since the cursor has to have somewhere to go.)
	Use <A HREF="#'winheight'">'winheight'</A> to set the minimal height of the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	This option is only checked when making a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> smaller.  Don't use a
	large number, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will cause <A HREF="message.html#errors">errors</A> when opening more than a few
	<A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.  A value of 0 to 3 is reasonable.


						*<A NAME="'winminwidth'"></A><B>'winminwidth'</B>* *<A NAME="'wmw'"></A><B>'wmw'</B>*
<A HREF="#'winminwidth'">'winminwidth'</A> <A HREF="#'wmw'">'wmw'</A>	number	(default 1)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+vertsplit">+vertsplit</A>|
			feature}
	The minimal width of a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>, when it's not the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	This is a hard minimum, <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> will never become smaller.
	When set to zero, <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A> may be &quot;squashed&quot; to zero columns (i.e. just
	a vertical separator) if necessary.  They will return to at least one
	line when they become active (since the cursor has to have somewhere
	to go.)
	Use <A HREF="#'winwidth'">'winwidth'</A> to set the minimal width of the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	This option is only checked when making a <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> smaller.  Don't use a
	large number, <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> will cause <A HREF="message.html#errors">errors</A> when opening more than a few
	<A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.  A value of 0 to 12 is reasonable.


						*<A NAME="'winptydll'"></A><B>'winptydll'</B>*
<A HREF="#'winptydll'">'winptydll'</A>		<A HREF="eval.html#string">string</A>	(default &quot;winpty32.dll&quot; or &quot;winpty64.dll&quot;)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{only available when compiled with the |<A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A>|
			feature on MS-Windows}
	Specifies the name of the winpty shared library, used for the
	|<A HREF="terminal.html#:terminal">:terminal</A>| command. The default depends on whether was build <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> a
	32-bit or 64-bit executable.  If not found, &quot;winpty.dll&quot; is tried <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A>
	a fallback.
	Environment <A HREF="eval.html#variables">variables</A> are expanded |<A HREF="#:set_env">:set_env</A>|.
	This option cannot be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| or in the |<A HREF="eval.html#sandbox">sandbox</A>|, for
	security reasons.


						*<A NAME="'winwidth'"></A><B>'winwidth'</B>* *<A NAME="'wiw'"></A><B>'wiw'</B>* *<A NAME="E592"></A><B>E592</B>*
<A HREF="#'winwidth'">'winwidth'</A> <A HREF="#'wiw'">'wiw'</A>	number	(default 20)
			global
			{not in Vi}
			{not available when compiled without the |<A HREF="various.html#+vertsplit">+vertsplit</A>|
			feature}
	Minimal number of columns for the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  This is not a hard
	minimum, Vim will use fewer columns if there is not enough room.  If
	the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> is smaller, its size is increased, at the cost of
	the width of other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.  Set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to 999 to make the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
	always fill the screen.  Set <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> to a small number for normal editing.
	The width is not adjusted after one of the commands to change the
	width of the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.
	<A HREF="#'winwidth'">'winwidth'</A> applies to the current <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>.  Use <A HREF="#'winminwidth'">'winminwidth'</A> to set
	the minimal width for other <A HREF="windows.html#windows">windows</A>.


						*<A NAME="'wrap'"></A><B>'wrap'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowrap'"></A><B>'nowrap'</B>*
<A HREF="#'wrap'">'wrap'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			local to <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A>
			{not in Vi}
	This option changes how text is displayed.  It doesn't change the text
	in the buffer, see <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> for that.
	When on, lines longer than the width of the <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> will wrap and
	displaying continues on the next line.  When off lines will not wrap
	and only part of long lines will be displayed.  When the cursor is
	moved to a part that is not shown, the screen will scroll
	horizontally.
	The line will be broken in the middle of a <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> if necessary.  See
	<A HREF="#'linebreak'">'linebreak'</A> to get the break at a <A HREF="motion.html#word">word</A> boundary.
	To make <A HREF="scroll.html#scrolling">scrolling</A> horizontally a bit more useful, try this:
<B>		:set sidescroll=5</B>
<B>		:set listchars+=precedes:&lt;,extends:&gt;</B>
 	See <A HREF="#'sidescroll'">'sidescroll'</A>, <A HREF="#'listchars'">'listchars'</A> and |<A HREF="intro.html#wrap-off">wrap-off</A>|.
	This option can't be set from a |<A HREF="#modeline">modeline</A>| when the <A HREF="#'diff'">'diff'</A> option is
	on.


						*<A NAME="'wrapmargin'"></A><B>'wrapmargin'</B>* *<A NAME="'wm'"></A><B>'wm'</B>*
<A HREF="#'wrapmargin'">'wrapmargin'</A> <A HREF="#'wm'">'wm'</A>	number	(default 0)
			local to buffer
	<A HREF="eval.html#Number">Number</A> of characters from the right <A HREF="windows.html#window">window</A> border where wrapping
	starts.  When typing text beyond this limit, an <A HREF="intro.html#&lt;EOL&gt;">&lt;EOL&gt;</A> will be inserted
	and <A HREF="insert.html#inserting">inserting</A> continues on the next line.
	Options that add a margin, such <A HREF="motion.html#as">as</A> <A HREF="#'number'">'number'</A> and <A HREF="#'foldcolumn'">'foldcolumn'</A>, cause
	the text width to be further reduced.  This is <A HREF="intro.html#Vi">Vi</A> compatible.
	When <A HREF="#'textwidth'">'textwidth'</A> is non-zero, this option is not used.
	This option is set to 0 when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A> is set and restored when <A HREF="#'paste'">'paste'</A>
	is reset.
	See also <A HREF="#'formatoptions'">'formatoptions'</A> and |<A HREF="insert.html#ins-textwidth">ins-textwidth</A>|.  {Vi: works differently
	and <A HREF="various.html#less">less</A> usefully}


				   *<A NAME="'wrapscan'"></A><B>'wrapscan'</B>* *<A NAME="'ws'"></A><B>'ws'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowrapscan'"></A><B>'nowrapscan'</B>* *<A NAME="'nows'"></A><B>'nows'</B>*

<A HREF="#'wrapscan'">'wrapscan'</A> <A HREF="#'ws'">'ws'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)			*<A NAME="E384"></A><B>E384</B>* *<A NAME="E385"></A><B>E385</B>*
			global
	Searches wrap around the end of the file.  Also applies to |<A HREF="spell.html#]s">]s</A>| and
	|<A HREF="spell.html#[s">[s</A>|, searching for spelling mistakes.


						   *<A NAME="'write'"></A><B>'write'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowrite'"></A><B>'nowrite'</B>*
<A HREF="#'write'">'write'</A>			<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Allows <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> files.  When not set, <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a file is not allowed.
	Can be used for a view-only mode, where modifications to the text are
	still allowed.  Can be reset with the |<A HREF="starting.html#-m">-m</A>| or |<A HREF="starting.html#-M">-M</A>| command line
	argument.  Filtering text is still possible, even though this requires
	<A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> a temporary file.


				   *<A NAME="'writeany'"></A><B>'writeany'</B>* *<A NAME="'wa'"></A><B>'wa'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowriteany'"></A><B>'nowriteany'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowa'"></A><B>'nowa'</B>*
<A HREF="#'writeany'">'writeany'</A> <A HREF="#'wa'">'wa'</A>		<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default off)
			global
	Allows <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A> to any file with no need for &quot;<A HREF="change.html#!">!</A>&quot; override.


			     *<A NAME="'writebackup'"></A><B>'writebackup'</B>* *<A NAME="'wb'"></A><B>'wb'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowritebackup'"></A><B>'nowritebackup'</B>* *<A NAME="'nowb'"></A><B>'nowb'</B>*
<A HREF="#'writebackup'">'writebackup'</A> <A HREF="#'wb'">'wb'</A>	<A HREF="#boolean">boolean</A>	(default on with |<A HREF="various.html#+writebackup">+writebackup</A>| feature, off
					otherwise)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	Make a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> before overwriting a file.  The <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> is removed after
	the file was successfully written, unless the <A HREF="#'backup'">'backup'</A> option is
	also on.
	WARNING: Switching this option off means that when Vim fails to write
	your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
	lose both the original file and what you were <A HREF="editing.html#writing">writing</A>.  Only reset
	this option if your file system is almost full and <A HREF="motion.html#it">it</A> makes the write
	fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
	See |<A HREF="editing.html#backup-table">backup-table</A>| for another explanation.
	When the <A HREF="#'backupskip'">'backupskip'</A> <A HREF="pattern.html#pattern">pattern</A> matches, a <A HREF="editing.html#backup">backup</A> is not made anyway.
	NOTE: This option is set to the default value when <A HREF="#'compatible'">'compatible'</A> is
	set.


						*<A NAME="'writedelay'"></A><B>'writedelay'</B>* *<A NAME="'wd'"></A><B>'wd'</B>*
<A HREF="#'writedelay'">'writedelay'</A> <A HREF="#'wd'">'wd'</A>	number	(default 0)
			global
			{not in Vi}
	The number of milliseconds to wait for each character sent to the
	screen.  When non-zero, characters are sent to the <A HREF="terminal.html#terminal">terminal</A> one by
	one.  For <A HREF="os_msdos.html#MS-DOS">MS-DOS</A> pcterm this does not work.  For debugging purposes.

<A HREF="#top">top</A> - <A HREF="index.html">main help file</A>
</PRE>
</BODY>


</HTML>